Capital account liberalization can have significant benefits for economic growth and welfare. It can improve a country’s ability to tap global savings (at a lower cost than using only domestic savings); allow domestic economic agents the freedom to choose how and where to borrow, invest, or exchange assets; improve resource allocation through increased competition for financial resources; and increase the availability of resources to support investment, finance trade, and boost other significant economic sectors. At the same time, however, the opening of the capital account entails certain risks, if not accompanied by the necessary structural reforms and macroeconomic policies.
Against this background, one needs to consider sequencing capital account liberalization with structural measures, especially in the monetary and financial sector, and pacing liberalization in conjunction with the development of appropriate macroeconomic policies. This chapter examines some of the general issues involved in the sequencing and pacing of capital account liberalization and draws lessons from emerging market economies that have liberalized their capital accounts and at the same time have received large capital inflows: Chile, Indonesia, Korea, and Thailand. These countries were chosen in order to illustrate the diversity as well as some of the similarities of approaches toward capital account liberalization. The information reviewed is for the period 1985-96, but has been extended to 1997 in the case of Thailand to include the period leading up to the 1997 crisis.
A complete analysis of the role of capital account liberalization would require a comprehensive assessment of structural and macroeconomic policies. This study focuses on key variables and certain interrelationships that are considered critical—specifically, (1) the development of domestic financial markets, instruments, and institutions; (2) reforms to foreign exchange and trade systems; (3) the development in countries’ balance of payments; and (4) the role of monetary and exchange rate policy.
A Conceptual Framework for Orderly Capital Account Liberalization
The conventional view on liberalizing the capital account is that it should follow the opening of the current account and the domestic financial system (see, for example, McKinnon, 1973 and 1982; Frenkel, 1982; and Edwards, 1984). Others have argued for simultaneous liberalization of the current and capital accounts (see, for example, Little, Scitovsky, and Scott, 1970; Michaely, 1986; and Krueger, 1984). Hanson (1994) suggests that a stable macroeconomy and domestic financial liberalization to a significant degree are preconditions to international financial liberalization. Our own assessment suggests that such stylized prescriptions are misleading, because the results of the survey indicate that undertaking the liberalization of the capital account and other aspects of economic and financial sector reform is a good deal more complex and requires attention to linkages among specific components of broader reform areas. In each country, different components and aspects of the capital account were liberalized at various stages, along with specific aspects of the current account and domestic financial sector, in line with each respective country’s overall macroeconomic objectives. In some instances liberalizing, or easing of restrictions, occurred in response to adverse macroeconomic developments. The survey does, however, lead to broad conclusions about the conceptual framework for an orderly liberalization of the capital account.
The Need for an Integrated Approach
The first broad conclusion from this survey is that there is a fundamental need for an integrated approach to capital account liberalization and financial sector reform. It is erroneous to draw sharp distinctions between the public policy approach to the deregulation of the capital account on the one hand, and the approach to the regulation and development of financial markets on the other. Rather, capital account liberalization should be treated as an integral part of economic reform programs.
More specifically, the liberalization of direct investment is often a significant part of real sector reforms, while the liberalization of portfolio investment flows is often coordinated with financial sector reforms and the development of financial markets and instruments.
Liberalizations of direct investment inflows have often gone hand-in-hand with reforms aimed at strengthening the real sector and export potential of the economy, including reforms to the trade and investment regimes, adjustments to the exchange rate to improve competitiveness, and liberalization of exchange controls on current international transactions. Such loosening of capital account controls have aimed, for example, at supporting the development and restructuring of selective industries and sectors, through management and technology transfers, injections of foreign capital, and improved access to trade finance.
Liberalizations of portfolio capital flows have tended to be coordinated with domestic financial sector liberalization and reforms—liberalization of interest rates, development of indirect monetary control procedures, and the strengthening of banks and capital markets.
There are a number of reasons for adopting a coordinated and comprehensive approach to financial sector reforms and capital account liberalization. First, from a macroeconomic and balance of payments perspective, the stage of development and the stability of domestic financial systems are critical to the growth and composition of capital movements. Such factors are often as important, if not more so, in explaining the volume and nature of the capital flows than the particular regulatory framework for such movements. Countries with developed financial markets and institutions have been better able to attract portfolio capital flows than countries where such markets are just emerging. In some circumstances, concerns about banking solvency or inadequate regulatory frameworks have discouraged foreign investment or encouraged capital flight regardless of the capital control framework. Financial sector weakness may also contribute to currency crises to the extent the weaknesses are seen as limiting the scope or the willingness of authorities to use interest rates to defend the currency; or cast doubts on the prospects of the economy in general (e.g., recognition that addressing financial sector weakness may have significant budgetary costs); or cast doubts on the political autonomy and the integrity and governance of financial institutions.
Second, and conversely, the opening of the capital account can have important implications for financial markets and institutions. In many cases, the implications are positive in that the liberalizations help to develop deeper, more competitive, and more diversified financial markets. The sophistication of domestic financial markets can also be improved if foreign financial institutions are allowed to operate directly in the country. The greater volume of intermediation and increased competition that may accompany capital account liberalizations, however, may also increase pressure on previously protected domestic financial institutions and bring weaknesses to the fore in such institutions. Some countries have experienced banking crises when confronted with sudden inflows and subsequent sharp reversals in capital flows. The banking sector problems may be exacerbated by significant open positions of banks, or their borrowers. In such cases, adjustments in interest rates and exchange rates can reduce the net worth of financial institutions that have not developed adequate mechanisms to manage interest and exchange rate risks. Countries with sound banking systems have been better able to handle reversals in capital inflows since in a strong financial system, banking weaknesses do not constrain interest rate and exchange rate policies.
Third, the efficient use of capital flows and, thus, the extent to which such flows contribute to sustained improvements in economic performance depend on the stage of development and efficiency of the domestic financial system. The strength of the domestic system in turn may depend on the existence of a well-regulated and supervised financial system, and on the elimination of various sources of market failures that may be the legacy of previous financial repression. Consequently, there is a need for opening the capital account in step with the reforms of domestic financial markets and institutions.1
Fourth, successful and sustained opening of the capital account requires the existence of a minimum set of instruments, institutions, and markets for the effective management of monetary and exchange rate policy with an open capital account. High capital mobility alters the effectiveness of different monetary instruments in achieving the objectives of monetary policy. On the one hand, instruments that impose a high cost or administrative constraint on the banks—as is the case with credit or interest rate ceilings or high nonremunerated reserve requirements—may be circumvented more easily by disintermediation through the capital account, and therefore become less effective. On the other hand, with an open capital account, monetary instruments that operate on the overall cost of money or credit in financial markets may be transmitted more rapidly to credit and exchange markets and may allow the central bank to influence the decisions of financial institutions and markets that operate in its domestic currency, both locally and internationally. Indirect monetary instruments, such as open-market operations, therefore come to play a core role in steering interest rates, managing the liquidity situation in the market, and signaling the stance of monetary policy.
Fifth, as a practical matter, the distinction between capital controls and financial regulations may not be straightforward. Indeed, many controls on capital movements are often exercised through regulations on the underlying capital transactions rather than the associated payments and receipts. A number of capital controls are in the form of financial regulatory measures, including reserve requirements that discriminate between residents and nonresidents, or may be the consequence of the particular regulatory frameworks for financial markets and financial institutions. An analysis of the regulatory factors influencing capital movements therefore requires a more complete understanding of overall financial regulatory frameworks, and of the extent to which limitations on capital movements are an incidental consequence of the need to protect investors and exercise prudential oversight over financial institutions or a deliberate attempt to influence the volume of capital movements for macroeconomic and balance of payments reasons.
Finally, the dynamics of reforms might also argue for synchronization of domestic financial sector reforms and the liberalization of capital movements. Financial sector reforms often involve a rapid monetization of the economy and a period during which the growth of credit exceeds that of money as agents adjust to the elimination of financial repression (see Chapter 3). Capital account liberalizations are often associated with initial surpluses in the capital account of the balance of payments—a factor reflecting the improved environment for investors and the return of flight capital (see Johnston and Ryan, 1994). If confronted separately, each of these factors can create problems for monetary and macroeconomic management. If confronted together, however, the adjustments in the monetary and external sectors can be offsetting to some extent (see Johnston, 1997). Thus, the more rapid growth of credit than money following domestic financial sector liberalization would, other things being equal, tend to place pressure on the balance of payments. This pressure may be offset through the return of flight capital that may accompany the liberalization of the capital account. Both adjustments of asset portfolios reflect the elimination of financial repression and are in this sense equilibrating, but circumstances could also arise where the capital inflows contribute to a more rapid expansion in bank credits. In such cases, simultaneous financial sector and capital account liberalization could compound the macroeconomic management difficulties. This is likely to be a particular concern when there is limited autonomy in monetary policy.
Capital Account Liberalization and Macroeconomic Policy Design
The second broad conclusion from the survey is that the pace of capital account liberalization needs to be adapted to macroeconomic policy. What is generally important for managing the volume of capital flows is the overall incentive structure that produces such flows. A number of items will tend to influence this incentive structure—including particular regulatory frameworks and the stage of development and soundness of the financial system. Another important consideration is the configuration of interest rates and exchange rates.
As a general proposition, stock-flow portfolio analysis can be applied to analyze the factors influencing capital movements, as well as to distinguish between the short- and longer-run effects of capital controls.2 In the short run, the “grit-in-the-wheels” effect of capital controls might allow a country temporarily to reduce the rate of capital flows, but over time investors will adjust their portfolios to reflect portfolio balance considerations. The longer-run impact of controls on capital flows will thus depend on whether the regulations increase or reduce risk-adjusted rates of return. The observed capital flight in countries maintaining controls, and the observed net strengthening of the capital account when countries eliminate controls, suggests that capital controls are generally treated by investors as an additional risk factor. This leads to the seemingly perverse conclusion that a country restricting capital flows would have to maintain higher interest rates to compensate for the increased risks. Nevertheless, evidence from curb markets in countries with repressed financial systems would generally support this view. Thus, contrary to the usual assumption that capital controls can help reduce local interest rates and limit outflows, one of the major considerations in capital account liberalization is the management of the inflows that are likely to follow such liberalization in view of the decline in investor risk premiums. Similarly, the degree of protection that capital controls provide to individual markets and institutions will depend on the extent to which there would be second-round portfolio adjustments. For example, capital flows into security markets are likely to have an expansionary impact on the balance sheets of domestic banks as well, because of liquidity effects and portfolio adjustments that would follow changes in relative interest rates and asset prices, even if there are controls on inflows to commercial banks.
id is the domestic interest; if, the foreign interest rate of the same maturity, and Fd, the forward discount for that maturity; es is the rate of exchange (units of domestic currency in terms of a foreign currency) in the spot exchange market; and ef, the forward exchange rate on the date of maturity of the interest rate contracts. Thus, where the foreign interest rate and forward exchange rate are predetermined, a country could determine the domestic interest rate or the spot exchange rate, but not both.
With greater freedom of capital movements, short-term interest rates will increasingly be determined by the covered interest rate parity condition. An attempt to set both interest rates and exchange rates, which are inconsistent with this condition, could give rise to incentives for significant short-term capital flows. The potential magnitude of such flows will, among other things, reflect the expectations for the currency and the particular exchange rate.
Thus, with increased capital mobility, the capacity to assign monetary and exchange policies to achieve different macroeconomic targets will be increasingly constrained. If monetary policy is targeted to constraining inflation, the exchange rate would not be free, for example, to be used as an expenditure switching instrument to achieve objectives for the current account. Fiscal policy could be used to influence the savings/investment balance to achieve such objectives but monetary and exchange rate policy could not. Conversely, if the exchange rate is targeted to achieve objectives for the current account, or if the exchange rate is fixed, monetary policy would be left with little autonomy to achieve domestic stabilization objectives.
Assigning monetary policy, and consequently exchange rate policy, the task of domestic stabilization may require that either exchange rates or domestic interest rates, or both, are allowed to become more flexible. Higher capital mobility may also result in greater volatility in interest rates or exchange rates in view of the sensitivity of capital flows to changes in market sentiment and the more rapid transmission of shocks and potential contagion affects. Greater flexibility of the exchange rate or interest rates may help discourage short-term speculative flows that exploit inconsistent interest rate and exchange rate alignments. Where capital is attracted by high domestic interest rates as part of a disinflationary program, temporary appreciation of the exchange rate may help to support the disinflationary strategy and allow for a more rapid lowering of domestic interest rates to international levels, while at the same time meeting the inflation target. Once inflation and interest rates have been brought down, the exchange rate should also adjust to a level consistent with a sustainable balance of payments. The costs would depend on whether export performance would be seriously affected by a temporary appreciation in the exchange rate, as well as whether markets exist to hedge the risks of greater volatility.
One of the risks of assigning exchange rate policy to current account objectives and relying on fiscal consolidation to achieve domestic stabilization with an open capital account is that the authorities’ freedom to deal with speculative short-term flows is likely to be seriously constrained by the limited short-run flexibility of fiscal policy. Many countries have as a consequence resorted to capital controls in these circumstances. The extent to which capital controls can be used to manage the overall volume and structure of capital flows is questionable, however. Thus, the viability of such an assignment of instruments to targets also appears questionable with the increased volumes of capital flows.
Consequences of the Pace and Sequencing of Capital Account Liberalization
The above analysis argues for integrating capital account liberalization with the design of structural and macroeconomic policies. Maximizing the benefits from capital account liberalization while minimizing the risks requires a comprehensive approach to reforms.
A comprehensive approach will generally involve the coordination of the liberalizations of portfolio capital flows with domestic financial sector liberalization and reforms—that is, liberalization of interest rates, development of indirect monetary control procedures, and the strengthening of banks and capital markets through, among other measures, improved regulations. A lack of coordination between the domestic financial sector and capital account reforms can create distortions and regulatory incentives for capital movements that are unrelated to the underlying economic conditions, thus risking greater instability in capital movements. At the same time, there would be good reason to coordinate the liberalization of foreign direct investment with reforms aimed at strengthening the real sector and export potential of the economy, including reforms to the trade and investment regimes, exchange rate adjustments to improve competitiveness, and liberalization of exchange controls on current international transactions.
Where financial systems are weak, policymakers should address the institutional weaknesses in advance of, or concurrent with, the liberalization of the capital account. Countries that have not raised their institutional capacity to implement prudential regulations to the level of international best practice may also need to rely temporarily on selective capital controls as part of their financial regulatory frameworks. In view of the fungibility of capital, however, too much reliance cannot be placed on capital controls in protecting particular institutions and markets.3 Consequently, it is important for countries to make rapid progress in strengthening financial markets and institutions generally.
A comprehensive approach would also require an appropriate and consistent mix of macroeconomic and exchange rate policies. This mix may well require a reorientation of monetary and exchange rate policy to provide appropriate autonomy of monetary policy in dealing with capital inflows.
Such a well-planned and sequenced program of reforms does not necessarily imply a gradualist approach. Rather, an effective program calls for coordinated and concurrent reforms irrespective of the pace of the reforms. In fact, in some cases liberalizing the capital account before implementing other parts of the economic and financial sector reform program may be desirable. More rapid capital account liberalization can provide momentum to the overall reform process by weakening entrenched vested interests and bureaucratic control of private sector activities. It can also help to develop markets by increasing competition and promoting a larger volume of capital flows. In such cases, faster liberalization of the capital account would require similarly rapid progress in the necessary concurrent reforms to domestic financial markets and institutions and in adapting the macroeconomic policy framework. Speeding up these reforms is desirable in any event in view of the limited extent to which countries can insulate themselves from the market.
Selected Country Experiences with Sequencing Capital Account Liberalization
This section discusses the experience of four countries with capital account liberalization from 1985 to 1996. For each country, a detailed country matrix describing the sequence of reforms to domestic and external transactions is provided in the Appendix with a summary of measures in the text. Domestic reforms have been grouped into reforms to the financial supervisory and regulatory framework; the development of money markets and instruments; and the development of capital markets. External reforms are grouped into reforms to the exchange market arrangement and system; direct investment; portfolio investment; the trade regime; and introduction of restrictions on capital flows. Where appropriate a distinction is made between capital inflows and outflows.4 The Appendix tables also present selected macroeconomic and balance of payments indicators. For reference purposes, information on the stock position for the exchange and capital control regimes for the four countries can be found in the IMF’s Annual Report- on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions (1997).
Chile
The sequencing of Chile’s reforms of domestic and external transactions during the period 1985-96 is summarized in Table 6.1 and described in detail in Appendix Table 6.6; selected macroeconomic and balance of payment indicators are presented in Figure 6.1 and Appendix Table 6.7.
Chile: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
The peso was devalued twice, the exchange rate band was widened from 0.5 percent to ±2 percent, and the peso was adjusted daily by 1.7 percent per month until August 1985. After August, the peso was adjusted daily based on the previous month’s inflation less external inflation.
The peso continued to be adjusted daily based on the previous month’s inflation less external inflation leading to a 10.5 percent depreciation during the year.
The exchange rate band was widened from ±2 percent to ±3 percent on each side of the center rate.
The exchange rate policy to seek a real depreciation of the peso was abandoned and the exchange rate band was widened from ±3 percent to ±5 percent. In addition, the estimated rate of external inflation used in adjusting the exchange rate was lowered from 0.4 percent to 0.3 percent.
The midpoint exchange rate was devalued three times during the year accumulating a total of 3.4 percent, and the reference rate of the peso was appreciated by 2 percent.
The exchange rate arrangement of the peso changed from a peg to the U.S. dollar to a peg to a basket of currencies, the reference rate of the peso was revalued by 5 percent, and the exchange rate band was widened from ±5 percent to ±10 percent.
The midpoint of the exchange rate band was revalued by 10 percent, and the weights of the reference currency basket were changed.
The weights of the currency basket were changed, and the width of the exchange rate band was increased from ±10 percent to ±12 percent.
The parallel foreign exchange market became an informal legal market in which the exchange rate was freely determined.
Chile: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | |||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||||||
Money market and instruments | m | m | M | m | m | M | m | ||||||||
Financial supervisory and regulatory framework | M | M | m | M | m | ||||||||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | m1 | m2 | m3 | m4 | m5 | M6 | m7 | M8 | |||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | m | m | M9 | m | m | m | m | M | m | |||||
Trade reforms | m | M | m | m | m | m | m | ||||||||
Liberalization o f portfolio investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | M | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||||
Outflows | m | M | m | M | M | M | M | ||||||||
Liberalization of direct investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | M | ||||||||||||
Outflows | M | ||||||||||||||
Restrictions on capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | m | m | M | m | |||||||||
Outflows | m | m |
The peso was devalued twice, the exchange rate band was widened from 0.5 percent to ±2 percent, and the peso was adjusted daily by 1.7 percent per month until August 1985. After August, the peso was adjusted daily based on the previous month’s inflation less external inflation.
The peso continued to be adjusted daily based on the previous month’s inflation less external inflation leading to a 10.5 percent depreciation during the year.
The exchange rate band was widened from ±2 percent to ±3 percent on each side of the center rate.
The exchange rate policy to seek a real depreciation of the peso was abandoned and the exchange rate band was widened from ±3 percent to ±5 percent. In addition, the estimated rate of external inflation used in adjusting the exchange rate was lowered from 0.4 percent to 0.3 percent.
The midpoint exchange rate was devalued three times during the year accumulating a total of 3.4 percent, and the reference rate of the peso was appreciated by 2 percent.
The exchange rate arrangement of the peso changed from a peg to the U.S. dollar to a peg to a basket of currencies, the reference rate of the peso was revalued by 5 percent, and the exchange rate band was widened from ±5 percent to ±10 percent.
The midpoint of the exchange rate band was revalued by 10 percent, and the weights of the reference currency basket were changed.
The weights of the currency basket were changed, and the width of the exchange rate band was increased from ±10 percent to ±12 percent.
The parallel foreign exchange market became an informal legal market in which the exchange rate was freely determined.
Chile: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | |||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||||||
Money market and instruments | m | m | M | m | m | M | m | ||||||||
Financial supervisory and regulatory framework | M | M | m | M | m | ||||||||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | m1 | m2 | m3 | m4 | m5 | M6 | m7 | M8 | |||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | m | m | M9 | m | m | m | m | M | m | |||||
Trade reforms | m | M | m | m | m | m | m | ||||||||
Liberalization o f portfolio investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | M | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||||
Outflows | m | M | m | M | M | M | M | ||||||||
Liberalization of direct investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | M | ||||||||||||
Outflows | M | ||||||||||||||
Restrictions on capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | m | m | M | m | |||||||||
Outflows | m | m |
The peso was devalued twice, the exchange rate band was widened from 0.5 percent to ±2 percent, and the peso was adjusted daily by 1.7 percent per month until August 1985. After August, the peso was adjusted daily based on the previous month’s inflation less external inflation.
The peso continued to be adjusted daily based on the previous month’s inflation less external inflation leading to a 10.5 percent depreciation during the year.
The exchange rate band was widened from ±2 percent to ±3 percent on each side of the center rate.
The exchange rate policy to seek a real depreciation of the peso was abandoned and the exchange rate band was widened from ±3 percent to ±5 percent. In addition, the estimated rate of external inflation used in adjusting the exchange rate was lowered from 0.4 percent to 0.3 percent.
The midpoint exchange rate was devalued three times during the year accumulating a total of 3.4 percent, and the reference rate of the peso was appreciated by 2 percent.
The exchange rate arrangement of the peso changed from a peg to the U.S. dollar to a peg to a basket of currencies, the reference rate of the peso was revalued by 5 percent, and the exchange rate band was widened from ±5 percent to ±10 percent.
The midpoint of the exchange rate band was revalued by 10 percent, and the weights of the reference currency basket were changed.
The weights of the currency basket were changed, and the width of the exchange rate band was increased from ±10 percent to ±12 percent.
The parallel foreign exchange market became an informal legal market in which the exchange rate was freely determined.
After an earlier experience with rapid liberalization and a banking crisis, Chile followed a gradualist approach to reforms. During the period covering 1985-89, the reforms focused on completing the restructuring of the banking system, establishing indirect methods of monetary control, carrying out trade reform, increasing the scope of transactions by banks, establishing the autonomy of the Central Bank of Chile, and selectively liberalizing direct and portfolio capital inflows. Later phases of reforms emphasized the development of financial markets, the adoption of more flexible interest rate and exchange rate policies, and selective relaxation of controls on capital inflows and outflows, accompanied by the introduction of controls on certain capital inflows mainly in 1991 and 1995.
Restoring the soundness of the banking system, which had been damaged in the earlier banking crisis, and reversing the earlier protectionist trade policies were given priority from 1985-87.5 The earlier banking crisis and external shocks had led policymakers to reverse interest rate liberalization. Following the completion of the banking restructuring, the central bank eliminated the practice of announcing indicative interest rates in 1987, and influenced the level of domestic interest rates mainly through open-market operations in its indexed instruments. Capital market activity, which had been moderate, was promoted gradually—pension funds were allowed to invest part of their assets in selected domestic stocks beginning in 1985. In 1989, the law established the legal autonomy of the central bank.
Chile’s liberalization of external transactions focused initially on trade liberalization—providing more liberal access to foreign exchange for current international transactions—exchange rate adjustment, and exchange market development. In 1985, previous tariff increases were rolled back in two steps, and, concurrently, the exchange rate was devalued to offset the impact of the lower tariffs and to bring the exchange rate to a more realistic level.6 Limitations were eased on payments and transfers for current international transactions, and new instruments were introduced in the foreign exchange market.
Chile: Selected Macroeconomic Indicators
Sources: IMF, International Financial Statistics, Direction of Trade Statistics; and IMF staff estimates.Capital account measures were selective and focused initially on liberalizing capital inflows. In 1985, amendments to Chapter XIX of the central bank’s foreign exchange regulations permitted foreign direct investment inflows through debt/equity swaps.7 Capital from these investments, however, could not be repatriated for 10 years and profits for four years. Such swap operations were further promoted in 1987, with the authorization of External Investment Funds.8 Also under an amendment to Chapter XVIII of the foreign exchange regulations, nonresidents were permitted to purchase selected debt instruments, but the source of foreign exchange and the conversions had to take place outside the official foreign exchange market. Allowable transactions were broadened in 1986, and again in 1987, when nonresidents were permitted to invest in publicly offered instruments with the repatriation of the original capital after five years and no limit on profit remittances. In 1989, the Additional Tax on the repatriation of profits by foreign investors under the Income Tax Law was reduced from 40 percent to 35 percent.
The capital account of the balance of payments showed a marked strengthening and recorded a surplus in 1989 reflecting much stronger foreign direct investment inflows (see Figure 6.1 and Appendix Table 6.7). In 1989, monetary policy was tightened to offset accelerating inflation, and portfolio capital inflows increased substantially, reflecting the large interest differentials. In this context, the authorities abandoned their previous policy of seeking a real depreciation of the exchange rate, and widened the band for the fluctuations in the exchange rate.9
Beginning in 1990, the authorities emphasized the development of domestic financial markets and instruments. Several measures were implemented to broaden and enhance the efficiency and competitiveness of the stock exchange and local security markets: trading in futures contracts was introduced in 1990; pension funds were allowed to invest a greater percentage of their assets in equities; and electronic screen-based trading and settlement systems began functioning in 1993. The following year the stock market introduced trading in options, and during 1995-96, the investment activities of pension funds in the local securities markets were further liberalized. Concurrently, the money and foreign exchange markets were developed. The central bank enhanced its capacity to conduct monetary operations by widening the range of instruments and maturities used in open market operations (see Alexander, Baliño, and Enoch, 1995). Under new foreign exchange regulations, all foreign exchange transactions were permitted unless specifically prohibited by the central bank, and the parallel foreign exchange market became an informal legal market in which the exchange rate was freely determined.
In response to the large capital inflows recorded in 1990, the authorities began to liberalize capital outflows. In 1991, residents were allowed for the first time to use foreign exchange obtained in the unofficial market to invest abroad, and the period of investment after which capital could be repatriated by nonresidents was shortened to three years. In 1992, the pension funds were granted limited freedom to invest overseas, and remittances of profits and capital earned on foreign investments were allowed in advance of pre-existing schedules under certain conditions. Foreign inflows were also liberalized by allowing the issue of American Depository Receipts, and in 1991 the arrangements for trading shares sold through American Depository Receipts were expanded and taxes on dividends were reduced. At the same time, new restrictions were introduced on certain capital flows. In 1991, the central bank introduced a 20 percent reserve requirement on new foreign borrowing—except for trade credits—with the objective of limiting short-term capital inflows. Subsequently, the reserve requirement was extended to most outstanding foreign borrowing and to foreign currency deposits, and increased to 30 percent. The stamp duties imposed on domestic loans were also extended to foreign loans.
Net capital inflows declined briefly in 1991 as interest rates were reduced, but recovered sharply in 1992. In response to continuing large capital inflows and upward pressure on the exchange rate, the reference rate of the peso was revalued, and modified from a peg to the U.S. dollar to a peg to a basket of currencies, and the fluctuation band for the exchange rate around the central rate of crawl was widened from ±5 percent to ±10 percent. Inflation was constrained through continued fiscal consolidation appreciation, in the real exchange rate, and sterilized foreign exchange intervention.10 (See Figure 6.1 and Appendix Table 6.7.)
During the period 1993-96, the pace of capital account liberalization accelerated, with a greater emphasis placed on capital outflows. Certain restrictions on capital inflows were also intensified. In 1993, the minimum period for capital to remain in the country was reduced from three years to one, and the time limit for remittances of profits was eliminated. In 1994, foreign portfolio investment outflows were encouraged by allowing life insurance companies, pension funds, banks, and mutual funds to invest larger percentages of their portfolios abroad through the official market, allowing domestic banks to invest in financial institutions abroad, and granting individuals access to the formal exchange market for a limited set of capital transactions.11 Capital outflows were liberalized further in 1995-96 by broadening the allowable assets and increasing the limits on foreign investments. Portfolio investment inflows were also encouraged by reducing the minimum size of American Depository Receipts issues, lowering the rating requirement for corporations issuing bonds on the international market, and modifying the 30 percent reserve requirement on foreign borrowings. At the same time, due to circumvention of the existing restrictions, the authorities intensified restrictions on certain other inflows. In 1994, reserve requirements on foreign borrowing were required to be held solely in U.S. dollars, and in 1995 the ceiling on credit in Chilean pesos backed by deposits in U.S. dollars was reduced to avoid a circumvention of the reserve requirement on foreign borrowing. The reserve requirement on foreign liabilities was extended to secondary market transactions in American Depository Receipts, and to all investment inflows that did not constitute an increase in the capital stock of the bank.
Chile’s overall capital account strengthened, and there were much larger gross capital movements (Figure 6.1 and Appendix Table 6.7). Direct investments abroad increased to $1.1 billion in 1996, while foreign direct investment inflows increased to $4.1 billion. The net capital account strengthened to $6.3 billion (9 percent of GDP) in 1996. The current account balance fluctuated and showed some tendency to widen on average. The government repaid foreign debt, reducing the surplus in the overall balance of payments, and continued to adapt the exchange rate arrangement by revising the weights of the currency basket and widening the exchange rate band. The real exchange rate continued to appreciate, and the inflation performance continued to improve (see Figure 6.1).
Chile’s capital account liberalization appears to follow a distinct sequencing, with an initial focus on the completion of the restructuring of the banking system, trade reform, liberalization of the exchange system, and selective liberalization of capital inflows. Subsequently, the emphasis shifted to developing domestic money, bond, and equity markets. The capital account liberalization was also combined with the evolution of macroeconomic policies, strengthening of the instruments for indirect monetary control, and modification of the exchange arrangement to allow for greater flexibility of the rate within a crawling band exchange arrangement. Capital outflows were liberalized in response to a strengthening balance of payments. While liberalizing longer-term capital outflows and inflows, Chile introduced selective controls on capital inflows; however, such controls were circumvented and had to be broadened progressively.
Indonesia
The sequencing of Indonesia’s reforms of domestic and external transactions during the period 1985-96 is summarized in Table 6.2 and described in Appendix Table 6.8; selected macroeconomic and balance of payments indicators are presented in Figure 6.2 and Appendix Table 6.9.
Indonesia: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
The rupiah was devalued by 31 percent.
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility. Bank Indonesia ceased to announce an indicative exchange rate in the morning and instead began announcing buying and selling rates at 3:00 p.m. computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 15 (compared to ± Rp 10 previously).
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility; the buying and selling rates computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 22 (compared to ± Rp 15 previously).
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility; in June the intervention band was widened to Rp 118 (5 percent) and in September widened to Rp 192 (8 percent).
Indonesia accepted Article VIII of the IMF Articles of Agreement.
Indonesia: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | ||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | M | |||||||||
Money market and instruments | m | m | M | m | m | |||||||||
Financial supervisory and regulatory framework | M | m | m | m | M | m | M | |||||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | ||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | M1 | m | m2 | m3 | m4 | |||||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | M5 | m | m | ||||||||||
Trade reforms | M | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||
Liberalization of portfolio investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | m | |||||||||||
Outflows | ||||||||||||||
Liberalization of direct investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||
Outflows | m | |||||||||||||
Restrictions on capital flows | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | |||||||||||||
Outflows |
The rupiah was devalued by 31 percent.
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility. Bank Indonesia ceased to announce an indicative exchange rate in the morning and instead began announcing buying and selling rates at 3:00 p.m. computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 15 (compared to ± Rp 10 previously).
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility; the buying and selling rates computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 22 (compared to ± Rp 15 previously).
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility; in June the intervention band was widened to Rp 118 (5 percent) and in September widened to Rp 192 (8 percent).
Indonesia accepted Article VIII of the IMF Articles of Agreement.
Indonesia: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | ||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | M | |||||||||
Money market and instruments | m | m | M | m | m | |||||||||
Financial supervisory and regulatory framework | M | m | m | m | M | m | M | |||||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | ||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | M1 | m | m2 | m3 | m4 | |||||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | M5 | m | m | ||||||||||
Trade reforms | M | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||
Liberalization of portfolio investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | m | |||||||||||
Outflows | ||||||||||||||
Liberalization of direct investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | M | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||
Outflows | m | |||||||||||||
Restrictions on capital flows | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | |||||||||||||
Outflows |
The rupiah was devalued by 31 percent.
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility. Bank Indonesia ceased to announce an indicative exchange rate in the morning and instead began announcing buying and selling rates at 3:00 p.m. computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 15 (compared to ± Rp 10 previously).
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility; the buying and selling rates computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 22 (compared to ± Rp 15 previously).
Exchange rate movement allowed more flexibility; in June the intervention band was widened to Rp 118 (5 percent) and in September widened to Rp 192 (8 percent).
Indonesia accepted Article VIII of the IMF Articles of Agreement.
The economic reforms in Indonesia focused on reorienting the economy to reduce its dependence on the oil sector, expanding the role of the private sector, and encouraging the creation of a competitive non-oil, export-oriented industrial base that would absorb the rapidly growing labor force. The strategy entailed the pursuit of coordinated financial and exchange rate policies, aimed at providing a stable macroeconomic environment, accompanied by wide-ranging structural reforms to promote sustained growth and economic diversification. Key elements of reform during 1985-96 included the gradual liberalization of direct investment inflows to promote non-oil exports and economic diversification, maintenance of a competitive exchange rate, trade liberalization and tariff reform, and improvements in monetary management. Financial sector reform was also critical during the period and was carried out through the liberalization of external inflows, promotion of competition in the banking sector, strengthening of financial institutions, and encouragement of the growth of the capital market.
In 1985, Indonesia maintained a liberal regime for capital outflows by resident individuals and juridical entities, while prohibiting lending abroad by banks and financial institutions. Limitations on outflows through financial institutions remained in effect throughout the period (see the IMF’s Annual Report on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions, 1997). Selective controls applied to capital inflows; direct investment inflows were limited by domestic ownerships requirements; the purchase of equity by foreign investors in the local stock market was prohibited; and limits were imposed on foreign borrowings. Trade policy remained substantially protectionist.
Over much of the period, reforms focused on an opening of the real economy through a gradual promotion of direct investment inflows and liberalization of the tariff system as part of a restructuring of the real economy (see Appendix Table 6.8). Direct investment inflows were liberalized by expanding the fields where such investments were permitted. The expansion was accomplished by limiting the equity ownership rules to production of certain goods and investments in certain sectors, and by lengthening the period after which a company had to revert to domestic ownership.
Indonesia: Selected Macroeconomic Indicators
Sources: IMF, International Financial Statistics, Direction of Trade Statistics; and IMF staff estimates.The exchange rate was depreciated in 1983 and again in 1986 to bring it into line with market conditions as part of the economic restructuring package. Indonesia also liberalized payments and transfers for current international transactions and accepted the obligations of Article VIII of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement in 1988. The foreign exchange market was developed and the selling of swaps in the foreign exchange market was liberalized. These reforms were associated with greater openness of the economy (as measured, for example, by the ratio of exports plus imports to GDP) and faster economic growth (see Appendix Table 6.9).
Reforms were undertaken concurrently in the financial and real sectors. These reforms focused initially on establishing the financial markets, institutions, and instruments for a more market-based system. Beginning in 1983, interest rates were liberalized and direct credit controls on the banking system were partially removed. Money market instruments were introduced in 1984. In 1987, institutional reforms were undertaken to strengthen the operations of the capital market, including reforms to the stock exchange and introduction of new capital market instruments. The authorities modified their monetary control framework by shifting toward targeting international reserves. They introduced daily auctions of money market instruments and allowed the market to play a bigger role in determining interest rates and the exchange rate.
The reforms in 1988 emphasized the functioning of the banking system, enhanced bank supervision, and development of the money market. Financial sector reform was promoted by permitting greater foreign participation in the financial sector through the licensing of new foreign banks and branches, creating a level playing field for foreign and domestic banks, and permitting foreign participation in other types of financial institutions and in the insurance business (see Appendix Table 6.8). Additionally, reforms were undertaken to improve the functioning of the capital market, including extending the role of the market in raising funds for investments, lengthening the maturity of money market instruments, and broadening the range of market makers.
Subsequently, in 1989, the authorities liberalized portfolio capital inflows by eliminating quantitative limits on bank borrowing from nonresidents. For the first time, foreigners were permitted to invest in the stock market, and to acquire up to 49 percent of the ownership of listed stocks. Restrictions on direct investment inflows were also relaxed further and foreign direct investors were allowed to sell foreign exchange directly to commercial banks instead of through the central bank.
In 1990-91, the Indonesian economy began to overheat, the current account deficit widened, inflation accelerated, and interest rates rose substantially. In the context of the maintenance of a stable real exchange rate, however, the increase in interest rates was accompanied by a substantial inflow of foreign capital, and total net private capital flows registered a surplus in 1990 for the first time since 1985 (see Figure 6.2).12 The foreign capital inflow was mainly in the form of commercial bank borrowing, which was converted to domestic currency using the central bank’s swap facility, thus contributing to an increase in the growth of money. Monetary restraint was supported by tightening fiscal policy to curtail domestic demand pressures; however, inflation continued on an upward trend (Figure 6.2).
Concerned that the inflows through the banking sector were excessive and were complicating macroeconomic management, the authorities reimposed in 1991 quantitative controls on offshore borrowing by banks and state enterprises. They also introduced stricter limits on the open foreign exchange positions of banks and reduced their foreign exchange swap positions as a percentage of their capital base. The limitations on public sector borrowing from abroad remained in place from 1992 to 1996. Nevertheless, the authorities continued to broaden the arrangements for foreign borrowing for trade finance by private entities. Sales of securities to nonresidents were permitted and foreign direct and portfolio investment through the stock markets was liberalized as part of the more general economic and financial sector development program. These measures were undertaken concurrently with other measures to strengthen the domestic capital markets and the regulatory framework for banking operations.13 In particular, in 1995-96, regulations were issued to strengthen financial institutions through the upgrading of accounting standards to ensure compliance with prudential guidelines and to safeguard against excessive risk taking through derivative tradings.
Large interest differential in the context of a stable exchange rate and very rapid growth in the domestic stock market continued to promote large net private capital inflows in 1992-96. These inflows took the form of both net direct and portfolio flows. The inflows were partly offset by a reduction in official capital inflows and by a widening in the current account deficit. Inflows were also sterilized through auctions of central bank paper and through swap operations in the foreign exchange market. Additionally, the authorities permitted somewhat greater exchange rate flexibility (1994—96).
In the first half of 1997, Indonesia continued to attract foreign investment flows. In response the central bank took measures to restrict the related credit growth, including partial sterilization from sales of central bank certificates, an increase in reserve requirements, and reduction in subsidized credit to public enterprises. Initially, Indonesia managed the regional currency crises that began in June 1997 better than its neighbors. This performance was attributed to stronger fundamentals, including a relatively smaller external current account deficit. Nevertheless, on July 11, 1997, to protect against speculation, Indonesia widened the trading band for the exchange rate against the U.S. dollar from 8 percent to 12 percent. Subsequently, concerns also emerged about the stability of the banking system, and the Indonesian rupiah came under speculative pressure and was allowed to float. The authorities also took administrative measures to counteract the pressure on the exchange rate. Nonresident transactions in the forward market were restricted to $5 million per customer, and each bank’s net open position in the forward market was limited to $5 million. The authorities also lifted the 49 percent limit on foreign ownership on new initial public offerings in September.14
Korea
The sequencing of Korea’s reforms of the domestic and external transactions from 1985-96 is summarized in Table 6.3 and described in Appendix Table 6.10; selected macroeconomic and balance of payments indicators are presented in Figure 6.3 and Appendix Table 6.11.
Korea: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
Adopted the “market average exchange rate” (MAR) system. The MAR for the Korean won-U.S. dollar would be based on the weighted average of the previous day’s interbank rates for the Korean won-U.S. dollar spot transactions. During each business day, the Korean won-U.S. dollars exchange rate in the interbank market would be allowed to fluctuate within margins of ± 0.4 percent against the MAR.
The margins within which the exchange rate for Korean won-U.S. dollars in the interbank market was allowed to fluctuate daily around the MAR were widened to ±0.8 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±1 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±1.5 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±2.25 percent.
Accepted Article VIII of the Agreements.
Korea: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | ||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||||
Money market and instruments | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||
Financial supervisory and regulatory framework | m | m | m | m | M | m | m | m | m | |||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | ||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | M1 | m2 | m3 | m4 | m5 | |||||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | m | m | M6 | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||
Trade reforms | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||
Liberalization of portfolio investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | m | m | M | m | m | m | m | ||||||
Outflows | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||
Liberalization of direct investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||||
Outflows | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||||
Other investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | m | ||||||||||||
Outflows | m | m | m |
Adopted the “market average exchange rate” (MAR) system. The MAR for the Korean won-U.S. dollar would be based on the weighted average of the previous day’s interbank rates for the Korean won-U.S. dollar spot transactions. During each business day, the Korean won-U.S. dollars exchange rate in the interbank market would be allowed to fluctuate within margins of ± 0.4 percent against the MAR.
The margins within which the exchange rate for Korean won-U.S. dollars in the interbank market was allowed to fluctuate daily around the MAR were widened to ±0.8 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±1 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±1.5 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±2.25 percent.
Accepted Article VIII of the Agreements.
Korea: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | ||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||||
Money market and instruments | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||
Financial supervisory and regulatory framework | m | m | m | m | M | m | m | m | m | |||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | ||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | M1 | m2 | m3 | m4 | m5 | |||||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | m | m | M6 | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||
Trade reforms | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||
Liberalization of portfolio investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | m | m | M | m | m | m | m | ||||||
Outflows | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||
Liberalization of direct investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | ||||||
Outflows | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | m | |||||
Other investment | ||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | m | ||||||||||||
Outflows | m | m | m |
Adopted the “market average exchange rate” (MAR) system. The MAR for the Korean won-U.S. dollar would be based on the weighted average of the previous day’s interbank rates for the Korean won-U.S. dollar spot transactions. During each business day, the Korean won-U.S. dollars exchange rate in the interbank market would be allowed to fluctuate within margins of ± 0.4 percent against the MAR.
The margins within which the exchange rate for Korean won-U.S. dollars in the interbank market was allowed to fluctuate daily around the MAR were widened to ±0.8 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±1 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±1.5 percent.
The margins mentioned in note number 2 were widened to ±2.25 percent.
Accepted Article VIII of the Agreements.
Throughout the period, the Korean economy was characterized by significant government intervention and a financial sector that lagged behind the industrialization of the economy. The liberalization of the domestic financial system and the capital account was very gradual and selective, and a comprehensive plan was not adopted until June 1993. Monetary policy was conducted primarily through direct instruments, including ceilings on lending rates and guidance for lending to priority sectors. During the period, interest rate policy played little active role in external management. Developments in the balance of payments position, particularly in the current account, guided the government’s interventions in the foreign exchange market and system and its policies with respect to transactions related to trade and the capital account.
Faced with a significant surplus in the current account balance of payments over the period 1986-89, the authorities progressively liberalized the import regime through a preannounced schedule of measures. Restrictions on payments for current international transactions were relaxed and Korea accepted the obligations of the IMF’s Article VIII in 1988. Capital outflows were also promoted by liberalizing direct investment, purchases of real estate overseas, and certain portfolio investments outflows by institutional investors. At the same time, the central bank undertook various measures aimed at reducing net capital inflows, including encouraging the early repayment of external borrowing, tightening of the regulations on foreign commercial loans and foreign bank borrowing, and imposing restrictions on the volume of foreign exchange that could be brought in and sold to domestic banks (see Appendix Table 6.10). The fiscal position was consolidated to facilitate repayment of official foreign debt. In spite of the exchange measures, the overall balance of payments registered a widening surplus, as the current account surplus increased to reach 8 percent of GDP in 1988. The authorities used sterilization policies extensively—mainly through the issue of large quantities of liquidity control bonds and the reserve requirement on local currency deposits. The fiscal position also improved and the nominal and real exchange rate appreciated (see Figure 6.3).
Korea: Selected Macroeconomic Indicators
Sources: IMF, International Financial Statistics, Direction of Trade Statistics; and IMF staff estimates.Beginning in 1989, the current account balance of payments began to weaken, reflecting the background of a weakening fiscal position (in an attempt to stimulate the economy), an appreciation in the real exchange rate, and rising inflation. The authorities responded by encouraging capital inflows. Some of the earlier measures aimed at limiting capital inflows were reversed—foreign exchange banks were allowed to raise funds offshore through certain instruments, and the limits on amounts of foreign exchange that could be imported and sold to local banks were raised. The authorities also accelerated the liberalization of direct investment inflows by lifting the ceilings on these inflows; replacing approvals with notifications; providing tax incentives; and expanding the sectors where foreign direct investment was permissible. However, with increasing labor costs at home, foreign direct investment registered a net outflow in 1990 as enterprises continued to locate manufacturing abroad. Nevertheless, the financial account registered a surplus, reflecting short-term inflows related to trade credits and borrowing for crude oil imports.
During the period 1988-96, Korea adopted a range of reforms aimed at the development of the domestic money, security, and foreign exchange markets. These measures paved the way for a broader opening of the capital account for portfolio capital flows in the 1990s. In 1988 the authorities allowed some initial interest rate liberalization. Two years later, they announced a four-stage plan for interest rate deregulation, and in 1993 the authorities liberalized a wide range of interest rates. Interest rates on deposits of one to two years were liberalized in 1994, followed by the liberalization of short-term deposits in two steps in 1995. The financial system was developed through a number of measures, including the strengthening of bank supervisory procedures, promotion of a bankers’ acceptance and forward exchange markets, development of market makers, and the strengthening of regulations, trading procedures, and transparency of the local security markets. Operational improvements were introduced in the capital market, with the introduction of the “real-name” system for all financial transactions and the computerization of transactions in the stock market. In addition, various steps were taken to improve and strengthen the regulation and supervision of the financial sector, including a thorough revision of the General Banking Act and related prudential measures pertaining to accounting practices to promote transparency. Monetary stabilization bonds were auctioned, as opposed to being sold at administratively determined prices, and repurchase agreements using the liquidity control bonds became a major monetary instrument. Korea also moved from a multi-currency peg to the Market Average Exchange Rate system to allow market forces to play a greater role in exchange rate determination; the margins for the fluctuation of the exchange rate were also gradually widened.
Korea continued its policy of gradually promoting capital outflows by progressively liberalizing the limits on outward investments. The liberalization measures included extending the range of financial institutions eligible to invest abroad and raising the ceilings on their overseas investments; broadening the number of businesses eligible for overseas direct investment; liberalizing purchases of real estate; and allowing residents to retain larger foreign exchange balances abroad and to invest directly in foreign government bonds and equities up to a limit. For capital inflows, in 1992 nonresidents were permitted limited access to the stock market, and the types of securities that could be issued abroad by residents were expanded. The limits on foreign investments in Korea were gradually lifted, and sectors and markets gradually opened to foreign portfolio investment. For example, total foreign direct investment in domestic equities was increased from 10 percent in 1992 to 12 percent in 1994, to 15 percent in 1995, and to 20 percent in 1996. In 1996, nonresidents were permitted to invest in domestic bonds through Country Funds, and the Korean Bond Fund was listed on the London Stock Exchange.
The net private capital account strengthened sharply in 1991, reflecting an increase in foreign bond issues by Korean corporations, and in 1992 net portfolio inflows nearly doubled, reflecting the partial opening of the stock market to foreign investors. Net portfolio investment inflows continued to strengthen in subsequent years, with net private capital inflows reaching $16 billion in 1995. Korea continued to be a net exporter of direct investment, but increasingly became a major net recipient of portfolio investment inflows. These inflows were offset by a weakening in the current account balance of payments and an increasing surplus in the overall balance of payments. The exchange rate was permitted to adjust to some extent, but the degree of adjustment was limited. Nominal interest rates were also reduced, but, with inflation higher than elsewhere, the interest differentials with foreign rates remained positive.
Notwithstanding the significant steps taken during 1985-96 toward a deregulated financial sector, Korea’s financial sector and capital account transactions continued to be subject to many regulations and government intervention. Moreover, the effectiveness of certain reforms—for example, interest rate deregulation—is unclear. Accordingly, further liberalization measures have been scheduled for the period 1997—2000, provided that stable macroeconomic conditions are maintained or the differential between Korean and international interest rates falls below 2 percent.15
Thailand
The sequencing of Thailand’s reforms of domestic and external transactions from 1985 to mid-1997 is summarized in Table 6.4 and described in Appendix Table 6.12; selected macroeconomic and balance of payments indicators are presented in Figure 6.4 and Appendix Table 6.13.
Thailand: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
Data are through August.
The exchange rate arrangement of the Thai baht changes from being pegged to the U.S. dollar to a managed float.
On May 4 the government accepted Article VIM obligations of the IMF Articles of Agreement.
Thailand: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | 19971 | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | |||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | M | M | M | m | m | m | M | ||||
Money market and instruments | m | M | m | m | M | M | m | M | m | m | M | M | |||
Financial supervisory and regulatory | |||||||||||||||
Framework | M | m | M | M | m | M | M | M | |||||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | M2 | ||||||||||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | m | m | M | M3 | M | M | m | M | m | M | ||||
Trade reforms | M | m | m | m | m | m | |||||||||
Liberalization of portfolio investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | m | m | m | ||||||||||
Outflows | m | m | M | m | |||||||||||
Liberalization of direct investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | M | M | |||||||||||
Outflows | m | m | |||||||||||||
Restrictions on capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | |||||||||||||
Outflows | m | m |
Data are through August.
The exchange rate arrangement of the Thai baht changes from being pegged to the U.S. dollar to a managed float.
On May 4 the government accepted Article VIM obligations of the IMF Articles of Agreement.
Thailand: Sequencing of External and Domestic Financial Liberalization
(M represents major measures and m represents relatively minor measures)
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | 19971 | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Monetary controls and financial system | |||||||||||||||
Capital market development | m | m | m | m | M | M | M | m | m | m | M | ||||
Money market and instruments | m | M | m | m | M | M | m | M | m | m | M | M | |||
Financial supervisory and regulatory | |||||||||||||||
Framework | M | m | M | M | m | M | M | M | |||||||
Exchange system, trade and capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Exchange regime | M2 | ||||||||||||||
Exchange market arrangement and system | m | m | m | M | M3 | M | M | m | M | m | M | ||||
Trade reforms | M | m | m | m | m | m | |||||||||
Liberalization of portfolio investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | m | m | m | ||||||||||
Outflows | m | m | M | m | |||||||||||
Liberalization of direct investment | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | M | M | |||||||||||
Outflows | m | m | |||||||||||||
Restrictions on capital flows | |||||||||||||||
Inflows | m | M | |||||||||||||
Outflows | m | m |
Data are through August.
The exchange rate arrangement of the Thai baht changes from being pegged to the U.S. dollar to a managed float.
On May 4 the government accepted Article VIM obligations of the IMF Articles of Agreement.
Just before the start of the period under review, Thailand undertook a major adjustment effort: the baht was devalued by 14.8 percent in 1984, significant fiscal consolidation began, and a decisive change was made in the orientation of trade and industrial policies toward exportled growth. Thailand gave priority to promoting capital inflows through tax and institutional reforms while concurrently developing its financial markets. This policy, together with large positive interest differentials and a fixed exchange rate, promoted large net capital inflows. Such inflows contributed to strong economic performance and an increasing opening of the economy. Subsequent concerns about the sustainability of the exchange rate and the solvency of the financial system, however, resulted in a sharp reversal of capital inflows and a currency crisis.
Thailand: Selected Macroeconomic Indicators
Sources: IMF, International Financial Statistics, Direction of Trade Statistics; and IMF staff estimates.At the beginning of the period under review, Thailand maintained a relatively open capital account regarding capital inflows. The Alien Business Law of 1972 and the Investment Promotion Act of 1977 expanded the sectors open to foreign investment and liberalized the screening requirement for such investments. Portfolio investment inflows were treated liberally, although initially exchange controls applied to the repatriation of interest, dividends, and principal. Foreign borrowing could be conducted freely but had to be registered with the Bank of Thailand.
During the period, foreign inflows were promoted further through various measures, including eliminating restrictions on foreign investments and foreign ownership of export-orientated industries; granting tax incentives to encourage direct investments in special sectors; granting tax incentives to foreign mutual funds for investments in the stock market; creating new closed-end mutual funds; establishing rules for foreign debenture issues by Thai companies; reducing taxes on dividends remitted abroad; and allowing the free repatriation of investment funds, loan repayments, and interest payments by foreign investors.16 In 1992, the authorities approved the establishment of the Bangkok International Banking Facility, which greatly eased access to foreign financing and expanded short-term inflows (see Figure 6.4); and in 1995 the Provincial International Banking Facility was established, which could extend credit in both baht and foreign currencies with funding from overseas.
Payments and transfers for current international transactions were also progressively liberalized, and in 1990 Thailand accepted the obligations of IMF Article VIII. Further liberalizations followed, with the removal of limits on the amount of foreign exchange that could be purchased, brought in, or taken out of the country; the relaxation of surrender requirements; and the broadening of the uses of nonresident baht accounts and resident foreign currency accounts.
In contrast to the promotion of capital inflows and the rapid liberalization of the exchange system, controls on capital outflows by residents were liberalized only gradually. In 1990, commercial banks were allowed to lend limited amounts to nonresidents in foreign currency and to approve the repatriation of proceeds from sales of securities. The following year, Thai residents were permitted to invest abroad or to lend limited amounts to companies that had at least a 25 percent Thai equity participation. This ceiling was raised in 1994. Purchases abroad of capital and money market securities, foreign direct investments exceeding $10 million, and purchases of real estate remained subject to Bank of Thailand approval. Insurance companies were permitted to invest abroad under certain circumstances, but only up to 5 percent of their total portfolio. Locally issued mutual funds were restricted to investing their total portfolio in the domestic market.
Domestic financial market reforms focused initially on the development of the stock market. The Securities Exchange of Thailand was established in 1975, and the Securities Exchange Act was amended in 1984. Thailand adopted a number of subsequent reforms aimed at developing the stock exchange, including the establishment of the Securities and Exchange Commission in 1989; the creation of an automated trading system to replace manual transactions in 1991; and the passage of the Securities Exchange Act and the Public Company Act B.E. 2535 in 1992. The Acts, designed to support and promote the stock market, allowed public and private companies, listed and unlisted, to issue stocks and bonds. At the same time, the Thai Rating and Information Services was established as a credit rating agency to aid the development of corporate debt markets. Over the period, the number of companies listed on the exchange more than tripled, and the annual average growth in stock market capitalization was a remarkable 57 percent during 1987-94.
Following a crisis among the finance companies in the first half of the 1980s, measures to strengthen the banking system were introduced in 1985, including strengthened prudential standards and improved on- and off-site monitoring. Despite these improvements, the banking system continued to have an oligopolistic structure, which was reflected in large spreads between the deposit and lending rates (see Appendix Table 6.13). Moreover, the 1997 banking crisis indicated that there were a number of financial sector weaknesses that were not fully addressed following the earlier banking crisis.
Interest rates and credit controls were liberalized gradually, and in 1992 the ceilings on savings deposits and lending rates were removed. Nevertheless, indirect monetary instruments were not well developed, and the authorities relied to a considerable extent on foreign exchange swaps to manage the liquidity effects of capital inflows. In the context of the fixed exchange rate regime, such swaps generally involved the central bank setting a forward exchange rate that did not deviate significantly from the spot exchange rate.
Thailand’s promotion of capital inflows, combined with a rapidly growing economy, contributed to substantial net capital inflows in the range of 9-13 percent of GDP between 1989 and 1995 (a much higher percentage than the other countries reviewed in this study). Net capital inflows were offset initially by repayments of official capital and subsequently by substantial deficits in the current account balance of payments, which reached 8 percent of GDP in 1995. Nevertheless the growth of broad money and inflation increased along with the surpluses in the overall balance of payments and in spite of fiscal consolidation (see Figure 6.4).
The composition of capital inflows evolved over the period and appeared responsive to the regulatory reforms and incentives for capital flows. Net direct investment inflows contributed to the initial strengthening of the capital account, but net portfolio inflows became more important with the subsequent reforms to promote investments in the Thai stock markets, the establishment of the Bangkok International Banking Facility, and the large positive interest differential. A growing proportion of the net inflows were short term in nature, reaching 60 percent of the total in 1995. Consequently in 1995, Thailand began to restrict short-term capital inflows by imposing 7 percent reserve requirement on banks’ nonresident baht accounts. These restrictions were extended in 1996, among other reasons, to cover new foreign borrowing of less than one year.
In 1996 growth and investment levels deteriorated in the face of an appreciating real exchange rate and capital inflows and exports declined sharply. The large current account deficit, high interest rates, and increasing inflation left the country vulnerable to external shocks and a shift in market sentiment. Moreover, serious weaknesses appeared in the financial system due to exposures to the property sector and inadequate loan provisioning. High interest rates to counteract outflows aggravated the solvency and liquidity position of many banks and finance companies, and resulted in intervention by the authorities to support the financial system. In July 1997, faced with a banking crisis, a run on the currency, and large foreign exchange losses, the authorities floated the baht and adopted a managed floating exchange rate.
In response to the currency crisis, sales of foreign exchange were restricted for all foreign exchange transactions except those applied to exports and imports of goods and services, and direct and portfolio investment. Banks that had been free to lend to nonresidents subject to open position limits became subject to temporary restrictions on baht lending to nonresidents. Forward outright transactions in baht with nonresidents and the selling of baht against foreign currencies to nonresidents were temporarily restricted (see Appendix Table 6.12). However, such measures did not in general prevent the selling of the currency, which continued to depreciate.
Lessons from the Country Experiences
While the four country experiences reviewed here are diverse, the approach to and the consequences of the capital account liberalizations contain some lessons for managing such reforms.
Sequencing of Reforms
Liberalizations of direct investment inflows were generally undertaken as part of broader strategies aimed at restructuring the real sectors of economies. These strategies included eliminating barriers to trade, adjusting initial exchange rates, removing restrictions on current payments and transfers, and accepting the obligations of Article VIII of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement, as well as liberalizing and promoting foreign direct investment inflows. Liberalizations of portfolio capital flows were generally coordinated with domestic financial sector reforms, especially the liberalization of domestic interest rates and movement toward indirect monetary instruments, strengthening of domestic security markets, and the reform of domestic banking systems and the foreign exchange market. In Chile and Korea, financial sector reforms tended to precede capital account liberalization, while in Indonesia opening the capital account helped to promote the restructuring and to improve the competitiveness of the domestic financial system. The currency crisis in Thailand illustrates the risks when liberalization does not cover all the necessary concurrent reforms. In that case, the strengthening of financial institutions and the development of indirect monetary instruments lagged the liberalization of the capital account.
The approach to the liberalizations of capital inflows and outflows varied depending on the particular priorities adopted by the country. In Korea, management of the current account balance of payments appeared initially to be the overriding consideration, and Korea sought to manage current account surpluses and deficits through regulatory and other changes that influenced capital inflows and outflows. Thailand actively promoted capital inflows while limiting outflows with the objective of supplementing domestic savings and promoting investment and rapid economic growth. Indonesia maintained a relatively liberal regime for capital outflows and gradually liberalized inflows with the aim of attracting foreign capital to assist the restructuring of its economy. Chile also liberalized capital inflows as part of its program of economic restructuring, and liberalized outflows in response to balance of payments considerations.
The pace of reforms varied. Chile and Korea followed a gradual approach to reforms. By contrast, Indonesia liberalized capital outflows early in the reform process; the liberalization of capital inflows occurred much later and more gradually. Thailand opened its economy to capital inflows, especially portfolio investment inflows, much more rapidly than the other countries surveyed but liberalized capital outflows only gradually.
Macroeconomic Management of the Liberalizations
Table 6.5 shows average comparative macroeconomic, financial sector, and balance of payments indicators for the four countries in the periods 1985-90 and 1991-96. In all cases, the capital accounts were more liberal in the second period than in the first. In all cases, net inflows of private capital accompanied the opening of the capital account, and all countries recorded surpluses in their overall balance of payments. In all cases, portfolio investment flows dominated direct investments. Indonesia’s balance of payments was less affected than the other countries by the removal of capital account controls, perhaps because restrictions on capital outflows had been liberalized much earlier in Indonesia. In all countries but Korea, the surpluses were combined with fiscal consolidation.
Averages of Selected Economic Indicators
Excluding official capital.
Interest differential = deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Averages of Selected Economic Indicators
Chile | Indonesia | Korea | Thailand | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1985-90 | 1991-96 | 1985-90 | 1991-96 | 1985-90 | 1991-96 | 1985-90 | 1991-96 | ||||
(In percent) | |||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 5.9 | 7.4 | 5.6 | 7.2 | 9.5 | 7.4 | 9.5 | 8.1 | |||
Inflation per year | 21.3 | 12.8 | 7.0 | 8.8 | 5.0 | 6.0 | 3.6 | 5.0 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 39.4 | 38.5 | 31.0 | 46.4 | 36.7 | 42.3 | 62.3 | 77.2 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 10.9 | 8.9 | 19.1 | 10.6 | 12.0 | 10.6 | 11.4 | 9.2 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −0.1 | 2.0 | −1.7 | 0.8 | 0.0 | −0.1 | −0.6 | 2.9 | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 55.6 | 48.9 | 24.3 | 51.8 | 51.2 | 60.0 | 51.5 | 84.7 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 48.2 | 46.6 | 38.2 | 43.5 | 60.3 | 53.4 | 53.5 | 68.9 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −4.0 | −1.8 | −2.6 | −2.5 | 3.4 | −1.9 | −3.1 | −6.6 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | −2.3 | 5.8 | 3.6 | 4.1 | −1.8 | 2.8 | 5.3 | 10.1 | |||
Of which: Direct investment | 2.9 | 1.7 | 0.6 | 1.3 | −0.1 | −0.3 | 1.4 | 1.2 | |||
Portfolio & other investment1 | −6.5 | 5.5 | 0.8 | 2.4 | −0.5 | 2.6 | 4.2 | 8.9 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 26.5 | 16.9 | 17.3 | 17.3 | 10.0 | 8.9 | 10.6 | 10.3 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 5.2 | 4.0 | 10.3 | 8.6 | 5.1 | 2.9 | 6.9 | 5.3 | |||
Interest rate differential2 | 18.5 | 11.9 | 9.0 | 12.0 | 2.3 | 4.0 | 1.7 | 5.3 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 7.8 | 5.3 | 3.6 | 3.7 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 5.7 | 5.4 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 251.4 | 404.1 | 1,640.8 | 2,175.8 | 770.7 | 794.0 | 25.7 | 25.4 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990=100) | 110.6 | 92.2 | 122.9 | 98.8 | 92.4 | 96.0 | 104.4 | 101.1 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||
Balance of payments | |||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | (803) | (1,014) | (2,238) | (3,792) | 5,377 | (7,730) | (2,182) | (9,428) | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | (152) | 3,103 | 3,178 | 6,337 | (2,515) | 11,454 | 3,668 | 14,216 | |||
Of which: Direct investment | 692 | 988 | 551 | 2,030 | (66) | (1,190) | 953 | 1,474 | |||
Portfolio & other investment1 | (1,017) | 3,018 | 737 | 3,731 | (373) | 10,680 | 3,059 | 12,646 | |||
Net errors and omissions | (61) | (252) | (479) | (1,235) | (357) | (162) | 618 | (613) | |||
Overall Balance3 | (1,015) | 1,837 | 462 | 1,310 | 2,555 | 3,613 | 2,104 | 4,175 | |||
Memorandum Item: | |||||||||||
Net private capital4 | (235) | 4,569 | (1,928) | 6,052 | (460) | 11,717 | 5,177 | 16,860 |
Excluding official capital.
Interest differential = deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Averages of Selected Economic Indicators
Chile | Indonesia | Korea | Thailand | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1985-90 | 1991-96 | 1985-90 | 1991-96 | 1985-90 | 1991-96 | 1985-90 | 1991-96 | ||||
(In percent) | |||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 5.9 | 7.4 | 5.6 | 7.2 | 9.5 | 7.4 | 9.5 | 8.1 | |||
Inflation per year | 21.3 | 12.8 | 7.0 | 8.8 | 5.0 | 6.0 | 3.6 | 5.0 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 39.4 | 38.5 | 31.0 | 46.4 | 36.7 | 42.3 | 62.3 | 77.2 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 10.9 | 8.9 | 19.1 | 10.6 | 12.0 | 10.6 | 11.4 | 9.2 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −0.1 | 2.0 | −1.7 | 0.8 | 0.0 | −0.1 | −0.6 | 2.9 | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 55.6 | 48.9 | 24.3 | 51.8 | 51.2 | 60.0 | 51.5 | 84.7 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 48.2 | 46.6 | 38.2 | 43.5 | 60.3 | 53.4 | 53.5 | 68.9 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −4.0 | −1.8 | −2.6 | −2.5 | 3.4 | −1.9 | −3.1 | −6.6 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | −2.3 | 5.8 | 3.6 | 4.1 | −1.8 | 2.8 | 5.3 | 10.1 | |||
Of which: Direct investment | 2.9 | 1.7 | 0.6 | 1.3 | −0.1 | −0.3 | 1.4 | 1.2 | |||
Portfolio & other investment1 | −6.5 | 5.5 | 0.8 | 2.4 | −0.5 | 2.6 | 4.2 | 8.9 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 26.5 | 16.9 | 17.3 | 17.3 | 10.0 | 8.9 | 10.6 | 10.3 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 5.2 | 4.0 | 10.3 | 8.6 | 5.1 | 2.9 | 6.9 | 5.3 | |||
Interest rate differential2 | 18.5 | 11.9 | 9.0 | 12.0 | 2.3 | 4.0 | 1.7 | 5.3 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 7.8 | 5.3 | 3.6 | 3.7 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 5.7 | 5.4 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 251.4 | 404.1 | 1,640.8 | 2,175.8 | 770.7 | 794.0 | 25.7 | 25.4 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990=100) | 110.6 | 92.2 | 122.9 | 98.8 | 92.4 | 96.0 | 104.4 | 101.1 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||
Balance of payments | |||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | (803) | (1,014) | (2,238) | (3,792) | 5,377 | (7,730) | (2,182) | (9,428) | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | (152) | 3,103 | 3,178 | 6,337 | (2,515) | 11,454 | 3,668 | 14,216 | |||
Of which: Direct investment | 692 | 988 | 551 | 2,030 | (66) | (1,190) | 953 | 1,474 | |||
Portfolio & other investment1 | (1,017) | 3,018 | 737 | 3,731 | (373) | 10,680 | 3,059 | 12,646 | |||
Net errors and omissions | (61) | (252) | (479) | (1,235) | (357) | (162) | 618 | (613) | |||
Overall Balance3 | (1,015) | 1,837 | 462 | 1,310 | 2,555 | 3,613 | 2,104 | 4,175 | |||
Memorandum Item: | |||||||||||
Net private capital4 | (235) | 4,569 | (1,928) | 6,052 | (460) | 11,717 | 5,177 | 16,860 |
Excluding official capital.
Interest differential = deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
The impact of the capital inflows on economic performance varied, however. Chile reduced its current account deficit as well as inflation, and also brought down the interest differential with foreign rates and the real deposit rate. The growth of broad money and domestic credit to the private sector was generally constrained in the context of a managed floating exchange rate. In contrast, Korea and Thailand experienced rapid growth of money and domestic credit in the context of stable exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, and in both cases, inflation accelerated and the current account balance of payments weakened. Thailand also faced a currency crisis. In Indonesia, broad money and private credit grew rapidly, inflation accelerated, the current account remained in deficit, and the rupiah came under speculative pressure.
How can the differences in performance be explained? One explanation begins with the observation that the ratios of broad money and private sector credit to GDP fell in Chile at the same time as private capital inflows increased as a percent of GDP, while in the other countries the ratios of broad money and private sector credit to GDP increased significantly (see Figure 6.5). Thus, for a time in Chile, net private capital inflows appear to have substituted for domestic intermediation, while in the other countries the inflows were associated with an increase in such intermediation, and with a rapid expansion in credit to the economy. In turn, this may explain the accelerating inflation and the weakening current account performances in the latter countries. Where the credit expansions were also associated with banking sector problems, this situation can create particular concerns about the efficiency of use of the capital inflows, and thus the sustainability of the balance of payments, and lead to a loss of confidence and capital outflows.
What may determine the different monetary and credit developments? Part of the explanation may reflect the fact that Chile implemented substantial financial sector reforms in the 1980s and adopted strengthened prudential standards earlier than in the other countries. The initial expansion in credit that often accompanies financial sector liberalization may therefore have occurred earlier in Chile than in the other countries surveyed, and the strengthened bank supervision may have led to a better pricing of risks and avoidance of banking problems.
Second, all of the countries sought to manage capital inflows through their regulatory regimes. In Thailand, the regulatory and institutional framework generally favored such inflows, while in other countries limits were applied to certain inflows or controls were liberalized gradually. As a consequence, net private capital inflows were larger as a percent of GDP in Thailand than in the other countries, and a large part of these inflows through the international banking facility were short term in nature, which may have increased Thailand’s vulnerability to a reversal of such flows.
Capital Flows, Private Sector Credit, and Current Account Deficit, 1985-96
(In percent of GDP)
Sources: IMF, International Financial Statistics, and World Economic Outlook.There is no strong evidence that the reintroduction of controls was particularly effective in limiting overall capital inflows. The capital controls may have influenced the composition of such flows, and thus had some impact in determining whether the net inflows were directed to the domestic banking system. Chile actively sought to discourage capital inflows to the banking system. Indonesia and Thailand also became concerned by the volume of inflows to their banking systems, although in Thailand this concern came late in the reform process. The introduction in 1991 and subsequent intensification of controls in Chile did not appear to result in a marked growth of bank credit. In fact, private sector credit increased as a percent of GDP after 1991 (see Figure 6.5). Also, at a theoretical level it is not clear that a restriction on certain types of inflows would be particularly effective in limiting bank credit expansion in view of the potential fungibility of capital.
Finally, the countries had different exchange rate regimes. The countries that appeared to better manage the capital inflows followed more flexible exchange rate arrangements. Such flexibility generally created greater autonomy for monetary policy in managing the effects of capital inflows and may itself have helped to discourage short-term speculative capital flows. Part of Chile’s successful management of capital account liberalization may be partly attributed to its more flexible management of the exchange rate within a preannounced crawling band. In contrast, Thailand’s maintenance of a fixed exchange rate limited the flexibility of its monetary policy to constrain the growth of money and credit in the face of significant capital inflows. When combined with Thailand’s policy of promoting capital inflows, the fixed exchange rate arrangement may have initially created unrealistic expectations about the rates of return. When market sentiment changed, the result was a sharp reversal of capital inflows.
Capital Account Liberalization and the Asian Currency Crisis
The currency crises in Asian countries were preceded by a sizable buildup of short-term foreign liabilities. This section investigates one aspect of the events leading up to the Asian crisis—namely, whether the nature of regulation of capital movements, and in particular, the sequencing of the liberalization of the capital account, contributed to the buildup of short-term debt in the three main Asian crisis countries—Indonesia, Korea, and Thailand.
Growth of Short-Term Liabilities
As the description of individual experiences indicate, Indonesia, Korea, and Thailand adopted markedly different approaches to the liberalization of their capital account regimes in the years leading up to the crisis. Generally, the capital account regulations were not directly biased toward short-term external borrowing:
-
In Indonesia, there is no strong indication that regulations favored any particular maturity, especially shorter over longer maturities. In some instances (e.g., Presidential Decree No. 39 in 1991), ceilings were imposed on foreign commercial borrowing, except for purposes of financing long-term projects.
-
Korea followed a very cautious approach to liberalization of capital inflows into its security markets (see Park, 1998). In 1992, nonresidents were permitted limited access to the stock market, and the types of securities that residents could issue abroad were expanded. Foreign exchange banks were authorized to borrow abroad, but direct foreign borrowing by corporations was controlled. Beginning in 1994, the ceiling on banks’ foreign currency loans was lifted, but the Bank of Korea applied window guidance in the form of ceilings on banks’ medium- and long-term borrowings from international financial markets.17 The letter of the law, however, did not entail preferential treatment for short-term inflows, per se.18 The Korean regulations did, however, favor foreign borrowing (and onlending) by banks, over direct access by corporations to international capital markets; and credits from nonresidents to nonbank residents—with the exception of trade credits—were subject to prior approval.
-
In Thailand too, the general thrust of the regulatory framework did not differentiate between the maturity of the capital flows, per se, but it did tend to favor inflows directly intermediated by the domestic banking system. With the establishment of the Bangkok International Banking Facility in 1992, the government tried to improve the access of domestic entities to international capital markets through the banking system, and this helped to channel short-term inflows through the banking system. The authorities subsequently pursued a policy of promoting foreign investments into the country, and security markets were also liberalized. Nevertheless, the inflows of foreign capital through the capital and money markets, controlled by the Security and Exchange Commission, lagged behind those intermediated through the banking sector.
Thus, while there was no strong regulatory bias toward short-term flows except in one respect in Korea, the capital account regulations did bias flows toward the local banking system in Korea and Thailand in particular. This institutional bias seems to have indirectly favored short-term borrowing rather than longer-term flows, since banking institutions normally tend to rely on shorter-term finance. The heavy reliance on short-term flows also reflected inadequacies of risk assessment, management, and control.
The emphasis on bank-intermediated flows was, on the surface at least, consistent with the existing financial structure in these economies. Commercial banks dominated financial intermediation in all three countries, and the development of other financial markets was a more gradual process. For example, the bond market in Indonesia and Thailand barely reaches 10 percent of GDP, while in Korea it is currently equivalent to 50 percent of GDP, but with most corporate bonds guaranteed by financial institutions.19 Moreover, foreign lenders may have generally preferred to channel their loans through the banking sector to the extent that they saw it as less risky, and in view of the difficulties in assessing individual corporations because of more limited information on their balance sheets and prospects. Perhaps even more important in this regard is the possibility that banks were seen to be not just supervised, but backed more directly by the authorities. As a number of economists have stressed, there may well have been a strong element of implicit government guarantee associated with banks in these countries (see, among others, Dooley, 1997; and Krugman, 1998). To the extent such a perception was indeed held, both by the banks themselves and lenders to banks, this may have been an important factor in the lack of adequate currency and liquidity risk management in the banking sector. It is likely that the institutional biases in the capital account regulations interacted with these factors to exacerbate the buildup of inadequately-managed, short-term liabilities.
A second factor behind the buildup of short-term debt is that the underlying riskiness of the investments in these countries may have led to some preference by lenders for shorter maturities. The lack of well-developed bond markets, among other things, probably made pricing of longer-term debt more difficult. Residual uncertainty about the legal and financial infrastructure and relatively costly monitoring of local developments also tend to encourage external creditors to favor shorter-term investment over longer-term ones.20 To some extent, this effect might have declined over time, as apparently robust macroeconomic trends continued to obscure underlying weaknesses. Nevertheless, as the outlook for either the specific borrowing institution or the country more generally became more uncertain, the tendency to prefer shorter-term exposure would have reasserted itself. In such a situation, the interest rates charged by lenders typically increase to reflect the higher risk or uncertainty premium, but the premium itself typically tends to rise more than proportionally with the maturity of the loan. This is particularly so when hedging instruments for foreign exchange risks are limited to very short-term maturities. In these circumstances, the borrower would be squeezed into progressively shorter-term contracts, and could face difficulties in rolling over its obligations should conditions continue to deteriorate. Such a buildup of short-term liabilities can occur regardless of the regulatory environment, in view of the scope to effectively redenominate longer-term contracts into shorter-term ones, through derivative and other transactions.21
Developments in Indonesia seem to confirm a general market preference for shorter-term credit, except perhaps for the strongest and most sizable borrowers. Indonesia’s capital account regulations contained neither an obvious direct bias toward shorter-term rather than longer-term flows, nor a bias toward bank-intermediated inflows (bank borrowing was more restricted than private corporate borrowing, in fact). Nevertheless, to the extent that larger private Indonesian corporations had close links of various sorts with the authorities, moral hazard issues (a perception of official support) may well have played a role in the excessive and inadequately managed external borrowing, similar to that in the buildup of bank debt in Korea and Thailand.
Beyond the underlying reasons for market preferences for shorter-term and/or bank-intermediated external borrowing, and beyond any additional biases that may have been created by capital account regulations, a third important factor in the buildup of shorter-term external debt in the Asian crisis countries has been the incentives created by the macroeconomic environment. The three countries considered here all quite actively pursued either nominal or real exchange rate targets (a de facto peg in Thailand’s case), while orienting interest rates toward internal stability objectives. This resulted in significant periods of relatively high interest differentials, especially at the shorter end, and encouraged capital inflows that were substantially short term in nature, and in particular in the form of foreign currency borrowing. Such borrowing was largely unhedged because of expectations that relatively stable exchange rates would be maintained indefinitely.
Implications of the Crisis for Capital Account Liberalization
There are five main implications of the above analysis. First, the sustainability of inflows depends on the efficiency of the use of the funds, not least as regards the prudent management of the risks involved with external funding. Specifically, the channeling of funds through banking sectors where risk management was relatively weak and unsophisticated and where distorted incentive structures and moral hazard prevailed ultimately brought this efficiency into question. The rapid bank credit expansions strained credit assessment procedures and resulted in banks channeling newly borrowed funds into unprofitable or speculative activities, such as real estate lending, while the prudential supervision framework was not strong enough to curtail these trends effectively. The same issues arise where external borrowing by corporations is guaranteed by financial institutions, as in Korea. A major concern is, therefore, to ensure that commercial banks comply with appropriate prudential standards, including procedures for the management of asset and liability (liquidity) risks, and that banks face appropriate incentive structures (e.g., moral hazard is avoided as much as possible, and there are appropriate controls on lending to interrelated entities).22
Second, appropriate risk management incentives are also fundamental to avoiding excessive direct external borrowing by nonbank corporations. Prudential measures applied to financial institutions may have some indirect effect here (to the extent that corporations borrowing offshore also borrow from local banks). But more central is the need to avoid implicit government guarantees of corporations and associated moral hazard, as with the banks themselves. In addition, exchange rate regimes that avoid excessive rigidity tend to create a much greater awareness, both among banks and nonbanks, of the need to manage exchange rate risk.
Third, increasing recourse to shorter-term debt can be an indicator of growing uncertainty about economic prospects. The monitoring and disclosure of such debt is, therefore, important, both as a guide to domestic macroeconomic management, and as an input into better informed decision making by international financial markets. However, because of the scope to redenominate longer-term debt as short-term debt, statistical measures of short-term liabilities may not always be easy to interpret, particularly in the lead-up to a crisis when private lenders may seek to change quickly the composition of their assets.
Fourth, where restrictions remained on capital market issues abroad by resident corporations and on nonresident purchases of securities on the local market, it might well have been desirable to speed up the development of the longer-term security markets both through domestic capital market reforms (including greater disclosure of information by borrowers), and by removing the capital controls. With an appropriate public sector-private sector relationship that avoids moral hazard, allowing corporations access to the international bond markets could have an important market disciplining effect, since such access would require meeting higher financial disclosure standards. More broadly, policymakers need to be careful when liberalizing capital flows that they do not unduly favor some types of channels or instruments over others—a less than level playing field could skew the incentives for different groups in ways that are unhelpful for prudent competition and sound risk management.
Fifth, it is not clear that the reintroduction of controls helped much, either before the crisis, or especially once the crisis had begun. Thailand and Indonesia resorted to capital controls in an effort to reduce inflows before the crisis, and to restrict outflows during the crisis.23 The more recent controls generally aimed to restrict forward or derivative transactions and their financing, but during the crisis they sent a negative signal to the market discouraging further capital inflows at a critical juncture. It is notable that most of the new controls introduced in Thailand were removed again in early 1998, while in Korea the emphasis was solely on liberalizing measures throughout the crisis. In Indonesia too, liberalization measures were taken in addition to the single restrictive measure.
Conclusion
Opening the capital account can have significant benefits for economic growth and welfare. Achieving the benefits of the liberalization, however, while minimizing the risks requires attention to the sequencing of the reforms and the pacing of capital account liberalization to macroeconomic and exchange rate policies. What is generally important for managing the volume of capital flows is the overall incentive structure that can give rise to such flows. This will be influenced by the regulatory regime for capital movements, the stage of development and soundness of financial systems, and the configuration of interest rates and exchange rates.
Therefore, countries should adopt a coordinated and comprehensive approach to reforms, of which capital account liberalization is an integral part. Such a public policy approach requires attention not only to the sequencing of the regulatory and institutional reforms that impact on capital movements, but also to the design of macroeconomic and exchange rate policies.
The experience of the Asian countries confirms that it is necessary to approach capital account liberalization as an integral part of a more comprehensive program of economic reform, coordinated with appropriate macroeconomic and exchange rate policies, and including policies to strengthen financial markets and institutions. The question concerns not so much speed, since some of the countries in Asia have followed a very gradualist approach. Rather, it concerns the appropriate sequencing of the reforms and, more specifically, what supporting measures need to be taken.
The liberalization of inflows through the banking system clearly needed to be more fully supported with reforms to encourage stronger management and supervision in that sector. There was also clearly a need to avoid moral hazard problems as much as possible for corporations as well as banks; and, in the more liberal market environment, to have adequate transparency and improved information flows so that there could be informed market decision making, which would in turn reduce the risks of sharps shifts in market sentiment in response to uncertainties. There was also a need to develop markets for hedging and managing risks, which are an essential part of efficient market-based financial systems and were notably lacking in many Asian economies.
Finally, policymakers need to recognize that with more open capital accounts a country’s interest rate policy will be constrained by its choice of exchange arrangement and vice versa. Greater attention has to be given to an appropriate, internally consistent mix of macroeconomic policies to avoid creating incentives for excessive short-term capital inflows, and the risk of subsequent sharp reversals.
Appendix
Appendix: Country Tables
This section contains tables that provide a detailed matrix of the sequence of reforms to domestic and external transactions in Chile, Indonesia, Korea, and Thailand. It also features tables containing selected economic indicators for the four countries.
Chile: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and Exchange Sectors
Chile: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and Exchange Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows |
---|---|
1985 | |
Capital Markets | Exchange Market Arrangement and System |
Private pension funds were permitted to invest part of their assets in selected domestic stocks. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The process of recapitalization of the private financial system began in 1982 with the purchase of loan portfolios of banks up to an amount equivalent to 100% of the capital and reserves of each bank. This was followed in 1984 with the purchase of substandard loan portfolio of banks up to 150% of capital and reserves of each bank initially for cash, and up to an additional 100% of capital and reserves for non-negotiable, non-interest-bearing central bank notes. This scheme was extended to intervened banks in 1985. Legislation was enacted that allowed the government to recapitalize directly up to 49% of the capital of each bank. These banks were then sold to the private sector through the state development company, CORFO. A debt restructuring agreement was reached with foreign commercial banks, the third of a series of six agreements, beginning in 1983. Money market and instruments The CBC announced an indicative interest rate for 30-day deposits. |
In February the Central Bamk of Chile (CBC) announced that the exchange rate for the Chilean peso was devalued by 8.2% against the U.S. dollar. In June, the exchange rate of the peso was devalued again by 7.8%. At the same time, the CBC announced that the peso would be adjusted on a daily basis at a rate of 1.7% per month until August. After August, the rate would be adjusted daily on the basis of the previous month’s inflation less an estimate of international inflation. The CBC also changed the width of the exchange rate band from 0.5% on either side of the daily rate to 2%. The limits on travel allowances were raised from $200 to $500 for travel to neighboring countries and from $800 to $1,500 for travel to other countries. Chapters XIX and XVIII of the Compendium of Foreign Exchange Regulations of the Central Bank were introduced in May. The amendments introduced two schemes for the purchase by foreign residents of specified Chilean foreign debt instruments in secondary markets abroad and their conversion into domestic peso obligations (see amendments below). Direct Investment Inflows: (Under Chapter XIX) Upon approval of the CBC, the foreign currency obligation can be exchanged into a domestic currency obligation, the proceeds of which must be used for direct investment purposes, with the intermediation of a financial institution. Special regulations apply to repatriation of such capital as well as to dividend payments, capital can be repatriated after 10 years and profits after four years. Profits of the first four years can be repatriated at 25% a year as of the fifth year. Portfolio Investment Inflows: (Under Chapter XVIII) Authorization was granted for residents and nonresidents to purchase selected debt instruments using foreign exchange not obtained in the official foreign exchange market for conversion into pesos without remittance rights. The peso assets could be used only to reduce domestic debt, third-party debt or to acquire specified assets or equity owned by domestic banks. Transactions under this chapter also need to be channeled through financial institutions, subject to an overall quota that would be assigned to the different institutions on the basis of an auction system. Trade The uniform tariff rate was reduced twice—from 35% to 30% and then to 20%. A law was introduced giving exporters of specified export products an option of a subsidy equal to 10% of the net value of their sales not exceeding an overall value of $7.5 million, in lieu of benefits under the existing import duty drawback scheme. |
1986 | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Two laws are substantially revised: the General Banking Law and the Organic Law of Superintendency of Banks and Financial Institutions. The CBC restored five more banks that had been intervened in the private sector on a fully capitalized basis. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The official rate was adjusted daily during the year, representing a 10.5% depreciation. A subsidy granted for debt service payments on foreign currency debt contracted before August 6, 1982 for debts greater than $50,000 through the preferential exchange rate arrangement was gradually phased out between July 1985 and December 1986. The CBC allowed banks to conduct future foreign exchange operations for options with maturity between 15 to 180 days on a very restricted basis. The limits on travel allowances were raised from $500 to $1,000 for travel to neighboring countries and from $1,500 to $3,000 for travel to other countries. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Restrictions on the use of peso assets (without remittance rights) by residents and nonresidents of debt purchased at a discount abroad with foreign exchange not obtained in the official market (under Chapter XVIII) were lifted. |
1987 | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The last two intervened banks were sold to private investors through stock auctions between 1986-87, marking the end of the privatization phase. One state-owned bank was not privatized or intervened during the banking crisis. Money Market and Instruments The CBC eliminated its practice of announcing indicative interest rates for 30-day bank deposits and began setting the rate on 90-day indexed promissory note (PRBC); short-term central bank paper sold through auctions on demand. |
Portfolio Investment Inflows: Foreign Capital Investment Fund (FICE) Law was issued to attract foreign resources to be invested in publicly offered instruments. Original capital was allowed to be repatriated after five years, with no limit on profit remittances. All remittances not corresponding to the capital originally invested were subject to a 10% income tax. Inflows: External Investment Funds under Chapter XIX were authorized. This made it easier for small external investors to participate in debt equity conversions without having to go through the case-by-case conditions normally applied to such operations. Transactions under this chapter were progressively restricted. Chapter XVIII was modified to allow debt conversions by mortgage debtors, up to $6,000 without going through the auction system. Trade A fund to guarantee loans granted to nontraditional exporters for capital requirements was established. Regulations governing imports from Free Zones were modified. A preferential tariff treatment was suspended for those countries that had not adopted the new regional scheme of preferential tariffs. A system of deferred payment was introduced for custom duties on imports of capital goods. The list of goods eligible for export financing through rediscounts of the CBC was expanded. A subsidy of 5% was introduced for export values between a certain value and the indexation of these values, which are to be adjusted annually. |
1988 | |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The exchange rate band was widened from ±2% to ±3% on each side of the center rate. Commercial banks were authorized to sell foreign exchange for payments of insurance premiums contracted in Chile up to $50,000; for larger amounts authorization was required from the CBC. New minimum amounts for foreign exchange swap operations were set with the CBC. The period for surrendering export earnings was lengthened to 90 days after repatriation, as long as the earnings were held as swaps or foreign currency deposits with Chilean resident banks. Trade Custom duties were lowered across the board from 20% to 15%. The maximum surcharge was raised from 15% to 20%. The drawback subsidy for small exporters was reduced from 10% to 8%. The fiscal credit under the system of deferred import duty payments was lowered to 11% from 15%. |
|
1989 | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Congress enacted a constitutional law establishing legal autonomy for the CBC of Chile (October). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System In July the authorities announced that the policy adopted in late 1988 of seeking a small real appreciation of the peso had been reversed. The peso continued to be devalued daily on the basis of the difference between domestic inflation in the previous month and estimated external inflation. To reverse some of the real appreciation that had occurred since 1988, the band around the central rate was widened from ±3% to ±5% and the exchange rate moved to the top of the band. In September the authorities reduced the estimated rate of external inflation used in adjusting the exchange rate from 0.4% per month to 0.3%. Direct Investment Inflows: The Additional Tax on the repatriation of profits by foreign investors under the Income Tax Law was lowered from 40% to 35%. |
1990 | |
Capital Markets The stock market introduced trading in futures contracts. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The parallel foreign exchange market became an informal legal market in which the exchange rate was freely determined and access to the official market remained unchanged. Proceeds from exports of goods and services, payments for imports of goods and services, debt-service payments, remittances of dividends and profits, and authorized capital transactions, including loan receipts were to be transacted through the official exchange market. The repatriation period for export proceeds was extended to 120 days (up from 90 days). Portfolio Investment Outflows: Chapter XXVI was added to the rules on International Exchange. Under this chapter individuals and legal entities, domiciles and residents abroad, who met certain conditions, were permitted to remit abroad proceeds from the sale of stocks of registered corporations domiciled in Chile that were purchased with funds abroad through the official exchange market. The remittance of dividends and profits accruing from such stocks was also allowed through the official exchange market. Inflows: Under Chapter XXVI, American Depository Receipts (ADRs) were issued for the first time. Trade The minimum import financing requirement (120 days) was abolished. Restrictions on Capital Flows New regulations were introduced whereby all capital transactions had to be reported to the CBC and remained subject to approval. |
1991 | |
Capital Markets Pension funds were permitted to invest a greater percentage of their assets in equities. Money Market and Instruments Credits granted by foreign commercial banks to Chilean commercial banks as part of restructuring packages were exempted from the 20% reserve requirement (see Introduction of Restrictions). An alternative means of satisfying the 20% reserve requirement on new foreign borrowing in the form of a special repurchase agreement with the CBC was established. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System In June the authorities announced that the reference exchange rate of the peso appreciated by 2%. The midpoint exchange rate was devalued three times in 1991 for a cumulative amount of 3.4%. The maximum amount of time allowed for exporters to make their returns was increased from 120 to 150 days. The time allowed for exporters to liquidate advance payments received on their sale of their products was extended from 90 to 150 days. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Chapter XXVI was modified so that shares through ADRs could be traded and quoted, not only on official foreign stock markets but privately. Outflows: Capital that entered through Chapter XIX could be repatriated after three years instead of 10 years. The minimum holding period for other investments remained at three years under both: the Decree Law No. 600; and Chapter XIV, which stipulates that capital brought into the country in the form of foreign borrowing must be sold through authorized banks when the investor has registered the transaction with the CBC. Outflows: Under Chapter XIX foreign investors were allowed to sell their investments to domestic residents after paying a fee to the CBC. Outflows: Chapter XII set out regulations and different channels for Chilean corporations to invest abroad. Chapter XII was revised to permit Chilean individuals and juridical entities to use foreign currency of their own or obtained from the informal exchange market to invest abroad. Prior approval from the CBC was no longer required but the CBC had to be notified within 30 days of the investment. Inflows: Taxes on dividends on investments were lowered to 42% from 49.5%. The tax credit on repatriation of profits was increased from 10% to 15%. Outflows: The CBC authorized banking companies to acquire low-risk financial assets abroad with a maximum value of up to 25% of the public’s foreign currency term deposits. Trade CBC allowed banks to assign 60% (up from 40%) of their dollar deposits to finance foreign trade. Banks were allowed to finance foreign trade transactions between third countries belonging to Latin American Integration Association (LAIA). The ad valorem import tariff was reduced to 11% from 15%. Stamp duties imposed on domestic loans were extended to foreign loans. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: A reserve requirement of 20% was first imposed only on all new foreign borrowings, except for credits that are provided directly to Chilean exporters by foreign importers. The reserve requirement was to be held at the CBC for a time related to the maturity of the credit, with a minimum of 90 days and a maximum of one year. Inflows: The 20% reserve requirement was extended to all outstanding foreign borrowing, except for credits with maturity of less than six months, and the time period for which the CBC would hold a loan was increased to one year, irrespective of the maturity of the foreign loan. The requirement on existing credits maturing between July and December was phased out. Inflows: Stamp duties imposed on domestic loans were extended to foreign loans. |
1992 | |
Capital Markets The Superintendent of Securities and Insurance announced the creation of a central securities depository to be implemented in stages beginning at the end of 1993. Money Market and Instruments Insurance companies were permitted to participate in the auctions of CBC promissory notes and treasury bills. The CBC modified the operating rules of auction system—declaring that transactions must be cleared at the cutting rate, and no auction could be declared void. The CBC introduced longer maturity (4-, 6-, 8-, and 10-year) promissory notes and increased size of auctions. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The exchange system was changed from being pegged to the U.S. dollar to being pegged to a fixed basked of currencies consisting of the U.S. dollar, the deutsche mark, and the Japanese yen. The central exchange rate and the floating band are to be set daily according to the evolution of the value of the currency basket and the exchange rates of the currencies in the basket. The reference rate of the Chilean peso was revalued by 5% and the band was widened from 5% to 10% on each side of the midpoint rate. The CBC was authorized to intervene in the foreign exchange market and operate within the established 10% margin. Exchange arbitrage operations were undertaken abroad by banks were liberalized. Commercial banks were permitted to increase their foreign exchange exposure and deal in foreign exchange among banks, instead of only with the CBC. Foreign exchange could be bought for purposes of amortization of capital and payment of interest on debt duly registered at the CBC within 90 days after the due date. Export proceeds over $2,000 were permitted to be surrendered through commercial banks. Exporters were permitted to retain 10% (up from 5%) of the proceeds in special foreign currency accounts with a cumulative limit a year of $5 million from $500,000. Commercial banks were authorized to sell foreign exchange using their term deposits in foreign exchange. Limits on travel allowances were raised from $1,000 to $3,000 for neighboring countries and to $5,000 from $3,000 for travel to other countries. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Qualified residents were authorized to obtain foreign credits by issuing bonds abroad. Inflows: A-rated Chilean enterprises and banks were authorized to issue bonds in foreign markets. Outflows: Pension funds were permitted for the first time to invest abroad up to 1.5% of the total value of their assets. This percentage was increased again later in the year to 3%. Outflows: Chapter XIX was amended to allow applications for advance remittances of profits and capital earned on foreign investment under certain conditions. Inflows: In May the period of application of the reserve requirement on external credits entering under Chapter XIV was increased to one year from 90 days but the reserve requirement ratio for these inflows was left unchanged at 20% until August. Other Investment Inflows: In October, Chapters XIV and XXVI were amended such that external credit could be obtained through issuing of share-convertible bonds abroad. Trade The limit on import payments above which the prior approval of the CBC would be required was raised to $100,000. The limit on payments for invisibles was raised to $3,000 from $200. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: In August the reserve requirement on external credits was first extended to foreign currency deposits and then subsequently increased to 30% from 20%. |
1993 | |
Capital Market An electronic screen began operating on the trading floor of the stock exchange, and the Centralized Financial Clearing and Settlement and Operations Settlement systems started functioning. Money Market and Instruments The CBC introduced auctions of 12-, 14-, and 20-year promissory notes. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The maximum period to surrender foreign exchange proceeds of nonfinancial services exports (insurance payments, shipping fees and other commissions) was extended by 90 days to 150 days, in line with that in force for merchandise export proceeds a Direct Investment Outflows: Under an amendment of Decree Law No. 600 (DL 600), the main vehicle for foreign investment in Chile, the minimum period for the remittance of capital and earnings was allowed after one year instead of after three years for all investment flows under this law. Remittances of profits were not subject to any time restrictions. Inflows: The “guaranteed” corporate income tax (or “invariability rate”) for foreign investors opting for a tax rate different from that used for domestic corporations (an option under DL 600 that is a rate guaranteed for the duration of the investment) is reduced to 42% from about 49.5%. Inflows: The tax on gross revenue for payments to nonresidents for the use of patents and trademarks was lowered from 40% to 35%. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The minimum period for the remittance of capital and earnings was allowed after one year instead of after three years for all investment flows also under Chapter XIX and Chapter XIV. Profit remittances from investments under Chapter XIX remained subject to certain restrictions until the full elimination of Chapter XIX in 1995. Inflows: Corporations issuing bonds on the international capital market were required to obtain a credit rating from a foreign rating company that is equal to or better than the rating assigned to Chile. Trade Documents were required to provide information on imports that were previously issued only by the CBC were permitted to be issued by private agencies with respect to imports from Latin American Integration Association (LAIA) member countries. Restrictions on Capital Flows Outflows: Decree Law 600 was amended to clarify that access to the formal exchange market for the remittance of capital or profits abroad required the prior approval of the Foreign Investment Committee. |
1994 | |
Capital Markets The stock market introduced trading in options. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The midpoint of the exchange rate band was revalued by 10% and the weights of the reference currency basket were changed. The ceiling on foreign exchange positions held by commercial banks was eliminated in November. The CBC authorized exchange houses operating in the formal exchange market to carry out forward and swap operations. The proportion of export proceeds that exporters were allowed to retain was raised to 15%, then to 25%, and again to 50%. The limit on export proceeds in a 12-month period was raised to $10 million, then to $15 million, and again to $50 million a year. The period to surrender foreign exchange from exports was extended from 150 to 180 days, then to 210 days and again to 270 days. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Life insurance companies that have a BBB+ risk rating were permitted to invest up to 10% of their resources in 32 selected countries. Outflows: General insurance companies with a BBB risk-rating were permitted to invest up to 15% of their resources in 34 selected countries. Outflows: Mutual funds were authorized to invest up to 30% of their resources, but did not have to meet any risk criteria. Nor were they limited to a specific number of countries. Inflows: It was made easier for nonfinancial enterprises to issue bonds in foreign markets or place ADRs abroad because their qualification rating was lowered to BBB+ from an A rating by the National Risk Classification Commission. In addition, the minimum amount of issue was halved to $25 million and authorization from the CBC was no longer required. Outflows: The maximum amount that pension funds, insurance companies, and mutual funds were allowed to invest abroad was raised to 4% from 3% of their portfolio. Outflows: The issuance of ADRs but not of bonds by banks was simplified: the minimum amount for each issue was lowered to $25 million from $50 million, and the requirement that the issuing bank be rated A by the National Risk Classification Commission was replaced by the requirement that it be rated BBB+ by two international rating agencies. Outflows: The CBC published new regulations with respect to investment abroad by pension funds. Pension funds were permitted to invest up to 6% of assets in international markets. Outflows: Chilean banks were permitted to invest in financial institutions abroad after obtaining authorization from the CBC and the Superintendency of Banks and Financial Institutions. The investment itself could not exceed 25% of the bank’s capital plus reserves, and the banks risk-weighted assets could not exceed tenfold its effective patrimony. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: All reserve requirements on foreign borrowing were required to be held solely in U.S. dollars. |
1995 | |
Capital Markets The CBC allowed pension funds to invest up to 9% of their assets in risk-rating instruments. The minimum risk rating requirement for instruments in which pension funds may invest was lowered from A- to BBB-. The CBC raised the ceiling: (a) on pension funds’ investment in domestic stock from 30% to 37% of their assets; and (b) on pension funds’ investment in instruments issued by public finance institutions from 45% to 50% of their assets. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The CBC introduced regulations for exchange houses and brokerage companies through which pension funds can carry out domestic and foreign financial transactions. Money Market and Instruments Banks and financial institutions are allowed to open a “liquid deposit account” in the CBC. The CBC limited the access of financial institutions to its liquidity credit lines to the following amounts, calculated as the average amount of credit outstanding during a given reserve period: starting September 9, 90% of the amount was assigned under the first tranche, and starting October 9, 60% of that amount. The CBC announced that its 90-day indexed promissory notes (PRBC) would be sold through biweekly auctions; the auction of the 30-day promissory note (PDBC) would be limited only to banks and financial institutions that purchased PRBCs during the previous auction. These banks and financial institutions were allowed to purchase an amount equivalent to up to 10% of their PRBC purchases at a nominal interest. Interest rates on daily indexed liquidity credit lines were lowered from 6.3% to 5.7% for the first credit tranche; from 6.55% to 6% for the second credit tranche, and from 7.05% to 6.5 % for the third credit tranche. The CBC lowered the rate on daily deposits by commercial banks with the CBC from 5.22% to 5%. The CBC raised the interest rate on its indexed liquidity credit lines from 5.7% to 6.7% for the first credit tranche, from 6% to 7% for the second credit tranche; and from 6.5% to 7.5% for the third credit tranche. The CBC raised the rate on commercial bank liquidity deposit accounts with the CBC from 5% to 6%. The CBC moved from fixing the rate on its 90-day indexed paper to fixing the interest rate on its overnight operations with commercial banks. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The CBC authorized exchange houses operating in the formal exchange market to purchase and sell foreign exchange in connection with ADR transactions (undertaken through Chapter XXVI). Pension funds and insurance companies were granted access to the formal exchange market. The CBC specified that mutual funds would not be granted access to the formal exchange market to carry out exchange operations related to their investments abroad. The CBC authorized exchange houses operating in the formal exchange market to carry out exchange operations related to investment abroad by pension funds and insurance companies. The CBC specified that the maximum amount of financial investment that banks and financial institutions can deduct from the foreign exchange position used to calculate their reserve requirement is equal to the maximum limit on such investments. The CBC allowed exporters to no longer surrender export proceeds to the CBC, although they are still required to inform the CBC of these operations, until April 1996. The obligation to surrender proceeds from foreign bond issues was eliminated. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Chapters XVIII and XIX were eliminated, thus lifting the restrictions on the purchases of selected Chilean foreign debt instruments. Outflows: Restrictions on the remittance of profits abroad and the three-year holding period for capital repatriation for selected Chilean foreign debt instruments was lifted. Inflows: The CBC lowered the minimum amount required to issue ADRs to $10 million from $25 million for companies that already had issued ADRs abroad. Outflows: A minimum country risk rating of BBB- was established for investment in foreign stocks by insurance companies. (This rating refers to the risk in the ceiling in which the stock is trading.) Outflows: The CBC raised the ceiling on investment abroad from 6% to 9% of total assets, with a subceiling of 4 1/2% in stocks and stock-based instruments. Outflows: The CBC lowered the minimum risk ratings of foreign investment by banks and financial institutions from A− to BB− for up to 30% of the total allowed (equivalent to 25% of the banks’ capital and reserves) and to BBB- for the remaining 70%. Outflows: The CBC established the following ceilings on investments abroad by institutional investors: (a) for pension funds the ceiling was raised from 3% to 6% of their total assets; (b) for life insurance companies, 10% of their assets in foreign financial instruments, and up to 3% in urban nonresidential real estate; (c) for general insurance companies, 15% of their assets in foreign financial instruments, and up to 3% in urban nonresidential real estate; and (d) for mutual funds, 30% of their total assets, without reference to any minimum rating requirement or any specific number of countries. The Superintendency of Banks and Financial Institutions was authorized to determine the time period during which banks will be required to adjust the ratio between their foreign investment and their total assets to the ceiling established by the CBC (transitory provisions). Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: The ceiling on credit in Chilean pesos backed by deposits in U.S. dollars was reduced from 150% to 70%, to avoid a possible by-passing of the one-year 30% reserve requirement on foreign borrowing. The ceiling on credit in Chilean pesos backed by deposits in U.S. dollars was further reduced to 10%. Inflows: The 30% reserve requirement on foreign liabilities was extended to secondary transactions of ADRs. Inflows: The coverage of the existing 20% reserve requirement on foreign liabilities was broadened to include investment flows that do not constitute an increase in the capital stock but only a transaction of assets from residents to nonresidents. |
1996 | |
Capital Markets The CBC announced that for the trading of securities by pension funds, it would consider two formal secondary markets: one domestic, and one external. The domestic formal secondary market would consist of stock exchanges, their brokers, and commercial banks with a risk rating of AAA− or higher on their long-term instruments and a rating of 1 − or higher on their short-term instruments. The external formal secondary market would consist of stock and securities exchanges, further exchanges securities dealers and brokers authorized to trade in these exchanges as well as over the counter, open and closed end mutual funds, and banks authorized to receive deposits. Money Market and Instruments The CBC limited the access of financial institutions to its liquidity credit lines to 30% of the amount assigned under the first tranche. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The composition of the currency basket used to calculate the central reference exchange rate of the exchange rate band was adjusted by increasing the weight of the U.S. dollar from 45% to 80%, while reducing that of the deutsche mark and Japanese yen from 30% to 15% and from 15% to 5%, respectively. The width of the exchange rate band was increased from ±10% to ±12.5%. The CBC lowered the threshold over which banks are required to provide detailed information on sources and destination of foreign exchange transactions from $50,000 to $10,000 per transaction. The CBC allowed foreign exchange houses to sell up to $15,000, or its equivalent in other foreign currencies, to any person for travel expenses, payments to international organizations, and payments for studies abroad. The CBC required exporters to convert export advances into local currency through bank transfers on the formal exchange market, and banks to report such transactions to the CBC. The CBC authorized debtors of external credits recorded under Chapter VI to settle amortization interest, commissions, and expenses corresponding to these operations directly abroad with export proceeds. It was required that the CBC be kept informed of these transactions. Mutual funds were permitted to use the formal exchange market to make investments abroad. Debtors of credits recorded under Chapter IV were allowed to access in advance the formal market to prepay the credits or maintain the resources in account abroad that could be given in guarantee to the creditor. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The CBC eliminated the restrictions on the share of mutual fund assets that can be invested abroad. Outflows: Several times in 1996 the authorities expanded the list of foreign investments in which domestic institutional investors are allowed to invest (including domestic pension and mutual funds). Outflows: The CBC granted individuals unrestricted access to the formal exchange market for transactions up to $15,000 a month. Inflows: External credits destined exclusively to prepay foreign credits that were previously authorized and recorded with the CBC were exempted from the 30% reserve requirement, provided the weighted average terms of each credit and residual of the original credit were similar. Outflows: The CBC granted individuals unrestricted access to the formal exchange market for transactions up to $15,000 a month (also applicable to Portfolio Investment). Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: The CBC limited the extension of outstanding foreign loans subscribed under Chapters VI and XIV to a maximum period of one year over their initial maturity. Receipts of foreign credits under Chapter XIV would not be obliged to repay these credits at their initial maturity since they still had access to the informal market. Fines of up to 4% of the value of the scheduled amortization were established to deal with late payments. |
Chile: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and Exchange Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows |
---|---|
1985 | |
Capital Markets | Exchange Market Arrangement and System |
Private pension funds were permitted to invest part of their assets in selected domestic stocks. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The process of recapitalization of the private financial system began in 1982 with the purchase of loan portfolios of banks up to an amount equivalent to 100% of the capital and reserves of each bank. This was followed in 1984 with the purchase of substandard loan portfolio of banks up to 150% of capital and reserves of each bank initially for cash, and up to an additional 100% of capital and reserves for non-negotiable, non-interest-bearing central bank notes. This scheme was extended to intervened banks in 1985. Legislation was enacted that allowed the government to recapitalize directly up to 49% of the capital of each bank. These banks were then sold to the private sector through the state development company, CORFO. A debt restructuring agreement was reached with foreign commercial banks, the third of a series of six agreements, beginning in 1983. Money market and instruments The CBC announced an indicative interest rate for 30-day deposits. |
In February the Central Bamk of Chile (CBC) announced that the exchange rate for the Chilean peso was devalued by 8.2% against the U.S. dollar. In June, the exchange rate of the peso was devalued again by 7.8%. At the same time, the CBC announced that the peso would be adjusted on a daily basis at a rate of 1.7% per month until August. After August, the rate would be adjusted daily on the basis of the previous month’s inflation less an estimate of international inflation. The CBC also changed the width of the exchange rate band from 0.5% on either side of the daily rate to 2%. The limits on travel allowances were raised from $200 to $500 for travel to neighboring countries and from $800 to $1,500 for travel to other countries. Chapters XIX and XVIII of the Compendium of Foreign Exchange Regulations of the Central Bank were introduced in May. The amendments introduced two schemes for the purchase by foreign residents of specified Chilean foreign debt instruments in secondary markets abroad and their conversion into domestic peso obligations (see amendments below). Direct Investment Inflows: (Under Chapter XIX) Upon approval of the CBC, the foreign currency obligation can be exchanged into a domestic currency obligation, the proceeds of which must be used for direct investment purposes, with the intermediation of a financial institution. Special regulations apply to repatriation of such capital as well as to dividend payments, capital can be repatriated after 10 years and profits after four years. Profits of the first four years can be repatriated at 25% a year as of the fifth year. Portfolio Investment Inflows: (Under Chapter XVIII) Authorization was granted for residents and nonresidents to purchase selected debt instruments using foreign exchange not obtained in the official foreign exchange market for conversion into pesos without remittance rights. The peso assets could be used only to reduce domestic debt, third-party debt or to acquire specified assets or equity owned by domestic banks. Transactions under this chapter also need to be channeled through financial institutions, subject to an overall quota that would be assigned to the different institutions on the basis of an auction system. Trade The uniform tariff rate was reduced twice—from 35% to 30% and then to 20%. A law was introduced giving exporters of specified export products an option of a subsidy equal to 10% of the net value of their sales not exceeding an overall value of $7.5 million, in lieu of benefits under the existing import duty drawback scheme. |
1986 | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Two laws are substantially revised: the General Banking Law and the Organic Law of Superintendency of Banks and Financial Institutions. The CBC restored five more banks that had been intervened in the private sector on a fully capitalized basis. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The official rate was adjusted daily during the year, representing a 10.5% depreciation. A subsidy granted for debt service payments on foreign currency debt contracted before August 6, 1982 for debts greater than $50,000 through the preferential exchange rate arrangement was gradually phased out between July 1985 and December 1986. The CBC allowed banks to conduct future foreign exchange operations for options with maturity between 15 to 180 days on a very restricted basis. The limits on travel allowances were raised from $500 to $1,000 for travel to neighboring countries and from $1,500 to $3,000 for travel to other countries. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Restrictions on the use of peso assets (without remittance rights) by residents and nonresidents of debt purchased at a discount abroad with foreign exchange not obtained in the official market (under Chapter XVIII) were lifted. |
1987 | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The last two intervened banks were sold to private investors through stock auctions between 1986-87, marking the end of the privatization phase. One state-owned bank was not privatized or intervened during the banking crisis. Money Market and Instruments The CBC eliminated its practice of announcing indicative interest rates for 30-day bank deposits and began setting the rate on 90-day indexed promissory note (PRBC); short-term central bank paper sold through auctions on demand. |
Portfolio Investment Inflows: Foreign Capital Investment Fund (FICE) Law was issued to attract foreign resources to be invested in publicly offered instruments. Original capital was allowed to be repatriated after five years, with no limit on profit remittances. All remittances not corresponding to the capital originally invested were subject to a 10% income tax. Inflows: External Investment Funds under Chapter XIX were authorized. This made it easier for small external investors to participate in debt equity conversions without having to go through the case-by-case conditions normally applied to such operations. Transactions under this chapter were progressively restricted. Chapter XVIII was modified to allow debt conversions by mortgage debtors, up to $6,000 without going through the auction system. Trade A fund to guarantee loans granted to nontraditional exporters for capital requirements was established. Regulations governing imports from Free Zones were modified. A preferential tariff treatment was suspended for those countries that had not adopted the new regional scheme of preferential tariffs. A system of deferred payment was introduced for custom duties on imports of capital goods. The list of goods eligible for export financing through rediscounts of the CBC was expanded. A subsidy of 5% was introduced for export values between a certain value and the indexation of these values, which are to be adjusted annually. |
1988 | |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The exchange rate band was widened from ±2% to ±3% on each side of the center rate. Commercial banks were authorized to sell foreign exchange for payments of insurance premiums contracted in Chile up to $50,000; for larger amounts authorization was required from the CBC. New minimum amounts for foreign exchange swap operations were set with the CBC. The period for surrendering export earnings was lengthened to 90 days after repatriation, as long as the earnings were held as swaps or foreign currency deposits with Chilean resident banks. Trade Custom duties were lowered across the board from 20% to 15%. The maximum surcharge was raised from 15% to 20%. The drawback subsidy for small exporters was reduced from 10% to 8%. The fiscal credit under the system of deferred import duty payments was lowered to 11% from 15%. |
|
1989 | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Congress enacted a constitutional law establishing legal autonomy for the CBC of Chile (October). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System In July the authorities announced that the policy adopted in late 1988 of seeking a small real appreciation of the peso had been reversed. The peso continued to be devalued daily on the basis of the difference between domestic inflation in the previous month and estimated external inflation. To reverse some of the real appreciation that had occurred since 1988, the band around the central rate was widened from ±3% to ±5% and the exchange rate moved to the top of the band. In September the authorities reduced the estimated rate of external inflation used in adjusting the exchange rate from 0.4% per month to 0.3%. Direct Investment Inflows: The Additional Tax on the repatriation of profits by foreign investors under the Income Tax Law was lowered from 40% to 35%. |
1990 | |
Capital Markets The stock market introduced trading in futures contracts. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The parallel foreign exchange market became an informal legal market in which the exchange rate was freely determined and access to the official market remained unchanged. Proceeds from exports of goods and services, payments for imports of goods and services, debt-service payments, remittances of dividends and profits, and authorized capital transactions, including loan receipts were to be transacted through the official exchange market. The repatriation period for export proceeds was extended to 120 days (up from 90 days). Portfolio Investment Outflows: Chapter XXVI was added to the rules on International Exchange. Under this chapter individuals and legal entities, domiciles and residents abroad, who met certain conditions, were permitted to remit abroad proceeds from the sale of stocks of registered corporations domiciled in Chile that were purchased with funds abroad through the official exchange market. The remittance of dividends and profits accruing from such stocks was also allowed through the official exchange market. Inflows: Under Chapter XXVI, American Depository Receipts (ADRs) were issued for the first time. Trade The minimum import financing requirement (120 days) was abolished. Restrictions on Capital Flows New regulations were introduced whereby all capital transactions had to be reported to the CBC and remained subject to approval. |
1991 | |
Capital Markets Pension funds were permitted to invest a greater percentage of their assets in equities. Money Market and Instruments Credits granted by foreign commercial banks to Chilean commercial banks as part of restructuring packages were exempted from the 20% reserve requirement (see Introduction of Restrictions). An alternative means of satisfying the 20% reserve requirement on new foreign borrowing in the form of a special repurchase agreement with the CBC was established. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System In June the authorities announced that the reference exchange rate of the peso appreciated by 2%. The midpoint exchange rate was devalued three times in 1991 for a cumulative amount of 3.4%. The maximum amount of time allowed for exporters to make their returns was increased from 120 to 150 days. The time allowed for exporters to liquidate advance payments received on their sale of their products was extended from 90 to 150 days. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Chapter XXVI was modified so that shares through ADRs could be traded and quoted, not only on official foreign stock markets but privately. Outflows: Capital that entered through Chapter XIX could be repatriated after three years instead of 10 years. The minimum holding period for other investments remained at three years under both: the Decree Law No. 600; and Chapter XIV, which stipulates that capital brought into the country in the form of foreign borrowing must be sold through authorized banks when the investor has registered the transaction with the CBC. Outflows: Under Chapter XIX foreign investors were allowed to sell their investments to domestic residents after paying a fee to the CBC. Outflows: Chapter XII set out regulations and different channels for Chilean corporations to invest abroad. Chapter XII was revised to permit Chilean individuals and juridical entities to use foreign currency of their own or obtained from the informal exchange market to invest abroad. Prior approval from the CBC was no longer required but the CBC had to be notified within 30 days of the investment. Inflows: Taxes on dividends on investments were lowered to 42% from 49.5%. The tax credit on repatriation of profits was increased from 10% to 15%. Outflows: The CBC authorized banking companies to acquire low-risk financial assets abroad with a maximum value of up to 25% of the public’s foreign currency term deposits. Trade CBC allowed banks to assign 60% (up from 40%) of their dollar deposits to finance foreign trade. Banks were allowed to finance foreign trade transactions between third countries belonging to Latin American Integration Association (LAIA). The ad valorem import tariff was reduced to 11% from 15%. Stamp duties imposed on domestic loans were extended to foreign loans. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: A reserve requirement of 20% was first imposed only on all new foreign borrowings, except for credits that are provided directly to Chilean exporters by foreign importers. The reserve requirement was to be held at the CBC for a time related to the maturity of the credit, with a minimum of 90 days and a maximum of one year. Inflows: The 20% reserve requirement was extended to all outstanding foreign borrowing, except for credits with maturity of less than six months, and the time period for which the CBC would hold a loan was increased to one year, irrespective of the maturity of the foreign loan. The requirement on existing credits maturing between July and December was phased out. Inflows: Stamp duties imposed on domestic loans were extended to foreign loans. |
1992 | |
Capital Markets The Superintendent of Securities and Insurance announced the creation of a central securities depository to be implemented in stages beginning at the end of 1993. Money Market and Instruments Insurance companies were permitted to participate in the auctions of CBC promissory notes and treasury bills. The CBC modified the operating rules of auction system—declaring that transactions must be cleared at the cutting rate, and no auction could be declared void. The CBC introduced longer maturity (4-, 6-, 8-, and 10-year) promissory notes and increased size of auctions. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The exchange system was changed from being pegged to the U.S. dollar to being pegged to a fixed basked of currencies consisting of the U.S. dollar, the deutsche mark, and the Japanese yen. The central exchange rate and the floating band are to be set daily according to the evolution of the value of the currency basket and the exchange rates of the currencies in the basket. The reference rate of the Chilean peso was revalued by 5% and the band was widened from 5% to 10% on each side of the midpoint rate. The CBC was authorized to intervene in the foreign exchange market and operate within the established 10% margin. Exchange arbitrage operations were undertaken abroad by banks were liberalized. Commercial banks were permitted to increase their foreign exchange exposure and deal in foreign exchange among banks, instead of only with the CBC. Foreign exchange could be bought for purposes of amortization of capital and payment of interest on debt duly registered at the CBC within 90 days after the due date. Export proceeds over $2,000 were permitted to be surrendered through commercial banks. Exporters were permitted to retain 10% (up from 5%) of the proceeds in special foreign currency accounts with a cumulative limit a year of $5 million from $500,000. Commercial banks were authorized to sell foreign exchange using their term deposits in foreign exchange. Limits on travel allowances were raised from $1,000 to $3,000 for neighboring countries and to $5,000 from $3,000 for travel to other countries. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Qualified residents were authorized to obtain foreign credits by issuing bonds abroad. Inflows: A-rated Chilean enterprises and banks were authorized to issue bonds in foreign markets. Outflows: Pension funds were permitted for the first time to invest abroad up to 1.5% of the total value of their assets. This percentage was increased again later in the year to 3%. Outflows: Chapter XIX was amended to allow applications for advance remittances of profits and capital earned on foreign investment under certain conditions. Inflows: In May the period of application of the reserve requirement on external credits entering under Chapter XIV was increased to one year from 90 days but the reserve requirement ratio for these inflows was left unchanged at 20% until August. Other Investment Inflows: In October, Chapters XIV and XXVI were amended such that external credit could be obtained through issuing of share-convertible bonds abroad. Trade The limit on import payments above which the prior approval of the CBC would be required was raised to $100,000. The limit on payments for invisibles was raised to $3,000 from $200. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: In August the reserve requirement on external credits was first extended to foreign currency deposits and then subsequently increased to 30% from 20%. |
1993 | |
Capital Market An electronic screen began operating on the trading floor of the stock exchange, and the Centralized Financial Clearing and Settlement and Operations Settlement systems started functioning. Money Market and Instruments The CBC introduced auctions of 12-, 14-, and 20-year promissory notes. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The maximum period to surrender foreign exchange proceeds of nonfinancial services exports (insurance payments, shipping fees and other commissions) was extended by 90 days to 150 days, in line with that in force for merchandise export proceeds a Direct Investment Outflows: Under an amendment of Decree Law No. 600 (DL 600), the main vehicle for foreign investment in Chile, the minimum period for the remittance of capital and earnings was allowed after one year instead of after three years for all investment flows under this law. Remittances of profits were not subject to any time restrictions. Inflows: The “guaranteed” corporate income tax (or “invariability rate”) for foreign investors opting for a tax rate different from that used for domestic corporations (an option under DL 600 that is a rate guaranteed for the duration of the investment) is reduced to 42% from about 49.5%. Inflows: The tax on gross revenue for payments to nonresidents for the use of patents and trademarks was lowered from 40% to 35%. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The minimum period for the remittance of capital and earnings was allowed after one year instead of after three years for all investment flows also under Chapter XIX and Chapter XIV. Profit remittances from investments under Chapter XIX remained subject to certain restrictions until the full elimination of Chapter XIX in 1995. Inflows: Corporations issuing bonds on the international capital market were required to obtain a credit rating from a foreign rating company that is equal to or better than the rating assigned to Chile. Trade Documents were required to provide information on imports that were previously issued only by the CBC were permitted to be issued by private agencies with respect to imports from Latin American Integration Association (LAIA) member countries. Restrictions on Capital Flows Outflows: Decree Law 600 was amended to clarify that access to the formal exchange market for the remittance of capital or profits abroad required the prior approval of the Foreign Investment Committee. |
1994 | |
Capital Markets The stock market introduced trading in options. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The midpoint of the exchange rate band was revalued by 10% and the weights of the reference currency basket were changed. The ceiling on foreign exchange positions held by commercial banks was eliminated in November. The CBC authorized exchange houses operating in the formal exchange market to carry out forward and swap operations. The proportion of export proceeds that exporters were allowed to retain was raised to 15%, then to 25%, and again to 50%. The limit on export proceeds in a 12-month period was raised to $10 million, then to $15 million, and again to $50 million a year. The period to surrender foreign exchange from exports was extended from 150 to 180 days, then to 210 days and again to 270 days. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Life insurance companies that have a BBB+ risk rating were permitted to invest up to 10% of their resources in 32 selected countries. Outflows: General insurance companies with a BBB risk-rating were permitted to invest up to 15% of their resources in 34 selected countries. Outflows: Mutual funds were authorized to invest up to 30% of their resources, but did not have to meet any risk criteria. Nor were they limited to a specific number of countries. Inflows: It was made easier for nonfinancial enterprises to issue bonds in foreign markets or place ADRs abroad because their qualification rating was lowered to BBB+ from an A rating by the National Risk Classification Commission. In addition, the minimum amount of issue was halved to $25 million and authorization from the CBC was no longer required. Outflows: The maximum amount that pension funds, insurance companies, and mutual funds were allowed to invest abroad was raised to 4% from 3% of their portfolio. Outflows: The issuance of ADRs but not of bonds by banks was simplified: the minimum amount for each issue was lowered to $25 million from $50 million, and the requirement that the issuing bank be rated A by the National Risk Classification Commission was replaced by the requirement that it be rated BBB+ by two international rating agencies. Outflows: The CBC published new regulations with respect to investment abroad by pension funds. Pension funds were permitted to invest up to 6% of assets in international markets. Outflows: Chilean banks were permitted to invest in financial institutions abroad after obtaining authorization from the CBC and the Superintendency of Banks and Financial Institutions. The investment itself could not exceed 25% of the bank’s capital plus reserves, and the banks risk-weighted assets could not exceed tenfold its effective patrimony. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: All reserve requirements on foreign borrowing were required to be held solely in U.S. dollars. |
1995 | |
Capital Markets The CBC allowed pension funds to invest up to 9% of their assets in risk-rating instruments. The minimum risk rating requirement for instruments in which pension funds may invest was lowered from A- to BBB-. The CBC raised the ceiling: (a) on pension funds’ investment in domestic stock from 30% to 37% of their assets; and (b) on pension funds’ investment in instruments issued by public finance institutions from 45% to 50% of their assets. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The CBC introduced regulations for exchange houses and brokerage companies through which pension funds can carry out domestic and foreign financial transactions. Money Market and Instruments Banks and financial institutions are allowed to open a “liquid deposit account” in the CBC. The CBC limited the access of financial institutions to its liquidity credit lines to the following amounts, calculated as the average amount of credit outstanding during a given reserve period: starting September 9, 90% of the amount was assigned under the first tranche, and starting October 9, 60% of that amount. The CBC announced that its 90-day indexed promissory notes (PRBC) would be sold through biweekly auctions; the auction of the 30-day promissory note (PDBC) would be limited only to banks and financial institutions that purchased PRBCs during the previous auction. These banks and financial institutions were allowed to purchase an amount equivalent to up to 10% of their PRBC purchases at a nominal interest. Interest rates on daily indexed liquidity credit lines were lowered from 6.3% to 5.7% for the first credit tranche; from 6.55% to 6% for the second credit tranche, and from 7.05% to 6.5 % for the third credit tranche. The CBC lowered the rate on daily deposits by commercial banks with the CBC from 5.22% to 5%. The CBC raised the interest rate on its indexed liquidity credit lines from 5.7% to 6.7% for the first credit tranche, from 6% to 7% for the second credit tranche; and from 6.5% to 7.5% for the third credit tranche. The CBC raised the rate on commercial bank liquidity deposit accounts with the CBC from 5% to 6%. The CBC moved from fixing the rate on its 90-day indexed paper to fixing the interest rate on its overnight operations with commercial banks. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The CBC authorized exchange houses operating in the formal exchange market to purchase and sell foreign exchange in connection with ADR transactions (undertaken through Chapter XXVI). Pension funds and insurance companies were granted access to the formal exchange market. The CBC specified that mutual funds would not be granted access to the formal exchange market to carry out exchange operations related to their investments abroad. The CBC authorized exchange houses operating in the formal exchange market to carry out exchange operations related to investment abroad by pension funds and insurance companies. The CBC specified that the maximum amount of financial investment that banks and financial institutions can deduct from the foreign exchange position used to calculate their reserve requirement is equal to the maximum limit on such investments. The CBC allowed exporters to no longer surrender export proceeds to the CBC, although they are still required to inform the CBC of these operations, until April 1996. The obligation to surrender proceeds from foreign bond issues was eliminated. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Chapters XVIII and XIX were eliminated, thus lifting the restrictions on the purchases of selected Chilean foreign debt instruments. Outflows: Restrictions on the remittance of profits abroad and the three-year holding period for capital repatriation for selected Chilean foreign debt instruments was lifted. Inflows: The CBC lowered the minimum amount required to issue ADRs to $10 million from $25 million for companies that already had issued ADRs abroad. Outflows: A minimum country risk rating of BBB- was established for investment in foreign stocks by insurance companies. (This rating refers to the risk in the ceiling in which the stock is trading.) Outflows: The CBC raised the ceiling on investment abroad from 6% to 9% of total assets, with a subceiling of 4 1/2% in stocks and stock-based instruments. Outflows: The CBC lowered the minimum risk ratings of foreign investment by banks and financial institutions from A− to BB− for up to 30% of the total allowed (equivalent to 25% of the banks’ capital and reserves) and to BBB- for the remaining 70%. Outflows: The CBC established the following ceilings on investments abroad by institutional investors: (a) for pension funds the ceiling was raised from 3% to 6% of their total assets; (b) for life insurance companies, 10% of their assets in foreign financial instruments, and up to 3% in urban nonresidential real estate; (c) for general insurance companies, 15% of their assets in foreign financial instruments, and up to 3% in urban nonresidential real estate; and (d) for mutual funds, 30% of their total assets, without reference to any minimum rating requirement or any specific number of countries. The Superintendency of Banks and Financial Institutions was authorized to determine the time period during which banks will be required to adjust the ratio between their foreign investment and their total assets to the ceiling established by the CBC (transitory provisions). Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: The ceiling on credit in Chilean pesos backed by deposits in U.S. dollars was reduced from 150% to 70%, to avoid a possible by-passing of the one-year 30% reserve requirement on foreign borrowing. The ceiling on credit in Chilean pesos backed by deposits in U.S. dollars was further reduced to 10%. Inflows: The 30% reserve requirement on foreign liabilities was extended to secondary transactions of ADRs. Inflows: The coverage of the existing 20% reserve requirement on foreign liabilities was broadened to include investment flows that do not constitute an increase in the capital stock but only a transaction of assets from residents to nonresidents. |
1996 | |
Capital Markets The CBC announced that for the trading of securities by pension funds, it would consider two formal secondary markets: one domestic, and one external. The domestic formal secondary market would consist of stock exchanges, their brokers, and commercial banks with a risk rating of AAA− or higher on their long-term instruments and a rating of 1 − or higher on their short-term instruments. The external formal secondary market would consist of stock and securities exchanges, further exchanges securities dealers and brokers authorized to trade in these exchanges as well as over the counter, open and closed end mutual funds, and banks authorized to receive deposits. Money Market and Instruments The CBC limited the access of financial institutions to its liquidity credit lines to 30% of the amount assigned under the first tranche. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The composition of the currency basket used to calculate the central reference exchange rate of the exchange rate band was adjusted by increasing the weight of the U.S. dollar from 45% to 80%, while reducing that of the deutsche mark and Japanese yen from 30% to 15% and from 15% to 5%, respectively. The width of the exchange rate band was increased from ±10% to ±12.5%. The CBC lowered the threshold over which banks are required to provide detailed information on sources and destination of foreign exchange transactions from $50,000 to $10,000 per transaction. The CBC allowed foreign exchange houses to sell up to $15,000, or its equivalent in other foreign currencies, to any person for travel expenses, payments to international organizations, and payments for studies abroad. The CBC required exporters to convert export advances into local currency through bank transfers on the formal exchange market, and banks to report such transactions to the CBC. The CBC authorized debtors of external credits recorded under Chapter VI to settle amortization interest, commissions, and expenses corresponding to these operations directly abroad with export proceeds. It was required that the CBC be kept informed of these transactions. Mutual funds were permitted to use the formal exchange market to make investments abroad. Debtors of credits recorded under Chapter IV were allowed to access in advance the formal market to prepay the credits or maintain the resources in account abroad that could be given in guarantee to the creditor. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The CBC eliminated the restrictions on the share of mutual fund assets that can be invested abroad. Outflows: Several times in 1996 the authorities expanded the list of foreign investments in which domestic institutional investors are allowed to invest (including domestic pension and mutual funds). Outflows: The CBC granted individuals unrestricted access to the formal exchange market for transactions up to $15,000 a month. Inflows: External credits destined exclusively to prepay foreign credits that were previously authorized and recorded with the CBC were exempted from the 30% reserve requirement, provided the weighted average terms of each credit and residual of the original credit were similar. Outflows: The CBC granted individuals unrestricted access to the formal exchange market for transactions up to $15,000 a month (also applicable to Portfolio Investment). Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: The CBC limited the extension of outstanding foreign loans subscribed under Chapters VI and XIV to a maximum period of one year over their initial maturity. Receipts of foreign credits under Chapter XIV would not be obliged to repay these credits at their initial maturity since they still had access to the informal market. Fines of up to 4% of the value of the scheduled amortization were established to deal with late payments. |
Chile: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
Interest differential = Deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Chile: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 2.5 | 5.6 | 6.6 | 7.3 | 9.9 | 3.3 | 7.3 | 10.7 | 6.6 | 4.2 | 8.5 | 7.2 | |||
Inflation per year | 30.7 | 19.5 | 19.9 | 14.7 | 17.0 | 26.0 | 21.8 | 15.4 | 12.7 | 11.4 | 8.2 | 7.4 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 40.0 | 38.9 | 39.5 | 38.5 | 39.7 | 39.9 | 39.4 | 37.7 | 39.1 | 36.6 | 37.8 | 40.7 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 11.4 | 12.2 | 10.8 | 11.0 | 10.0 | 10.1 | 9.2 | 9.5 | 9.2 | 9.4 | 8.5 | 7.7 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP Ratio | −2.3 | −0.9 | 0.4 | −0.2 | 1.8 | 0.8 | 1.6 | 2.2 | 1.9 | 1.7 | 2.5 | … | |||
Private sector credit to GDP Ratio | 68.1 | 61.7 | 57.0 | 52.7 | 48.1 | 45.9 | 44.0 | 45.4 | 49.3 | 48.5 | 51.1 | 55.0 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 41.7 | 43.0 | 46.5 | 51.1 | 54.0 | 52.8 | 49.5 | 47.1 | 44.5 | 44.9 | 47.6 | 46.1 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −8.6 | −6.7 | −3.6 | −1.0 | −2.5 | −1.8 | 0.3 | −1.6 | −4.6 | −1.2 | 0.2 | −4.1 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | −8.5 | −12.5 | −3.6 | −3.7 | 4.8 | 9.9 | 2.4 | 6.9 | 5.6 | 8.7 | 2.1 | 8.8 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 32.0 | 19.0 | 25.2 | 15.1 | 27.7 | 40.3 | 22.3 | 18.3 | 18.2 | 15.1 | 13.7 | 13.5 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 1.3 | −0.5 | 5.3 | 0.4 | 10.7 | 14.2 | 0.5 | 2.8 | 5.5 | 3.6 | 5.5 | 6.1 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 23.6 | 12.1 | 18.0 | 7.1 | 18.4 | 32.0 | 16.3 | 14.4 | 15.0 | 10.3 | 7.7 | 8.0 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 8.8 | 7.3 | 7.6 | 6.1 | 8.2 | 8.6 | 6.2 | 5.7 | 6.1 | 5.2 | 4.4 | 3.9 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 183.9 | 204.7 | 238.1 | 247.2 | 297.4 | 336.9 | 374.9 | 382.3 | 431.0 | 404.1 | 407.1 | 425.0 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990 = 100) | 136.6 | 115.6 | 107.1 | 100.8 | 103.2 | 100.0 | 96.4 | 93.2 | 95.7 | 94.6 | 86.4 | 86.8 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −1,414 | −1,192 | −735 | −231 | −705 | −540 | 113 | −700 | −2,072 | −644 | 142 | −2,921 | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | −1,395 | −2,221 | −742 | −905 | 1,340 | 3,014 | 843 | 2,931 | 2,579 | 4,534 | 1,387 | 6,342 | |||
Direct investment abroad | −2 | −3 | −6 | −16 | −10 | −8 | −123 | −378 | −433 | −926 | −697 | −1,080 | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 144 | 316 | 891 | 968 | 1,289 | 590 | 523 | 699 | 808 | 1,773 | 1,668 | 4,091 | |||
Net direct investment | 142 | 313 | 885 | 952 | 1,279 | 582 | 400 | 321 | 375 | 847 | 971 | 3,011 | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | −90 | −351 | −14 | −137 | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | … | −78 | −8 | −8 | 80 | 353 | 186 | 452 | 820 | 1,259 | 49 | 1,240 | |||
Net portfolio investment | … | −78 | −8 | −8 | 80 | 353 | 186 | 452 | 730 | 908 | 35 | 1,103 | |||
Other investment assets | 434 | 576 | 257 | 370 | 297 | 553 | 1,298 | −273 | 460 | −163 | −49 | −141 | |||
Other investment liabilities | −1,971 | −3,032 | −1,876 | −2,219 | −316 | 1,526 | −1,041 | 2,431 | 1,014 | 2,942 | 430 | 2,369 | |||
Net other investments | −1,537 | −2,456 | −1,619 | −1,849 | −19 | 2,079 | 257 | 2,158 | 1,474 | 2,779 | 381 | 2,228 | |||
Of which, official capital | 1,322 | 378 | 380 | −104 | −602 | −335 | −6 | 131 | −895 | −405 | −2,151 | −2,094 | |||
Net errors and omissions | −67 | 225 | −144 | −121 | −119 | −140 | 300 | 316 | −80 | −741 | −391 | −917 | |||
Overall balance2 | −2,876 | −3,188 | −1,621 | −1,257 | 516 | 2,334 | 1,256 | 2,547 | 427 | 3,149 | 1,138 | 2,504 | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | −3,115 | −2,034 | −814 | −434 | 1,756 | 3,229 | 1,583 | 4,477 | 3,782 | 5,143 | 4,824 | 7,605 |
Interest differential = Deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Chile: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 2.5 | 5.6 | 6.6 | 7.3 | 9.9 | 3.3 | 7.3 | 10.7 | 6.6 | 4.2 | 8.5 | 7.2 | |||
Inflation per year | 30.7 | 19.5 | 19.9 | 14.7 | 17.0 | 26.0 | 21.8 | 15.4 | 12.7 | 11.4 | 8.2 | 7.4 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 40.0 | 38.9 | 39.5 | 38.5 | 39.7 | 39.9 | 39.4 | 37.7 | 39.1 | 36.6 | 37.8 | 40.7 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 11.4 | 12.2 | 10.8 | 11.0 | 10.0 | 10.1 | 9.2 | 9.5 | 9.2 | 9.4 | 8.5 | 7.7 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP Ratio | −2.3 | −0.9 | 0.4 | −0.2 | 1.8 | 0.8 | 1.6 | 2.2 | 1.9 | 1.7 | 2.5 | … | |||
Private sector credit to GDP Ratio | 68.1 | 61.7 | 57.0 | 52.7 | 48.1 | 45.9 | 44.0 | 45.4 | 49.3 | 48.5 | 51.1 | 55.0 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 41.7 | 43.0 | 46.5 | 51.1 | 54.0 | 52.8 | 49.5 | 47.1 | 44.5 | 44.9 | 47.6 | 46.1 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −8.6 | −6.7 | −3.6 | −1.0 | −2.5 | −1.8 | 0.3 | −1.6 | −4.6 | −1.2 | 0.2 | −4.1 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | −8.5 | −12.5 | −3.6 | −3.7 | 4.8 | 9.9 | 2.4 | 6.9 | 5.6 | 8.7 | 2.1 | 8.8 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 32.0 | 19.0 | 25.2 | 15.1 | 27.7 | 40.3 | 22.3 | 18.3 | 18.2 | 15.1 | 13.7 | 13.5 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 1.3 | −0.5 | 5.3 | 0.4 | 10.7 | 14.2 | 0.5 | 2.8 | 5.5 | 3.6 | 5.5 | 6.1 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 23.6 | 12.1 | 18.0 | 7.1 | 18.4 | 32.0 | 16.3 | 14.4 | 15.0 | 10.3 | 7.7 | 8.0 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 8.8 | 7.3 | 7.6 | 6.1 | 8.2 | 8.6 | 6.2 | 5.7 | 6.1 | 5.2 | 4.4 | 3.9 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 183.9 | 204.7 | 238.1 | 247.2 | 297.4 | 336.9 | 374.9 | 382.3 | 431.0 | 404.1 | 407.1 | 425.0 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990 = 100) | 136.6 | 115.6 | 107.1 | 100.8 | 103.2 | 100.0 | 96.4 | 93.2 | 95.7 | 94.6 | 86.4 | 86.8 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −1,414 | −1,192 | −735 | −231 | −705 | −540 | 113 | −700 | −2,072 | −644 | 142 | −2,921 | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | −1,395 | −2,221 | −742 | −905 | 1,340 | 3,014 | 843 | 2,931 | 2,579 | 4,534 | 1,387 | 6,342 | |||
Direct investment abroad | −2 | −3 | −6 | −16 | −10 | −8 | −123 | −378 | −433 | −926 | −697 | −1,080 | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 144 | 316 | 891 | 968 | 1,289 | 590 | 523 | 699 | 808 | 1,773 | 1,668 | 4,091 | |||
Net direct investment | 142 | 313 | 885 | 952 | 1,279 | 582 | 400 | 321 | 375 | 847 | 971 | 3,011 | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | −90 | −351 | −14 | −137 | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | … | −78 | −8 | −8 | 80 | 353 | 186 | 452 | 820 | 1,259 | 49 | 1,240 | |||
Net portfolio investment | … | −78 | −8 | −8 | 80 | 353 | 186 | 452 | 730 | 908 | 35 | 1,103 | |||
Other investment assets | 434 | 576 | 257 | 370 | 297 | 553 | 1,298 | −273 | 460 | −163 | −49 | −141 | |||
Other investment liabilities | −1,971 | −3,032 | −1,876 | −2,219 | −316 | 1,526 | −1,041 | 2,431 | 1,014 | 2,942 | 430 | 2,369 | |||
Net other investments | −1,537 | −2,456 | −1,619 | −1,849 | −19 | 2,079 | 257 | 2,158 | 1,474 | 2,779 | 381 | 2,228 | |||
Of which, official capital | 1,322 | 378 | 380 | −104 | −602 | −335 | −6 | 131 | −895 | −405 | −2,151 | −2,094 | |||
Net errors and omissions | −67 | 225 | −144 | −121 | −119 | −140 | 300 | 316 | −80 | −741 | −391 | −917 | |||
Overall balance2 | −2,876 | −3,188 | −1,621 | −1,257 | 516 | 2,334 | 1,256 | 2,547 | 427 | 3,149 | 1,138 | 2,504 | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | −3,115 | −2,034 | −814 | −434 | 1,756 | 3,229 | 1,583 | 4,477 | 3,782 | 5,143 | 4,824 | 7,605 |
Interest differential = Deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Indonesia: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Indonesia: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows |
---|---|
1985 Money Markets and Instruments Interest rates are market-determined (liberalized in 1983) and money market instruments (SBIs) were introduced in 1984. A standardized form of banker’s acceptances (SBPUs) was introduced in February. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Government provided opportunity to foreign investors engaged in exports to obtain export credits at low interest rates through foreign exchange banks in Indonesia. Direct Investments Inflows: Procedure simplified; beginning in April a proposal for a new project had to meet only 14 procedural requirements compared with 25 in the preceding year. Inflows: Certain fields closed to foreign direct investments might be opened if entire production exported. Trade Import tariff schedule revised; tariff ceiling was reduced substantially, with tariff rates ranging from 0% to 60% compared with 0% to 225%, previously; the number of tariff categories was also reduced from 25 to 12. A value-added tax of 10%, which is applicable to the c.i.f. import price plus the tariff, was also introduced. Luxury goods and other specific goods were to incur higher import duties or specific taxes. |
1986 | Exchange Market Arrangement and System On September 12, the rupiah was devalued by 3 1% from Rp 1,134 per U.S. dollar to Rp 1,644 per U.S. dollar. Direct Investments Inflows: Government permitted foreign direct investment companies to extend their operations for 30 years after expansion approval (previously they were permitted to operate for 30 years from their actual establishment). Inflows: If foreign direct investment companies met certain criteria they were eligible for treatment equivalent to the domestic investment scheme. This allowed foreign direct investment companies to market their products locally, and to obtain working capital credit from commercial state banks and Indonesia’s Development Bank. Direct Investments Inflows: Equity ownerships rules were relaxed for companies in several situations—those exporting all their products, businesses located in remote areas or facing high risk, or enterprises investing at least $10 million. Initially foreign ownership was allowed to as high as 95%, although after five years of operations it was to be reduced to at most 80%. Additionally, to encourage companies to reinvest their profits in Indonesia they were allowed to purchase shares of any existing enterprise and were not limited to those established with foreign participation, or under the domestic investment scheme. Inflows: Foreign investors who needed additional capital were permitted to invest in certain enterprises established under the domestic investment scheme. Inflows: To encourage exports, foreign investors were allowed to increase their share to 95% in an enterprise, although after five years the shares were to revert back to its original composition. Direct Investment Inflows: The investment priority list was revised and a wider sector was open to foreign direct investment. In addition, foreign investors were allowed to invest in sectors reserved for domestic investors as long as they were cooperative entities. Trade The government accepted GATT Code on subsidies and countervailing duties. Firms that export at least 85% of output were allowed to import input free of licensing restrictions and were exempt from import duties. Import licensing was liberalized on 321 CCCN items (mostly manufacturing), or 25% of restricted items. Changes in import duties became applicable to 333 products: Tariffs were reduced for imports not produced domestically and temporary surcharge imposed on 33 items. |
1987 Capital Markets Listing requirements on the Jakarta Stock Exchange (JSE) were simplified. Measures introduced to improve institutional framework and operation of capital market institutions (e.g., underwriters, guarantors, and stock traders). Bearer securities were introduced. Money Market and Instruments Interest rates were allowed more flexibility. Modifications were made to money market procedures to strengthen Bank Indonesia’s ability to regulate liquidity. Bank Indonesia makes daily decisions to inject or withdraw liquidity through daily auctions in SBIs and SBPUs. The government introduced the over-the-counter market. SBPU discount ceilings were eliminated. State-owned enterprises were forced to transfer part of their deposits to Bank Indonesia from state-owned banks. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate was allowed more flexibility. Direct Investments Inflows: The transfer period of majority ownership from foreign to local was extended from 10 to 15 years with a possibility of further extension of five years. Inflows: Companies exporting at least 65% (reduced from 85%) of their output were allowed to be established with a minimum of 5% local ownership, which had to be raised to 20% in 10 (previously five) years. Inflows: Foreign companies in bonded zone and exporting 100% of output were allowed to be established with a national ownership of a minimum of 5% without the requirement to subsequently raise the local share of ownership. Inflows: Government expanded the number of sectors open to foreign investment. Inflows: Ownership rules were relaxed further to permit companies with foreign investment to be treated equally as those established under the domestic investment scheme—allowing them to sell output in the domestic market and to obtain working capital credit from state-owned commercial banks and the state development bank. To qualify, national ownership was required to be 5 1% (reduced from 75%) or 45% (reduced from 51%), provided at least 20% was sold through the stock market. Inflows: The government abolished the license requirement for limited domestic purchases. This made it easier for foreign companies to purchase domestic products as inputs (previously two licenses were required now only one). Inflows: Companies with presidential approval no longer had to obtain prior approval from the Capital Investment Coordinating Board to make imports. Only submission of a master list to authorized surveyors was required. Inflows: To promote non-oil/gas exports, particularly manufacturing, companies established with foreign investments were allowed to export products manufactured by other companies and to establish joint-venture companies that would export manufactured goods. Direct Investments Inflows: Some enterprises under the domestic investment scheme or those established through foreign direct investment, whose outputs were mostly exported, were awarded permanent licenses. Some were exempt from licensing requirements if they were expanding or diversifying within the same industry. Inflows: Foreign direct investment companies exporting more than 65% of their output were allowed more freedom in hiring foreign experts. Portfolio Investments Inflows: Government announced plans to allow foreign investors to purchase securities on the stock market and on the over-the-counter stock exchange. Trade Import licensing was liberalized for 202 CCCN items (non-batik textiles), representing 89% of restricted non-batik imports (January). Import licensing was liberalized for 18 CCCN items (iron and steel sector), representing 13% of restricted iron and steel sector imports (January). Goods were freed from nontariff restrictions and were included in 111 tariff classifications (approximately 50% were steel and aluminum products; December). Due to removal of nontariff barriers, tariffs were increased on 91 CCCN items and tariffs were reduced on 65 items (December). Import duties were lowered on 65 CCCN items (December). Export licensing procedure was simplified (December). |
1988 A financial policy package introduced on Oct. 27, 1988 included the following measures: an expectation to promote mobilization of funds, export of non-oil/gas commodities, efficiency in financial institution, and banks, and a more efficient monetary management, as well as a climate conducive to the development of the capital market. A financial policy package introduced on December 20, 1988 was directed at further encouraging the development of the capital market and financing companies so as to mobilize more long-term funds to finance investment. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework To strengthen prudential bank supervision legal limits were established on financial institutions’ exposure to individuals or groups of borrowers and supervisory responsibility for rural credit was transferred to Bank Indonesia from Agricultural Development Bank. State banks, regional development banks, private national banks, and cooperative banks were permitted to open new branch offices throughout the country. Nonbank financial institutions (NBFIs) and foreign banks were permitted to open one branch in each of seven cities, and joint-venture banks (with maximum foreign participation of 85%) could be established by foreign banks already represented in Indonesia. New private banks were permitted to be established anywhere in Indonesia, while rural credit banks were allowed to be established outside main cities and municipalities. Two new private banks were licensed between October and December. Requirements to become a foreign exchange bank were eased. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Foreign banks were now allowed to introduce rupiah savings schemes, which were previously prohibited. Money Market and Instruments Reserve requirements were reduced from 15% to 2% on foreign currency deposits and on current liabilities. Time and saving deposits of all banks are now categorized as current liabilities. To increase competition, public enterprises were allowed to hold up to 50% of deposits at non-state financial institutions. New sub-branch offices of foreign banks were required to extend a major portion (at least 50%) of their credits to finance non-oil/gas exports. The share of export credits extended by the joint-venture bank were to be at least 50% of outstanding credits. Maximum maturity of money market securities was extended to six months. Weekly auctions of money market instruments introduced to supplement daily auctions. Several banks and NBFIs were authorized to act as market makers along with an investment company (FICORINVEST). NBFIs were authorized to issue rupiah CDs. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Article VIII was accepted on May 8. The branch offices of foreign exchange banks, which were previously not allowed to manage foreign exchange, could do so now by simply informing Bank Indonesia. Swap premium shifted to market-based determination and maximum maturity extended from six months to three years. Direct Investments Inflows: Foreign investors were allowed to establish joint ventures in the setting up of new financing institutions, such as factoring companies, venture capital, securities trading, and consumer financing, with a maximum share of 85% of the paid up capital. Inflows: The government allowed joint ventures in the insurance industry but foreign partnership was limited to 80%. These companies were also allowed to offer life insurance policies either in rupiah or in foreign currency. Inflows: Joint venture banks were also permitted with the foreign partner allowed at most a 85% share. Trade Nontariff barriers (NTBs) were replaced by tariffs on 300 products (including fertilizers, plastics, and most types of steel). Tariff rates were reduced on 86 products and increased on 72 products. At least 22 products previously subject to specific duties, were made subject to ad valorem tariffs. |
1989 | |
Money Market and Instruments Previously, private national commercial banks were allowed to extend investment credit up to a maximum of 20% of their total lending and 10% of their equity for each borrower. For foreign banks, the maximum amount was 35% of their total lending. Under the new regulations the old limits had been removed, and all commercial banks including foreign banks were required to take into account the new regulation on legal lending limits. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Foreign direct investment companies were now permitted to sell their foreign exchange from their foreign exchange account directly to foreign exchange banks, thus eliminating the need to sell it to Bank Indonesia as was previously done. Direct Investments Inflows: To influence foreign direct investments the government replaced the priority list with a negative list. Inflows: The minimum investment requirement was reduced to $250,000. Inflows: Foreign investors were now permitted to own 100% of the shares if they were invested in the bonded zone of Batan Island and were exporting 100% of their output. Five years after commercial production, at least 5% of the shares had been sold to Indonesian partners. Portfolio Investments Inflows: The government regulated the purchase of stocks by foreign investors. Foreign investors were allowed to purchase up to 49% of stocks in the primary market or up to 49% of stocks listed on the stock exchange and OTC. However, foreigners were not allowed to purchase stocks issued by private banks. Inflows: Since April, foreign exchange banks and NBFIs were no longer subject to ceilings on offshore borrowings. However, their net foreign exchange open position could not exceed 25% of their own equity. Trade The Harmonized System (HS) was adopted. Rates of tariffs and import surcharges on several products were modified. State monopoly to import maize was revoked. |
1990 | |
Capital Markets Steps were taken to further develop the capital market. Presidential Decree (Nov. 10) and Ministry of Finance Decree (Dec. 4) were issued to provide a new structure and policy framework (see below in 1991). Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Joint-venture banks and foreign banks were permitted to open branch offices in Batan Island. Money Markets and Instruments Measures were introduced to reduce liquidity credits extended by Bank Indonesia. Liquidity credits would only be provided for activities that supported cooperatives, investment, and the achievement of self sufficiency in food. |
Trade Licensing requirements for 371 goods, including certain machinery steel products, electronic products, and Pharmaceuticals were removed (restrictions on about 1,300 items still remain). Tariffs on 2,363 products (out of 7,176 products) were reduced; tariffs above 40% were virtually eliminated (about 400 items remain). Split tariffs were eliminated; the surcharge on 53 products (out of 223) was removed. Import tariff on 224 products was raised. In accordance with GATT, subsidized export credits were abolished. |
1991 | |
Capital Markets Badan Pengawas Pasar Modal’s (BAPEPAM) function was modified. It assumed responsibility for regulatory and supervisory aspects of the market and for protecting the investors’ interests. Powers were increased to perform responsibilities. Based on principle of self-regulations, the operational role of BAPEPAM was transferred to private companies—PT Jakarta Stock Exchange USE) and PT Surabaya Stock Exchange (SSE). Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Measures to strengthen regulatory framework of the banking system were to be implemented over a two-year period. These included stricter conditions for obtaining banking licenses and opening overseas branches; compliance with capital adequacy requirements; mandatory provisioning for doubtful or nonperforming assets; reduction in limits on banks’ net open positions; and more detailed reporting by banks to Bank Indonesia. Banks were required to keep the net open position in foreign currency including their off-balance sheet accounts at or below 20% of capital. 80% of all foreign exchange loans was to be allocated to businesses earning foreign exchange. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Bank Indonesia reduced the individual bank’s swap limit from 25% to 20% of capital. In November 1991, Bank Indonesia started to provide two types of swaps—the liquidity type and the investment type (maturity of more than two years). Liquidity swaps were initiated by Bank Indonesia while the investment swap is initiated by the banks. Direct Investment Inflows: The government revised the direct investment negative list (items reduced to 60 from 70). Inflows: The government allowed foreign investors to own a maximum of 80% of the capital stock. Inflows: The government allowed venture capitalists to participate in the foreign direct investment scheme on a temporary basis not to exceed 10 years. Inflows: The government broadened the scope of opportunities available to foreign direct investors. The minimum investment requirement of $1 million for setting up export-oriented enterprises was lowered to $250,000 if it involved the participation of cooperatives or small-scale economic groups. The share of the small scale participant was 5% at time of initial investment, but had to be raised to 20% in 10 years and to 5 1% in 15 years. Inflows: Special concessions were granted to export-oriented foreign investment in eastern Indonesia to enable them to hire foreign workers Outflows: Commercial banks (but not NBFIs) were allowed to open overseas branches or representative offices and undertake equity participation in banks and other financial institutions abroad. To be eligible the bank had to have the status of a foreign exchange bank for at least one year. Additionally, the bank’s rating classification for overall performance and capital adequacy for the last 24 months could be at least sound for 20 months and fairly sound for the remaining months. Restriction on Capital Flows Inflows: A Foreign Commercial Borrowing Management Coordinating Team was established by Presidential Decree No. 39, in September. Ceilings on foreign commercial borrowings were introduced (on 10/12/91). This applied to Bank Indonesia, State Bank, commercial banks, private companies, and state-owned companies. Borrowings not subjected to ceilings or coordination included those required for regular trade, or in the context of money/capital market less than $20 million per creditor or depositor and not intended to finance new projects or expand projects related to public entities. Borrowings by private companies to finance private projects not related to public entities was also not subject to ceilings or coordination. Inflows: Banks’ short-term foreign exchange liabilities (up to two years, excluding trade related financing) were limited to 30% of capital. Trade Import restrictions replaced by tariffs on 322 items (in particular agricultural and vehicle assembly products), reducing proportion of imports subject to administrative restrictions to 12% from 15%. The maximum tariff rate on finished goods was reduced to 30% from 40% and on intermediate goods to 15%. The number of items with tariffs higher than 35% was reduced. All these measures reduced total number of tariff items to 9,303 from 9,492 and the average (unweighted) tariff rate to 20% from 22%. Surcharges on 137 products (out of 542) were removed. |
1992 | |
Capital Markets Commercial banks were allowed to issue securities through the stock exchange. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework New banking laws were issued to replace laws issued in 1967. All specialized categories of financial institutions were eliminated. A phased reduction plan of banks’ equity participation in nonfinancial institutions was initiated. Permit bank ownership by foreigners (up to 49%) was allowed. State banks were converted to limited liability companies with up to 49% in private ownership. The supervisory authority of Bank Indonesia was strengthened. Stricter disclosure requirements were established. Improved accounting standards were established. New insurance laws were issued on 2/11/92. |
Direct Investment Inflows: Items on negative foreign direct investment list were reduced to 51 from 60. Inflows: 100% foreign ownership was permitted for (1) projects worth at least $50 million; (2) projects located in the 14 less developed provinces; and (3) projects situated in a bonded zone with 100% of output exported. Inflows: All new investments (except oil and gas, banks, and nonbank financial institutions) were required to have the prior approval of the Investment Coordinating Board (BKPM). Inflows: Foreign banks were allowed to hold up to 85% of the equity of an NBFI. NBFIs were not permitted to compete with the commercial banks. Inflows: Only Indonesian citizens were allowed to have the right to own land. However, foreign investors were allowed to acquire the right to build, right to use, and the right of exploitation. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Foreign investors were allowed to purchase equity in commercial banks on the condition that they not hold the majority stock. Trade Import licensing restrictions were reduced from 703 to 464—replaced with tariffs (mostly in manufacturing). 40% of existing import surcharges were removed. Krakatau Steel’s monopoly import rights were eliminated. The ban on the export of unprocessed logs, raw skins and hides, and raw rattan was lifted, and export taxes on these items were introduced instead. |
1993 | Direct Investment Inflows: The licensing procedure was simplified by requiring less paper work and some responsibilities were decentralized. Inflows: 100% foreign ownership permitted for projects worth at least $2 million if inputs or components were produced for other industries. Inflows: Divestment of 100% ownership was allowed to start in the eleventh year (instead of sixth). Divestment was to be carried out in 20 years, and could be transacted through capital market. Inflows: For certain categories of investment, local ownership required to reach 20%-51 % (previously 5%-20%) within 20 years, in particular, large investments (above $50 million). Government revised the negative list by reducing, restricting, or closing sectors from 51 to 33. Inflows: Maximum length of land leases was increased to 30 years with easy renewal. Trade Items subject to restrictive import licensing requirements were reduced to 430 from 470. Tariffs were lowered on 221 items (mostly machinery, equipment, paper, and paper products), generally by 5%. NTBs were removed on 77 steel products. Imports surcharges removed on 58 steel products (accounting for 35% of steel imports). Tariffs and surcharges were lowered on 72 glass products, 19 chemical products, copper products, and certain machine tools. Tariffs and surcharges were removed completely on inputs for electronic components industry. Regulation was eased governing import of used machinery. Restrictions on imports of Pharmaceuticals were substantially relaxed. Duty drawback system for exporters was simplified. |
1994 | |
Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework New regulation to strengthen prudential supervision by central bank was enacted so that bank examinations were to include examination of debtors and of bank subsidiaries operating in the financial sector. New regulation was established to provide the basis for operation of an independent rating agency that will provide more objective information to investors. Banks’ net open position in foreign currency, including their off-balance sheet items, increased to 25% from 20% of bank capital and open position requirements no longer were applied to individual currencies. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate movement was allowed more flexibility. Bank Indonesia ceased to announce an indicative exchange rate in the morning, and instead began announcing buying and selling rates at 3:00 p.m. The exchange rate was computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 15 (compared to ± Rp 10 previously). Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign investors were allowed to retain a majority of the shares in the joint ventures indefinitely. Foreign ownership share could be as high as 95% with no further divestment required. There was no minimum capital investment requirement. Foreign ownership equivalent to 100% was permitted for certain categories of investment for an initial 15-year period. After that, some Indonesian ownership (greater than 0%) was required either through private placement or through capital market. Foreign investment was permitted in joint ventures in vital sectors (e.g., ports, power generation, and telecommunication). Foreign investors were allowed to locate operations anywhere in the country. Inflows: Foreign companies already operational were allowed to buy shares of other foreign companies or local companies. Inflows: Enterprises in bonded zones were permitted to subcontract locally outside zone. Trade Import facilities of up to two years were granted to enterprises that undertook capacity expansion of at least 30% or greater. NTBs were removed on 27 product lines and applied to five new alcohol-based products, resulting in 270 items remaining under restricted imports. Import surcharges were removed from 108 items and reduced for 13. The same surcharge continued to apply for the remaining 99 items. Import duties were raised on 38 tariff codes related to alcoholic products. Import duties were lowered on 739 items including manufactured and agricultural products. |
1995 | |
Capital Markets Computerized trading was introduced on the Jakarta Stock Exchange. Subrabaya Stock Exchange and the over-the-counter market merged to encourage participation by small investors. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework New regulations to promote better compliance with prudential principles and encourage self-regulation were issued, including: those on exchange of information between banks to facilitate banking operations and provide greater safeguards; credit policy guidelines to commercial banks to improve compliance with prudential lending principles; regulations pertaining to issuance and trading of commercial paper to lower risks borne by banks; guidelines on use of information technology to ensure secure transactions and backup systems to provide continuity of banking services; and those allowing the central bank to screen owners and managers of banks to preserve public confidence and integrity in the banking system. A new regulation was issued to ensure public receives accurate and greater disclosure of financial conditions of banks and requires banks to standardize internal audit function. All banks with assets over Rp 10 billion were required to have their financial statements audited by public accountants approved by the central bank. Published annual financial statements must be based on audited financial statements. New regulation was authorized to strengthen operations of pension schemes, including submission of financial reports audited by public accountants. New regulation was passed to enhance supervision of finance companies covering borrowing, equity investment, and reporting. New regulations were issued on derivative transactions by banks to limit risks; banks were limited to dealing only in foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives; equity derivatives had to be approved by Bank Indonesia on a caseby- case basis; banks were required to give weekly report to Bank Indonesia on derivative transactions. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate movement was allowed more flexibility. The buying and selling rates computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 22 (compared to ± Rp 15 previously). Bank Indonesia terminated the provision of investment swaps. Trade Tariffs lowered on 6,030 items of a total of 9,398 items. Imports of 81 items previously restricted to selected importers could now be imported by general importers. |
1996 | |
Money Markets and Instruments Bank Indonesia increased the reserve requirements to 3% from 2%, to be held at Bank Indonesia. Bank Indonesia introduced various improvements in its clearing operations in Jakarta as a first step toward implementing an electronic clearing system in 1998. Bank Indonesia introduced several improvements in its accounting system, including consolidating deposits held by commercial banks at Bank Indonesia into one account per bank, and internal accounting operations of Bank Indonesia and regional offices were brought on-line. Capital Markets New capital market act was passed on Nov. 10, 1995 and enacted on Jan. 1, 1996. Supporting regulations and decrees were issued on Dec. 30, 1995. Under this Act, banks could act as custodians and trustees with the approval of supervisory agency BAPEPAM; mutual funds could now be allowed to be established; BAPEPAM was given powers to conduct criminal investigations and impose sanctions; simpler trading and book-entry settlement was guaranteed by clearing institution. To stimulate bond market transactions, the rate of tax on interest income from bonds to be sold in the stock exchange, was set at 15%. Previously, interest income was subject to a progressive rate, which ranged between 10% and 30%. The Indonesian Stock Deposit Clearing Corporation (DEI), which functioned as the clearing, guaranteeing, and settlement institution, was transformed into the settlement and custody institution. It also changed its name to Indonesian Stock Deposit Custodian Corporation. The Indonesian Stock Clearing and Guarantee Corporation (KEPI) was established to function as the clearing and guaranteeing institution. To boost trading on the SSE, the SSE implemented the Surabaya-Market Information and Automated Remote Trading (S-MART), which would enable members to conduct transactions from their offices. It also extended trading hours by one hour. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework BAPEPAM introduced new regulation on financial reporting to improve transparency; guidelines were issued to cover the design, coverage, and requirements of financial statements to be submitted by issuers of stocks or public corporations to the public and BAPEPAM. These financial statements were required to conform to accounting standards and regulations in effect in the capital market. Government introduced regulations to promote mutual funds as a means of mobilizing investor funds, including issuing new income tax regulations for mutual funds and regulations concerning reporting of proper market value of mutual funds. The government introduced regulations concerning the procedure of revocation on operating licenses, dissolution, and liquidation of problem banks. This regulation described specific steps to be taken to try and save a problem bank. If no solution was found Bank Indonesia could propose to the Ministry of Finance to revoke the bank’s operating license. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate movement was allowed more flexibility. In June the intervention band was widened to Rp 118 (5%) and in September further broadened to Rp 192 (8%). Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign ownership of shares of securities companies was raised to 85% of paidin capital. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Mutual fund companies were now permitted to be 100% foreign owned. Trade Tariff was reduced by 5% and 15% (mostly 5%) on 428 products, mainly capital goods; simplification of tariff code with removal of 1,100 items; reduction in import licensing, mostly steel; export taxes removed on processed animal leather, aluminum scrap alloy, and sandalwood; extension of duty drawback facility to goods supplied by existing exporters to firms in export processing zones. Tariff was increased by a 20% surcharge on propylene and ethylene imports. Preferential duty arrangements established for approved national car manufacturers. Import payments were allowed to be undertaken using letters of credit (LCs) opened in foreign exchange banks with payments due within 360 days. The discount facility for export drafts was extended to suppliers of export-related products and the discount rate was reduced. Exporters (and export suppliers) were permitted to sell their export proceeds to Bank Indonesia, and to discount export drafts with a remaining maturity of between 30 and 720 days, with drafts being rediscounted in rupiah or dollars. Based on local LCs, suppliers of export-related goods could seek bank drafts and sell them to Bank Indonesia, provided their remaining maturity was between 30 and 90 days. Fully owned foreign firms were allowed to export manufacturing, forestry, farm, fish, and mining goods; and foreign firms were allowed to import capital goods and raw materials for export from export processing zones. General importers were permitted to import nine categories of goods previously restricted to producer importers. The maximum limit for export of goods exempted from customs export declaration documentation was raised to Rp 100 million from Rp 10 million. Pre-shipment inspection of exports by surveyors was discontinued; all inspection was undertaken within the framework of the customs act. Requirements and procedures for certification of the origin on goods exported from Indonesia were simplified as follows: number of legal requirements was reduced to 4 from 31; number of supporting documents to be attached was reduced to 2 from 4; number of agencies permitted to issue certificates of origin was increased to 3 from 2; and number of officials vested with authority to issue certificates of origin was increased to 3 from 1. |
Indonesia: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows |
---|---|
1985 Money Markets and Instruments Interest rates are market-determined (liberalized in 1983) and money market instruments (SBIs) were introduced in 1984. A standardized form of banker’s acceptances (SBPUs) was introduced in February. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Government provided opportunity to foreign investors engaged in exports to obtain export credits at low interest rates through foreign exchange banks in Indonesia. Direct Investments Inflows: Procedure simplified; beginning in April a proposal for a new project had to meet only 14 procedural requirements compared with 25 in the preceding year. Inflows: Certain fields closed to foreign direct investments might be opened if entire production exported. Trade Import tariff schedule revised; tariff ceiling was reduced substantially, with tariff rates ranging from 0% to 60% compared with 0% to 225%, previously; the number of tariff categories was also reduced from 25 to 12. A value-added tax of 10%, which is applicable to the c.i.f. import price plus the tariff, was also introduced. Luxury goods and other specific goods were to incur higher import duties or specific taxes. |
1986 | Exchange Market Arrangement and System On September 12, the rupiah was devalued by 3 1% from Rp 1,134 per U.S. dollar to Rp 1,644 per U.S. dollar. Direct Investments Inflows: Government permitted foreign direct investment companies to extend their operations for 30 years after expansion approval (previously they were permitted to operate for 30 years from their actual establishment). Inflows: If foreign direct investment companies met certain criteria they were eligible for treatment equivalent to the domestic investment scheme. This allowed foreign direct investment companies to market their products locally, and to obtain working capital credit from commercial state banks and Indonesia’s Development Bank. Direct Investments Inflows: Equity ownerships rules were relaxed for companies in several situations—those exporting all their products, businesses located in remote areas or facing high risk, or enterprises investing at least $10 million. Initially foreign ownership was allowed to as high as 95%, although after five years of operations it was to be reduced to at most 80%. Additionally, to encourage companies to reinvest their profits in Indonesia they were allowed to purchase shares of any existing enterprise and were not limited to those established with foreign participation, or under the domestic investment scheme. Inflows: Foreign investors who needed additional capital were permitted to invest in certain enterprises established under the domestic investment scheme. Inflows: To encourage exports, foreign investors were allowed to increase their share to 95% in an enterprise, although after five years the shares were to revert back to its original composition. Direct Investment Inflows: The investment priority list was revised and a wider sector was open to foreign direct investment. In addition, foreign investors were allowed to invest in sectors reserved for domestic investors as long as they were cooperative entities. Trade The government accepted GATT Code on subsidies and countervailing duties. Firms that export at least 85% of output were allowed to import input free of licensing restrictions and were exempt from import duties. Import licensing was liberalized on 321 CCCN items (mostly manufacturing), or 25% of restricted items. Changes in import duties became applicable to 333 products: Tariffs were reduced for imports not produced domestically and temporary surcharge imposed on 33 items. |
1987 Capital Markets Listing requirements on the Jakarta Stock Exchange (JSE) were simplified. Measures introduced to improve institutional framework and operation of capital market institutions (e.g., underwriters, guarantors, and stock traders). Bearer securities were introduced. Money Market and Instruments Interest rates were allowed more flexibility. Modifications were made to money market procedures to strengthen Bank Indonesia’s ability to regulate liquidity. Bank Indonesia makes daily decisions to inject or withdraw liquidity through daily auctions in SBIs and SBPUs. The government introduced the over-the-counter market. SBPU discount ceilings were eliminated. State-owned enterprises were forced to transfer part of their deposits to Bank Indonesia from state-owned banks. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate was allowed more flexibility. Direct Investments Inflows: The transfer period of majority ownership from foreign to local was extended from 10 to 15 years with a possibility of further extension of five years. Inflows: Companies exporting at least 65% (reduced from 85%) of their output were allowed to be established with a minimum of 5% local ownership, which had to be raised to 20% in 10 (previously five) years. Inflows: Foreign companies in bonded zone and exporting 100% of output were allowed to be established with a national ownership of a minimum of 5% without the requirement to subsequently raise the local share of ownership. Inflows: Government expanded the number of sectors open to foreign investment. Inflows: Ownership rules were relaxed further to permit companies with foreign investment to be treated equally as those established under the domestic investment scheme—allowing them to sell output in the domestic market and to obtain working capital credit from state-owned commercial banks and the state development bank. To qualify, national ownership was required to be 5 1% (reduced from 75%) or 45% (reduced from 51%), provided at least 20% was sold through the stock market. Inflows: The government abolished the license requirement for limited domestic purchases. This made it easier for foreign companies to purchase domestic products as inputs (previously two licenses were required now only one). Inflows: Companies with presidential approval no longer had to obtain prior approval from the Capital Investment Coordinating Board to make imports. Only submission of a master list to authorized surveyors was required. Inflows: To promote non-oil/gas exports, particularly manufacturing, companies established with foreign investments were allowed to export products manufactured by other companies and to establish joint-venture companies that would export manufactured goods. Direct Investments Inflows: Some enterprises under the domestic investment scheme or those established through foreign direct investment, whose outputs were mostly exported, were awarded permanent licenses. Some were exempt from licensing requirements if they were expanding or diversifying within the same industry. Inflows: Foreign direct investment companies exporting more than 65% of their output were allowed more freedom in hiring foreign experts. Portfolio Investments Inflows: Government announced plans to allow foreign investors to purchase securities on the stock market and on the over-the-counter stock exchange. Trade Import licensing was liberalized for 202 CCCN items (non-batik textiles), representing 89% of restricted non-batik imports (January). Import licensing was liberalized for 18 CCCN items (iron and steel sector), representing 13% of restricted iron and steel sector imports (January). Goods were freed from nontariff restrictions and were included in 111 tariff classifications (approximately 50% were steel and aluminum products; December). Due to removal of nontariff barriers, tariffs were increased on 91 CCCN items and tariffs were reduced on 65 items (December). Import duties were lowered on 65 CCCN items (December). Export licensing procedure was simplified (December). |
1988 A financial policy package introduced on Oct. 27, 1988 included the following measures: an expectation to promote mobilization of funds, export of non-oil/gas commodities, efficiency in financial institution, and banks, and a more efficient monetary management, as well as a climate conducive to the development of the capital market. A financial policy package introduced on December 20, 1988 was directed at further encouraging the development of the capital market and financing companies so as to mobilize more long-term funds to finance investment. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework To strengthen prudential bank supervision legal limits were established on financial institutions’ exposure to individuals or groups of borrowers and supervisory responsibility for rural credit was transferred to Bank Indonesia from Agricultural Development Bank. State banks, regional development banks, private national banks, and cooperative banks were permitted to open new branch offices throughout the country. Nonbank financial institutions (NBFIs) and foreign banks were permitted to open one branch in each of seven cities, and joint-venture banks (with maximum foreign participation of 85%) could be established by foreign banks already represented in Indonesia. New private banks were permitted to be established anywhere in Indonesia, while rural credit banks were allowed to be established outside main cities and municipalities. Two new private banks were licensed between October and December. Requirements to become a foreign exchange bank were eased. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Foreign banks were now allowed to introduce rupiah savings schemes, which were previously prohibited. Money Market and Instruments Reserve requirements were reduced from 15% to 2% on foreign currency deposits and on current liabilities. Time and saving deposits of all banks are now categorized as current liabilities. To increase competition, public enterprises were allowed to hold up to 50% of deposits at non-state financial institutions. New sub-branch offices of foreign banks were required to extend a major portion (at least 50%) of their credits to finance non-oil/gas exports. The share of export credits extended by the joint-venture bank were to be at least 50% of outstanding credits. Maximum maturity of money market securities was extended to six months. Weekly auctions of money market instruments introduced to supplement daily auctions. Several banks and NBFIs were authorized to act as market makers along with an investment company (FICORINVEST). NBFIs were authorized to issue rupiah CDs. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Article VIII was accepted on May 8. The branch offices of foreign exchange banks, which were previously not allowed to manage foreign exchange, could do so now by simply informing Bank Indonesia. Swap premium shifted to market-based determination and maximum maturity extended from six months to three years. Direct Investments Inflows: Foreign investors were allowed to establish joint ventures in the setting up of new financing institutions, such as factoring companies, venture capital, securities trading, and consumer financing, with a maximum share of 85% of the paid up capital. Inflows: The government allowed joint ventures in the insurance industry but foreign partnership was limited to 80%. These companies were also allowed to offer life insurance policies either in rupiah or in foreign currency. Inflows: Joint venture banks were also permitted with the foreign partner allowed at most a 85% share. Trade Nontariff barriers (NTBs) were replaced by tariffs on 300 products (including fertilizers, plastics, and most types of steel). Tariff rates were reduced on 86 products and increased on 72 products. At least 22 products previously subject to specific duties, were made subject to ad valorem tariffs. |
1989 | |
Money Market and Instruments Previously, private national commercial banks were allowed to extend investment credit up to a maximum of 20% of their total lending and 10% of their equity for each borrower. For foreign banks, the maximum amount was 35% of their total lending. Under the new regulations the old limits had been removed, and all commercial banks including foreign banks were required to take into account the new regulation on legal lending limits. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Foreign direct investment companies were now permitted to sell their foreign exchange from their foreign exchange account directly to foreign exchange banks, thus eliminating the need to sell it to Bank Indonesia as was previously done. Direct Investments Inflows: To influence foreign direct investments the government replaced the priority list with a negative list. Inflows: The minimum investment requirement was reduced to $250,000. Inflows: Foreign investors were now permitted to own 100% of the shares if they were invested in the bonded zone of Batan Island and were exporting 100% of their output. Five years after commercial production, at least 5% of the shares had been sold to Indonesian partners. Portfolio Investments Inflows: The government regulated the purchase of stocks by foreign investors. Foreign investors were allowed to purchase up to 49% of stocks in the primary market or up to 49% of stocks listed on the stock exchange and OTC. However, foreigners were not allowed to purchase stocks issued by private banks. Inflows: Since April, foreign exchange banks and NBFIs were no longer subject to ceilings on offshore borrowings. However, their net foreign exchange open position could not exceed 25% of their own equity. Trade The Harmonized System (HS) was adopted. Rates of tariffs and import surcharges on several products were modified. State monopoly to import maize was revoked. |
1990 | |
Capital Markets Steps were taken to further develop the capital market. Presidential Decree (Nov. 10) and Ministry of Finance Decree (Dec. 4) were issued to provide a new structure and policy framework (see below in 1991). Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Joint-venture banks and foreign banks were permitted to open branch offices in Batan Island. Money Markets and Instruments Measures were introduced to reduce liquidity credits extended by Bank Indonesia. Liquidity credits would only be provided for activities that supported cooperatives, investment, and the achievement of self sufficiency in food. |
Trade Licensing requirements for 371 goods, including certain machinery steel products, electronic products, and Pharmaceuticals were removed (restrictions on about 1,300 items still remain). Tariffs on 2,363 products (out of 7,176 products) were reduced; tariffs above 40% were virtually eliminated (about 400 items remain). Split tariffs were eliminated; the surcharge on 53 products (out of 223) was removed. Import tariff on 224 products was raised. In accordance with GATT, subsidized export credits were abolished. |
1991 | |
Capital Markets Badan Pengawas Pasar Modal’s (BAPEPAM) function was modified. It assumed responsibility for regulatory and supervisory aspects of the market and for protecting the investors’ interests. Powers were increased to perform responsibilities. Based on principle of self-regulations, the operational role of BAPEPAM was transferred to private companies—PT Jakarta Stock Exchange USE) and PT Surabaya Stock Exchange (SSE). Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Measures to strengthen regulatory framework of the banking system were to be implemented over a two-year period. These included stricter conditions for obtaining banking licenses and opening overseas branches; compliance with capital adequacy requirements; mandatory provisioning for doubtful or nonperforming assets; reduction in limits on banks’ net open positions; and more detailed reporting by banks to Bank Indonesia. Banks were required to keep the net open position in foreign currency including their off-balance sheet accounts at or below 20% of capital. 80% of all foreign exchange loans was to be allocated to businesses earning foreign exchange. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Bank Indonesia reduced the individual bank’s swap limit from 25% to 20% of capital. In November 1991, Bank Indonesia started to provide two types of swaps—the liquidity type and the investment type (maturity of more than two years). Liquidity swaps were initiated by Bank Indonesia while the investment swap is initiated by the banks. Direct Investment Inflows: The government revised the direct investment negative list (items reduced to 60 from 70). Inflows: The government allowed foreign investors to own a maximum of 80% of the capital stock. Inflows: The government allowed venture capitalists to participate in the foreign direct investment scheme on a temporary basis not to exceed 10 years. Inflows: The government broadened the scope of opportunities available to foreign direct investors. The minimum investment requirement of $1 million for setting up export-oriented enterprises was lowered to $250,000 if it involved the participation of cooperatives or small-scale economic groups. The share of the small scale participant was 5% at time of initial investment, but had to be raised to 20% in 10 years and to 5 1% in 15 years. Inflows: Special concessions were granted to export-oriented foreign investment in eastern Indonesia to enable them to hire foreign workers Outflows: Commercial banks (but not NBFIs) were allowed to open overseas branches or representative offices and undertake equity participation in banks and other financial institutions abroad. To be eligible the bank had to have the status of a foreign exchange bank for at least one year. Additionally, the bank’s rating classification for overall performance and capital adequacy for the last 24 months could be at least sound for 20 months and fairly sound for the remaining months. Restriction on Capital Flows Inflows: A Foreign Commercial Borrowing Management Coordinating Team was established by Presidential Decree No. 39, in September. Ceilings on foreign commercial borrowings were introduced (on 10/12/91). This applied to Bank Indonesia, State Bank, commercial banks, private companies, and state-owned companies. Borrowings not subjected to ceilings or coordination included those required for regular trade, or in the context of money/capital market less than $20 million per creditor or depositor and not intended to finance new projects or expand projects related to public entities. Borrowings by private companies to finance private projects not related to public entities was also not subject to ceilings or coordination. Inflows: Banks’ short-term foreign exchange liabilities (up to two years, excluding trade related financing) were limited to 30% of capital. Trade Import restrictions replaced by tariffs on 322 items (in particular agricultural and vehicle assembly products), reducing proportion of imports subject to administrative restrictions to 12% from 15%. The maximum tariff rate on finished goods was reduced to 30% from 40% and on intermediate goods to 15%. The number of items with tariffs higher than 35% was reduced. All these measures reduced total number of tariff items to 9,303 from 9,492 and the average (unweighted) tariff rate to 20% from 22%. Surcharges on 137 products (out of 542) were removed. |
1992 | |
Capital Markets Commercial banks were allowed to issue securities through the stock exchange. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework New banking laws were issued to replace laws issued in 1967. All specialized categories of financial institutions were eliminated. A phased reduction plan of banks’ equity participation in nonfinancial institutions was initiated. Permit bank ownership by foreigners (up to 49%) was allowed. State banks were converted to limited liability companies with up to 49% in private ownership. The supervisory authority of Bank Indonesia was strengthened. Stricter disclosure requirements were established. Improved accounting standards were established. New insurance laws were issued on 2/11/92. |
Direct Investment Inflows: Items on negative foreign direct investment list were reduced to 51 from 60. Inflows: 100% foreign ownership was permitted for (1) projects worth at least $50 million; (2) projects located in the 14 less developed provinces; and (3) projects situated in a bonded zone with 100% of output exported. Inflows: All new investments (except oil and gas, banks, and nonbank financial institutions) were required to have the prior approval of the Investment Coordinating Board (BKPM). Inflows: Foreign banks were allowed to hold up to 85% of the equity of an NBFI. NBFIs were not permitted to compete with the commercial banks. Inflows: Only Indonesian citizens were allowed to have the right to own land. However, foreign investors were allowed to acquire the right to build, right to use, and the right of exploitation. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Foreign investors were allowed to purchase equity in commercial banks on the condition that they not hold the majority stock. Trade Import licensing restrictions were reduced from 703 to 464—replaced with tariffs (mostly in manufacturing). 40% of existing import surcharges were removed. Krakatau Steel’s monopoly import rights were eliminated. The ban on the export of unprocessed logs, raw skins and hides, and raw rattan was lifted, and export taxes on these items were introduced instead. |
1993 | Direct Investment Inflows: The licensing procedure was simplified by requiring less paper work and some responsibilities were decentralized. Inflows: 100% foreign ownership permitted for projects worth at least $2 million if inputs or components were produced for other industries. Inflows: Divestment of 100% ownership was allowed to start in the eleventh year (instead of sixth). Divestment was to be carried out in 20 years, and could be transacted through capital market. Inflows: For certain categories of investment, local ownership required to reach 20%-51 % (previously 5%-20%) within 20 years, in particular, large investments (above $50 million). Government revised the negative list by reducing, restricting, or closing sectors from 51 to 33. Inflows: Maximum length of land leases was increased to 30 years with easy renewal. Trade Items subject to restrictive import licensing requirements were reduced to 430 from 470. Tariffs were lowered on 221 items (mostly machinery, equipment, paper, and paper products), generally by 5%. NTBs were removed on 77 steel products. Imports surcharges removed on 58 steel products (accounting for 35% of steel imports). Tariffs and surcharges were lowered on 72 glass products, 19 chemical products, copper products, and certain machine tools. Tariffs and surcharges were removed completely on inputs for electronic components industry. Regulation was eased governing import of used machinery. Restrictions on imports of Pharmaceuticals were substantially relaxed. Duty drawback system for exporters was simplified. |
1994 | |
Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework New regulation to strengthen prudential supervision by central bank was enacted so that bank examinations were to include examination of debtors and of bank subsidiaries operating in the financial sector. New regulation was established to provide the basis for operation of an independent rating agency that will provide more objective information to investors. Banks’ net open position in foreign currency, including their off-balance sheet items, increased to 25% from 20% of bank capital and open position requirements no longer were applied to individual currencies. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate movement was allowed more flexibility. Bank Indonesia ceased to announce an indicative exchange rate in the morning, and instead began announcing buying and selling rates at 3:00 p.m. The exchange rate was computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 15 (compared to ± Rp 10 previously). Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign investors were allowed to retain a majority of the shares in the joint ventures indefinitely. Foreign ownership share could be as high as 95% with no further divestment required. There was no minimum capital investment requirement. Foreign ownership equivalent to 100% was permitted for certain categories of investment for an initial 15-year period. After that, some Indonesian ownership (greater than 0%) was required either through private placement or through capital market. Foreign investment was permitted in joint ventures in vital sectors (e.g., ports, power generation, and telecommunication). Foreign investors were allowed to locate operations anywhere in the country. Inflows: Foreign companies already operational were allowed to buy shares of other foreign companies or local companies. Inflows: Enterprises in bonded zones were permitted to subcontract locally outside zone. Trade Import facilities of up to two years were granted to enterprises that undertook capacity expansion of at least 30% or greater. NTBs were removed on 27 product lines and applied to five new alcohol-based products, resulting in 270 items remaining under restricted imports. Import surcharges were removed from 108 items and reduced for 13. The same surcharge continued to apply for the remaining 99 items. Import duties were raised on 38 tariff codes related to alcoholic products. Import duties were lowered on 739 items including manufactured and agricultural products. |
1995 | |
Capital Markets Computerized trading was introduced on the Jakarta Stock Exchange. Subrabaya Stock Exchange and the over-the-counter market merged to encourage participation by small investors. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework New regulations to promote better compliance with prudential principles and encourage self-regulation were issued, including: those on exchange of information between banks to facilitate banking operations and provide greater safeguards; credit policy guidelines to commercial banks to improve compliance with prudential lending principles; regulations pertaining to issuance and trading of commercial paper to lower risks borne by banks; guidelines on use of information technology to ensure secure transactions and backup systems to provide continuity of banking services; and those allowing the central bank to screen owners and managers of banks to preserve public confidence and integrity in the banking system. A new regulation was issued to ensure public receives accurate and greater disclosure of financial conditions of banks and requires banks to standardize internal audit function. All banks with assets over Rp 10 billion were required to have their financial statements audited by public accountants approved by the central bank. Published annual financial statements must be based on audited financial statements. New regulation was authorized to strengthen operations of pension schemes, including submission of financial reports audited by public accountants. New regulation was passed to enhance supervision of finance companies covering borrowing, equity investment, and reporting. New regulations were issued on derivative transactions by banks to limit risks; banks were limited to dealing only in foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives; equity derivatives had to be approved by Bank Indonesia on a caseby- case basis; banks were required to give weekly report to Bank Indonesia on derivative transactions. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate movement was allowed more flexibility. The buying and selling rates computed on the basis of a basket of weighted currencies with a spread of ± Rp 22 (compared to ± Rp 15 previously). Bank Indonesia terminated the provision of investment swaps. Trade Tariffs lowered on 6,030 items of a total of 9,398 items. Imports of 81 items previously restricted to selected importers could now be imported by general importers. |
1996 | |
Money Markets and Instruments Bank Indonesia increased the reserve requirements to 3% from 2%, to be held at Bank Indonesia. Bank Indonesia introduced various improvements in its clearing operations in Jakarta as a first step toward implementing an electronic clearing system in 1998. Bank Indonesia introduced several improvements in its accounting system, including consolidating deposits held by commercial banks at Bank Indonesia into one account per bank, and internal accounting operations of Bank Indonesia and regional offices were brought on-line. Capital Markets New capital market act was passed on Nov. 10, 1995 and enacted on Jan. 1, 1996. Supporting regulations and decrees were issued on Dec. 30, 1995. Under this Act, banks could act as custodians and trustees with the approval of supervisory agency BAPEPAM; mutual funds could now be allowed to be established; BAPEPAM was given powers to conduct criminal investigations and impose sanctions; simpler trading and book-entry settlement was guaranteed by clearing institution. To stimulate bond market transactions, the rate of tax on interest income from bonds to be sold in the stock exchange, was set at 15%. Previously, interest income was subject to a progressive rate, which ranged between 10% and 30%. The Indonesian Stock Deposit Clearing Corporation (DEI), which functioned as the clearing, guaranteeing, and settlement institution, was transformed into the settlement and custody institution. It also changed its name to Indonesian Stock Deposit Custodian Corporation. The Indonesian Stock Clearing and Guarantee Corporation (KEPI) was established to function as the clearing and guaranteeing institution. To boost trading on the SSE, the SSE implemented the Surabaya-Market Information and Automated Remote Trading (S-MART), which would enable members to conduct transactions from their offices. It also extended trading hours by one hour. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework BAPEPAM introduced new regulation on financial reporting to improve transparency; guidelines were issued to cover the design, coverage, and requirements of financial statements to be submitted by issuers of stocks or public corporations to the public and BAPEPAM. These financial statements were required to conform to accounting standards and regulations in effect in the capital market. Government introduced regulations to promote mutual funds as a means of mobilizing investor funds, including issuing new income tax regulations for mutual funds and regulations concerning reporting of proper market value of mutual funds. The government introduced regulations concerning the procedure of revocation on operating licenses, dissolution, and liquidation of problem banks. This regulation described specific steps to be taken to try and save a problem bank. If no solution was found Bank Indonesia could propose to the Ministry of Finance to revoke the bank’s operating license. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Exchange rate movement was allowed more flexibility. In June the intervention band was widened to Rp 118 (5%) and in September further broadened to Rp 192 (8%). Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign ownership of shares of securities companies was raised to 85% of paidin capital. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Mutual fund companies were now permitted to be 100% foreign owned. Trade Tariff was reduced by 5% and 15% (mostly 5%) on 428 products, mainly capital goods; simplification of tariff code with removal of 1,100 items; reduction in import licensing, mostly steel; export taxes removed on processed animal leather, aluminum scrap alloy, and sandalwood; extension of duty drawback facility to goods supplied by existing exporters to firms in export processing zones. Tariff was increased by a 20% surcharge on propylene and ethylene imports. Preferential duty arrangements established for approved national car manufacturers. Import payments were allowed to be undertaken using letters of credit (LCs) opened in foreign exchange banks with payments due within 360 days. The discount facility for export drafts was extended to suppliers of export-related products and the discount rate was reduced. Exporters (and export suppliers) were permitted to sell their export proceeds to Bank Indonesia, and to discount export drafts with a remaining maturity of between 30 and 720 days, with drafts being rediscounted in rupiah or dollars. Based on local LCs, suppliers of export-related goods could seek bank drafts and sell them to Bank Indonesia, provided their remaining maturity was between 30 and 90 days. Fully owned foreign firms were allowed to export manufacturing, forestry, farm, fish, and mining goods; and foreign firms were allowed to import capital goods and raw materials for export from export processing zones. General importers were permitted to import nine categories of goods previously restricted to producer importers. The maximum limit for export of goods exempted from customs export declaration documentation was raised to Rp 100 million from Rp 10 million. Pre-shipment inspection of exports by surveyors was discontinued; all inspection was undertaken within the framework of the customs act. Requirements and procedures for certification of the origin on goods exported from Indonesia were simplified as follows: number of legal requirements was reduced to 4 from 31; number of supporting documents to be attached was reduced to 2 from 4; number of agencies permitted to issue certificates of origin was increased to 3 from 2; and number of officials vested with authority to issue certificates of origin was increased to 3 from 1. |
Indonesia: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
Interest differential = Deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Indonesia: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 2.5 | 5.9 | 4.9 | 5.8 | 7.5 | 72 | 7.0 | 6.5 | 6.5 | 7.4 | 8.5 | 7.2 | |||
Inflation per year | 4.7 | 5.8 | 9.3 | 8.0 | 6.4 | 7.8 | 9.4 | 7.5 | 9.7 | 8.5 | 9.4 | 8.0 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 23.9 | 26.9 | 27.2 | 29.6 | 35.0 | 43.3 | 43.7 | 45.8 | 43.4 | 44.9 | 48.3 | 52.5 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 24.1 | 24.2 | 21.0 | 17.6 | 15.7 | 12.1 | 10.4 | 10.7 | … | … | … | … | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −1.0 | −3.5 | −0.8 | −3.1 | −2.0 | 0.4 | 0.4 | −0.4 | 0.6 | 0.9 | 2.3 | 1.2 | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 14.1 | 16.4 | 18.7 | 22.3 | 23.8 | 50.6 | 50.7 | 49.5 | 48.9 | 51.9 | 53.7 | 55.8 | |||
ports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 33.0 | 31.9 | 39.9 | 38.5 | 40.8 | 44.8 | 47.2 | 47.8 | 41.2 | 40.7 | 42.8 | 41.1 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −2.2 | −4.9 | −2.8 | −1.7 | −1.2 | −2.8 | −3.7 | −2.2 | −1.3 | −1.6 | −3.5 | … | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | 2.0 | 5.2 | 4.6 | 2.6 | 3.1 | 4.2 | 4.9 | 4.8 | 3.6 | 2.2 | 5.2 | … | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 18.0 | 15.4 | 16.8 | 17.7 | 18.6 | 17.3 | 23.3 | 19.6 | 14.6 | 12.5 | 16.7 | 17.3 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 13.3 | 9.6 | 7.5 | 9.7 | 12.2 | 9.7 | 13.9 | 12.1 | 4.9 | 4.0 | 7.3 | 9.3 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 8.9 | 8.4 | 9.2 | 9.3 | 9.3 | 9.1 | 17.0 | 15.4 | 10.9 | 6.9 | 10.5 | 11.5 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | … | 6.1 | 4.9 | 4.4 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 2.2 | 4.4 | 6.1 | 5.2 | 2.1 | 2.0 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 1,125.0 | 1,641.0 | 1,650.0 | 1,731.0 | 1,797.0 | 1,901.0 | 1,992.0 | 2,062.0 | 2,110.0 | 2,200.0 | 2,308.0 | 2,383.0 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990 = 100) | 185.2 | 142.6 | 104.3 | 101.8 | 103.3 | 100.0 | 98.7 | 96.2 | 100.9 | 99.8 | 96.3 | 101.0 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −1,923 | −3,911 | −2,098 | −1,397 | −1,108 | −2,988 | −4,260 | −2,780 | −2,106 | −2,792 | −7,023 | … | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | 1,782 | 4,177 | 3,481 | 2,217 | 2,918 | 4,495 | 5,697 | 6,129 | 5,632 | 3,839 | 10,386 | … | |||
Direct investment abroad | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | −356 | −609 | −603 | … | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 310 | 258 | 385 | 576 | 682 | 1,093 | 1,482 | 1,777 | 2,004 | 2,109 | 4,348 | … | |||
Net direct investment | 310 | 258 | 385 | 576 | 682 | 1,093 | 1,482 | 1,777 | 1,648 | 1,500 | 3,745 | … | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | −35 | 268 | −88 | −98 | −173 | −93 | −12 | −88 | 1,805 | 3,877 | 4,100 | … | |||
Net portfolio investment | −35 | 268 | −88 | −98 | −173 | −93 | −12 | −88 | 1,805 | 3,877 | 4,100 | … | |||
Other investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | |||
Other investment liabilities | 1,507 | 3,651 | 3,184 | 1,739 | 2,409 | 3,495 | 4,227 | 4,440 | 2,179 | −1,538 | 2,541 | … | |||
Net other investments | 1,507 | 3,651 | 3,184 | 1,739 | 2,409 | 3,495 | 4,227 | 4,440 | 2,179 | −1,538 | 2,541 | … | |||
Of which, official capital | 1,345 | 2,886 | 2,537 | 1,756 | 2,604 | 218 | 1,287 | 770 | 552 | 137 | 131 | … | |||
Net errors and omissions | 651 | −1,269 | −753 | −933 | −1,315 | 744 | 91 | −1,279 | −2,932 | −263 | −1,790 | … | |||
Overall balance2 | 510 | −1,003 | 630 | −113 | 495 | 2,251 | 1,528 | 2,070 | 594 | 784 | 1,573 | … | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | 739 | −901 | −1,810 | −12,090 | −2,165 | 4,663 | 3,302 | 6,789 | 4,943 | 5,131 | 10,097 | … |
Interest differential = Deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Indonesia: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 2.5 | 5.9 | 4.9 | 5.8 | 7.5 | 72 | 7.0 | 6.5 | 6.5 | 7.4 | 8.5 | 7.2 | |||
Inflation per year | 4.7 | 5.8 | 9.3 | 8.0 | 6.4 | 7.8 | 9.4 | 7.5 | 9.7 | 8.5 | 9.4 | 8.0 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 23.9 | 26.9 | 27.2 | 29.6 | 35.0 | 43.3 | 43.7 | 45.8 | 43.4 | 44.9 | 48.3 | 52.5 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 24.1 | 24.2 | 21.0 | 17.6 | 15.7 | 12.1 | 10.4 | 10.7 | … | … | … | … | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −1.0 | −3.5 | −0.8 | −3.1 | −2.0 | 0.4 | 0.4 | −0.4 | 0.6 | 0.9 | 2.3 | 1.2 | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 14.1 | 16.4 | 18.7 | 22.3 | 23.8 | 50.6 | 50.7 | 49.5 | 48.9 | 51.9 | 53.7 | 55.8 | |||
ports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 33.0 | 31.9 | 39.9 | 38.5 | 40.8 | 44.8 | 47.2 | 47.8 | 41.2 | 40.7 | 42.8 | 41.1 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −2.2 | −4.9 | −2.8 | −1.7 | −1.2 | −2.8 | −3.7 | −2.2 | −1.3 | −1.6 | −3.5 | … | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | 2.0 | 5.2 | 4.6 | 2.6 | 3.1 | 4.2 | 4.9 | 4.8 | 3.6 | 2.2 | 5.2 | … | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 18.0 | 15.4 | 16.8 | 17.7 | 18.6 | 17.3 | 23.3 | 19.6 | 14.6 | 12.5 | 16.7 | 17.3 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 13.3 | 9.6 | 7.5 | 9.7 | 12.2 | 9.7 | 13.9 | 12.1 | 4.9 | 4.0 | 7.3 | 9.3 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 8.9 | 8.4 | 9.2 | 9.3 | 9.3 | 9.1 | 17.0 | 15.4 | 10.9 | 6.9 | 10.5 | 11.5 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | … | 6.1 | 4.9 | 4.4 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 2.2 | 4.4 | 6.1 | 5.2 | 2.1 | 2.0 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 1,125.0 | 1,641.0 | 1,650.0 | 1,731.0 | 1,797.0 | 1,901.0 | 1,992.0 | 2,062.0 | 2,110.0 | 2,200.0 | 2,308.0 | 2,383.0 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990 = 100) | 185.2 | 142.6 | 104.3 | 101.8 | 103.3 | 100.0 | 98.7 | 96.2 | 100.9 | 99.8 | 96.3 | 101.0 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −1,923 | −3,911 | −2,098 | −1,397 | −1,108 | −2,988 | −4,260 | −2,780 | −2,106 | −2,792 | −7,023 | … | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | 1,782 | 4,177 | 3,481 | 2,217 | 2,918 | 4,495 | 5,697 | 6,129 | 5,632 | 3,839 | 10,386 | … | |||
Direct investment abroad | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | −356 | −609 | −603 | … | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 310 | 258 | 385 | 576 | 682 | 1,093 | 1,482 | 1,777 | 2,004 | 2,109 | 4,348 | … | |||
Net direct investment | 310 | 258 | 385 | 576 | 682 | 1,093 | 1,482 | 1,777 | 1,648 | 1,500 | 3,745 | … | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | −35 | 268 | −88 | −98 | −173 | −93 | −12 | −88 | 1,805 | 3,877 | 4,100 | … | |||
Net portfolio investment | −35 | 268 | −88 | −98 | −173 | −93 | −12 | −88 | 1,805 | 3,877 | 4,100 | … | |||
Other investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | |||
Other investment liabilities | 1,507 | 3,651 | 3,184 | 1,739 | 2,409 | 3,495 | 4,227 | 4,440 | 2,179 | −1,538 | 2,541 | … | |||
Net other investments | 1,507 | 3,651 | 3,184 | 1,739 | 2,409 | 3,495 | 4,227 | 4,440 | 2,179 | −1,538 | 2,541 | … | |||
Of which, official capital | 1,345 | 2,886 | 2,537 | 1,756 | 2,604 | 218 | 1,287 | 770 | 552 | 137 | 131 | … | |||
Net errors and omissions | 651 | −1,269 | −753 | −933 | −1,315 | 744 | 91 | −1,279 | −2,932 | −263 | −1,790 | … | |||
Overall balance2 | 510 | −1,003 | 630 | −113 | 495 | 2,251 | 1,528 | 2,070 | 594 | 784 | 1,573 | … | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | 739 | −901 | −1,810 | −12,090 | −2,165 | 4,663 | 3,302 | 6,789 | 4,943 | 5,131 | 10,097 | … |
Interest differential = Deposit rate minus London interbank offer rate on three-month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment minus official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Korea: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
As a result, over the year, the refinancing outstanding of the financial institutions decreased by $1.8 billion and bank loans totaling $1 billion were repaid before maturity (Annual Report, Bank of Korea, 1986, p. 28).
Korea: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1985 | |||||||
Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Allowed 11 foreign bank branches to engage in trust business, which domestic banks already did. Money Markets and Instruments Interest rates on mortgages and convertible bonds were liberalized. The issuing rate of prime enterprises, commercial paper, was liberalized. Special trust accounts for households were introduced that earn dividends depending on fund performance (March). Two new deposit instruments were introduced—free savings account and household installment savings account (April). Certain share of lending was required to be allocated to small and medium-sized industries. Foreign banks were granted access to the discount window for export financing on the same terms as domestic banks. The reserve requirement on foreign currency deposits was raised from 1% to 10% on 7/23/85 effective from July and again to 20% on 8/1/85. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Government reduced the limit of extra swap privilege of foreign banks’ domestic branches. The guaranteed profit margin on swap transactions with foreign bank branches was also reduced from 1% to 0.75% per year. Residents were allowed to execute swap transactions with foreign financial institutions. Monthly travel allowance for studying abroad was reduced from $3,000 to $2,000 per person and from $2,000 to $1,000 per family. The central bank broadened the list of foreign currency loans that shipping firms were eligible for and lengthened their lending period for the purpose of repaying principal and interests of foreign loans. Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign investors were granted access to 102 of 339 restricted sectors, raising the liberalization ratio for capital to 76.3% from 66.1%. Total number of sectors open to foreign investors rose to 762 from 660. Outflows: Investments of over $1 million (previously $0.5 million) now had to be approved by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee. Outflows: Overseas investment regulations were streamlined so as to encourage domestic firm’s investment in the exploitation of overseas natural resources and the development of high technology. Portfolio Investments Inflows: Korean companies were allowed to issue warrants and depository receipts in international capital markets under guidelines set by the government. The maximum issue was limited to 15% of the outstanding shares of the issuing company, and an individual foreign investor was limited to acquiring, at most 3% of any company’s outstanding shares through the exercise of bond conversion or subscription rights. Inflows: Value limit on investment trusts was raised to $200 million. Trade Imports of 235 items were liberalized (ratio of liberalized to total imports rose to 87.7%). Number of automatically approved import items was raised from 6,712 to 6,945 from a total of 7,915 Customs Cooperation Council Nomenclature (CCCN) items. |
||||||
1986 | |||||||
Capital Markets Exchange Equalization Bonds were introduced. Six foreign banks were permitted to enter trust business. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Two foreign firms were allowed to underwrite fire insurance, previously reserved for Korean firms. From August 21, the central bank prohibited foreign exchange banks from maintaining an oversold position of spot foreign exchange as an effort to restrain excessive growth of reserve money. Money Market and Instruments The issuing rates on negotiable CDs, secured corporate bonds, and bank debentures were liberalized. Guidelines on loans to small- and medium-sized firms were readjusted upwards for foreign banks. The obligatory lending ratio to small- and medium-sized firms was raised to 35%. That is, foreign banks were required to lend at least 35% of increased amount in loans to small- and medium-sized firms. Foreign banks were allowed access to the discount window for rediscounting of commercial bills and to issue CDs and CD loans. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Bank of Korea reduced the yield on swaps from 0.75% to 0.5%. Limits on each bank’s foreign currency swap were required to be reduced by amount of CDs sold. General swap limit extended to new foreign banks was reduced to $10 million from $15 million per branch. The general swap limit for new branches of foreign banks already established in Korea was removed. The central bank also got rid of the additional extra swap that had been allowed for increase of paid-in capital or retained profits. Authorization of expenses for emigration was delegated to heads of foreign exchange banks. Regulations were tightened on acquiring foreign currency loans through domestic banks and foreign bank branches. The supply of foreign currency loans for repayment of principal and interest on overseas borrowing, with a period over three years was restricted to small and medium enterprises that had weak fund raising capabilities. Foreign currency loan ceilings were introduced, which set an upper limit on the loanable amount for a bank’s foreign currency loans outstanding at the level outstanding on August 20, 1986 or $500 million, whichever was greater. Direct Investments Outflows: Certain overseas investments not exceeding $200,000 were subject to automatic approval. Portfolio Investments Outflows: The government directed financial institutions to repay foreign short-term borrowings and bank loans that had unfavorable terms.1 Trade Tariff rate on crude oil imports was raised from 1% to 15% in three steps. 302 items were removed from the restricted imports list and one item was added. The net effect raised the number of automatically approved items from 6,945 to 7,246 (or from 87.7% to 91.5%) of a total of 7,915 items. |
||||||
1986 | |||||||
Capital Markets Exchange Equalization Bonds were introduced. Six foreign banks were permitted to enter trust business. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Two foreign firms were allowed to underwrite fire insurance, previously reserved for Korean firms. From August 21, the central bank prohibited foreign exchange banks from maintaining an oversold position of spot foreign exchange as an effort to restrain excessive growth of reserve money. Money Market and Instruments The issuing rates on negotiable CDs, secured corporate bonds, and bank debentures were liberalized. Guidelines on loans to small- and medium-sized firms were readjusted upwards for foreign banks. The obligatory lending ratio to small- and medium-sized firms was raised to 35%. That is, foreign banks were required to lend at least 35% of increased amount in loans to small- and medium-sized firms. Foreign banks were allowed access to the discount window for rediscounting of commercial bills and to issue CDs and CD loans. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Bank of Korea reduced the yield on swaps from 0.75% to 0.5%. Limits on each bank’s foreign currency swap were required to be reduced by amount of CDs sold. General swap limit extended to new foreign banks was reduced to $10 million from $15 million per branch. The general swap limit for new branches of foreign banks already established in Korea was removed. The central bank also got rid of the additional extra swap that had been allowed for increase of paid-in capital or retained profits. Authorization of expenses for emigration was delegated to heads of foreign exchange banks. Regulations were tightened on acquiring foreign currency loans through domestic banks and foreign bank branches. The supply of foreign currency loans for repayment of principal and interest on overseas borrowing, with a period over three years was restricted to small and medium enterprises that had weak fund raising capabilities. Foreign currency loan ceilings were introduced, which set an upper limit on the loanable amount for a bank’s foreign currency loans outstanding at the level outstanding on August 20, 1986 or $500 million, whichever was greater. Direct Investments Outflows: Certain overseas investments not exceeding $200,000 were subject to automatic approval. Portfolio Investments Outflows: The government directed financial institutions to repay foreign short-term borrowings and bank loans that had unfavorable terms.1 Trade Tariff rate on crude oil imports was raised from 1% to 15% in three steps. 302 items were removed from the restricted imports list and one item was added. The net effect raised the number of automatically approved items from 6,945 to 7,246 (or from 87.7% to 91.5%) of a total of 7,915 items. |
||||||
1987 | |||||||
Capital Markets The Securities and Exchange Law and the Law on Fostering the Capital Market were revised in order to protect firms that go public from takeovers by limiting individual holdings of each company’s shares and to facilitate corporate expansions by permitting firms to issue new shares at market value instead of at par as was done previously (December). Nine more foreign bank branches were permitted to handle trust business during the year, bringing the total to 19. Money Market and Instruments Minimum denomination of CDs was lowered. An over-the-counter (OTC) market was established. The reserve requirement on residents’ foreign currency deposits was lowered from 20% to 4.5%, effective from February 20. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The monthly allowance for students abroad was raised to $1,500 from $1,000. In addition $500 and $300 was allowed for spouse and each child, respectively. Foreigners employed in Korea were allowed to send their salary, except for basic living expenses, and retirement allowances to their home countries with approval from a foreign exchange bank rather than from Bank of Korea. Korean residents could send up to $5,000 a year as living expenses to parents and children living abroad. Korean residents could send up to $1,000 to relatives abroad for funerals or weddings, compared to $500 previously. Koreans traveling abroad could carry $5,000 in cash for basic expenses regardless of purpose of travel. Additional $2,500 was permitted when traveling to countries whose currencies had appreciated significantly to the U.S. dollar. Credit card holders were allowed to charge all travel expenses without limit during business or official travel abroad. The government abolished the restriction on the contract period for forward exchange transactions and permitted anyone holding a resident account to perform forward exchange transactions. In addition transactions using futures and options were allowed. On November 1, the central bank reduced the fourth quarter swap ceiling that had been allocated to foreign bank branches by 10%. They also abolished the new swap facility of $10 million accorded to newly established foreign bank branches. Inward remittances greater than $20,000 monitored to discourage speculation in stock market. Direct Investment Inflows: 26 manufacturing sectors were opened for foreign direct investment, leaving 13 of 522 manufacturing sectors still closed. Inflows: Certain tax privileges granted to attract foreign direct investment were reduced and after-investment controls relaxed to put foreign invested companies and local companies on an equal basis. Outflows: The limit over which overseas investment was subject to consideration by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee was raised from $1 million to $3 million in May and then to $5 million in December. Outflows: From December 28, overseas investment of $1 million was automatically approved. Outflows: Restrictions on the purchase of real estate abroad by Korean-owned companies were liberalized. Portfolio Investment Outflows: From April 15, overseas investment for the purpose of obtaining payment of dividends or interest income without participation in management was allowed, if undertaken to obtain advance technology or to overcome difficulties faced by export firms. Outflows: The government encouraged the early redemption of foreign borrowings on unfavorable terms by making foreign currency loans available for those companies wishing to redeem such foreign debt before its maturity. Outflows: On September 1, the government raised the maximum amount of investment profit that might be held overseas without approval by the central bank from $10,000 to $500,000. Outflows: The central bank made special foreign currency deposits with foreign exchange banks to encourage them to extend loans in foreign currency to companies importing machinery and equipment or redeeming foreign borrowings before maturity. Trade The government shortened the period to 120 days from 180 days during which advance receipt of export proceeds might be obtained. It also reduced the limit on such receipt by large companies from 3% to 1% of their export value over the previous calendar year. Tariff rate on crude oil import was raised to 24.5%. 167 items were removed from the list of restricted imports, raising the number of automatically approved items to 7,408 of 7,911 items. A new Foreign Trade Act came into effect on July 1, which included a revised system of import protection. The Korea Trade Commission was established under the Act. From February 13, items eligible for import on a deferred payment basis were reduced to goods on which a tariff rate of less than 10% was applicable rather than the previous 20%. Imports for export use were also made subject to this restriction. On April 1, the settlement period for import of crude oil on a deferred payment basis was shortened from 90 days to 60 days. |
||||||
1988 | |||||||
Capital Markets Effective March 1, the Korean Stock Exchange (KSE) was transformed into a nonprofit membership organization. Money Market and Instruments Interest rates on loans from banks and nonbank financial intermediaries, other than interest rates on loans subsidized by government funds, were fully liberalized. Interest rates on time deposits with maturities of more than two years at banks, postal savings, and credit unions, and on time and savings deposits with maturities of over one year at mutual savings and finance companies, were liberalized. Yields on fund-type instruments, such as cash management accounts, bond management accounts, corporate money trusts, and pension trusts, were liberalized. Interest rates on repurchase agreements, commercial paper (with a face value greater than 30 million won and maturity more than 91 days), financial debentures, and corporate bonds were fully deregulated. “New” commercial paper and conventional commercial paper were merged into one. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System An additional $5,000 was permitted to be purchased from banks for travel purposes. The limit on remittances abroad for funerals and weddings was raised to $5,000. Payments for sales promotion by businesses to foreign experts were liberalized. Korean residents were permitted to retain up to $5,000 upon return from overseas travel. Effective February 16, banking institutions were not permitted to exceed the foreign currency loan ceiling limit for lending to small- and medium-sized firms and export firms, as had been done in the past. However, loans for certain specific activities were excluded from this ceiling—loans for import funds for production facilities to diversify sources of imports and for early repayment of external debts. Effective March 25, nonresidents were prohibited from exchanging into domestic currency amounts withdrawn from their nonresident foreign currency deposit accounts. Effective March 25, the maximum amount of foreign exchange allowed to be brought in without the obligations of registering and reporting to tax authorities, by residents and nonresidents, was reduced from $30,000 to $5,000; this was further reduced to $3,000 on September 1. Effective May 9, the central bank reduced the swap ceilings of foreign bank branches. It also reduced the guaranteed profit from 0.5% a year to 0.3% a year. Sales of foreign currency by nonresidents to domestic foreign exchange banks was limited to a maximum of $20,000; reduced to $10,000 on September 1. Effective September 15, overseas investments in the form of provision of technology or services were no longer classified as capital transactions but as invisibles and hence free from any post-check by regulations concerning overseas investment. Accepted Article VIII (November). Direct Investment Inflows: Advertising and motion picture distribution sectors were opened to foreign investment. Inflows: Restrictions on foreign investment in the insurance industry were liberalized (joint ventures with the 15 largest domestic companies were still restricted). Inflows: Foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures were authorized to import and distribute all products except for 12 restricted items. Outflows: Effective March 25, any noncorporate private business was permitted to make investments, regardless of business type, of up to $1 million. Also, overseas investors were allowed to retain all investment profits in their host countries without prior approval from the central bank—the previous limit on such retention was $500,000. Outflows: Effective November 1, the central bank raised the limit on automatic approval of overseas investments from $1 million to $2 million. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The government permitted some domestic institutional investors to invest in foreign stock markets for their own account: up to $30 million by securities companies and $10 million by insurance and investment trust companies. Outflows: Effective July 1, the government allowed investment in foreign securities, previously restricted to securities companies, by investment trust companies and insurance companies up to a maximum of $10 million. It also raised the maximum amount of investment permitted by securities companies from $10 million to $30 million. Other Outflows: Foreign exchange allowance for emigrants was raised to $200,000 a household for current expenses and to $300,000 for investment purposes. Trade Tariff rates on a large number of products were reduced during the year. Restrictions on imports by manufacturing firms partly or wholly owned by foreign investors were liberalized. 275 items were removed from the list of restricted imports during the year, raising the number of automatically approved imports to 7,680 of 7,911 items. Import of beef was subject to a quota. The Bank of Korea reduced the loanable ratio (i.e., the amount of funds that could be borrowed) for selected imports of machinery and equipment and for repayment of prior external or foreign currency loans. |
||||||
1989 | |||||||
Capital Markets More foreign banks were allowed to engage in individual trust business. Effective December 30, in line with the 1988 plan for internationalization of the capital market, foreign investors were permitted to engage in direct transactions among themselves of Korean stock held in Korea that had been acquired through stock-related bonds (conversion of CBs issued abroad or excising the warrants of bonds with warrants (BWs) issued abroad). Money Market and Instruments The minimum maturity of CDs issued by banks to other banks, including development institutions, was reduced from 91 to 30 days. A bankers’ acceptance market for trade bills was established. Legal barriers for the integration of the two call markets (the interbank market and the OTC market for nonbank financial institutions) were removed. Three new commercial banks were established. The Korean Exchange Bank was granted permission to change its status from a specialized to a nationwide commercial bank. Financial Supervisiory6/6/2011 and Regulatory Framework Effective September 20, the ceiling on overbought positions of foreign exchange banks was raised to 200% of the average value of bills purchased and held in the previous month for all foreign exchange banks. Previously, the above percentage could vary from 20% to 150% depending upon the type of foreign exchange bank. In addition, the government required all foreign exchange banks to maintain overbought spot-exchange positions equivalent to at least 1 % of the average value of bills purchased and held in the previous month (to be changed to 2% from January 1, 1990). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Effective June 2, the central bank set a ceiling of $200 million on special foreign currency loans that could be given to one firm during a year. Effective December 1, the government introduced a professional brokerage system in the foreign currency call money market in an effort to speed up development of the foreign exchange market. Effective December 1, the central bank unified ordinary and additional swap ceilings. It also reduced the swap ceiling allocated to foreign bank branches at the end of the third quarter by 10%. Effective December 1, the maximum amount of foreign exchange that might be brought into the country with no registration and subsequent reporting to the tax authorities by residents and nonresidents was raised to $5,000 from $3,000. A U.S. dollar call market was opened. Maximum amount of foreign currency that nonresidents were allowed to exchange into won at domestic foreign banks was raised to $50,000 from $10,000. Direct Investment Inflows: Restrictions on foreign direct investment in six manufacturing sectors were removed. Inflows: Amount of foreign investment permitted without deliberation of the capital review committee was raised to $5 million from $3 million. Outflows: Effective February 13, the procedures and approval conditions for overseas investment were simplified. Balance sheets and three other documents for would-be investors were no longer required. In case the funds are loaned, repayment should be guaranteed by an international bank or an equivalent institution, and in the case of acquisition of securities, a would-be investor should hold at least 20% of the equity or send a full-time executive to the overseas company. Outflows: Effective June 2, overseas investments other than those in overseas real estate or personal investment could now qualify for foreign currency loans. The maximum term of such loans was set at 10 years and the ceiling on them was fixed at 60% of the required funds for large firms and 80% for small- and medium-sized firms. Outflows: Effective August 10, business firms were allowed to invest in foreign real estates for business purposes. The expanded scope of possible purchases included parking lots for commercial purposes, hotels, sporting facilities, laundries, gas stations, research institutes, job training facilities, and welfare facilities for employees. Previously, business had been limited to purchases of office buildings, factories, warehouses, exhibitions, employee residences and parking lots associated with offices. Portfolio Investments Inflows: Effective December 1, foreign exchange banks were allowed to raise off-shore funds by issuing foreign currency denominated bonds or borrowing from the off-shore accounts of other domestic foreign exchange banks. The banks were authorized to underwrite foreign-currency denominated bonds issued by nonresidents and to purchase and sell them, or to lend or deposit them with the offshore accounts of other domestic foreign exchange banks. Inflows: The limit on equity investment by foreign securities firms was increased to 40%. Trade The import surveillance list, which required approval of the Korean Traders’ Association before an import license could be awarded, was abolished. The system of emergency tariffs was abolished. Under the first phase of the second Five-Year Tariff Reduction Program, the average tariff was reduced to 12.7% from 18.1 %. The Bank of Korea lowered and then raised to its original level the loanable ratios for special foreign currency loans for import funds for production facilities to diversify their sources of imports. Effective November 17, the central bank removed the overall ceiling for the year of $5 billion on special foreign currency loans for import funds for production facilities to diversify import sources. For countries with a bilateral trade surplus the overall ceiling on special foreign currency loans for imports was retained at $300 million for large firms while for small- and medium-sized firms it was raised from $500 million to $800 million. |
||||||
1990 | |||||||
Capital Markets Coupon rates of new corporate bond issues with a maturity of over three years were deregulated. Banks were allowed to underwrite privately placed corporate bonds. Effective June 11, the government allowed each of the three domestic investment trust companies to establish a matching fund in line with the “Mid-Term (1988-92) Plan for Internationalization of the Securities Market.” Capitalization of each fund was set at $100 million. Of this amount, $60 million was to be raised in international markets and the remaining $40 million domestically, with 70% of the funds being invested in Korean securities and the balance in foreign securities. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Law was promulgatedto convert investment and finance companies into: (1) banks; (2) securities companies; or (3) money market broker. Money Market and Instruments Ceiling on CD issues was increased from 120% to 150% of net worth for specialized banks and for foreign banks to 150% of net worth or W 10 billion, whichever is greater. The Bank of Korea introduced direct sales of MSBs to retail investors and changed the minimum trading unit of MSBs from W 10 million to W 1 million. The maturity period of MSBs was extended to two years. Effective March 8, reserve requirements on foreign currency deposits held in resident accounts were raised from 4.5% to 11.5%. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The “market average exchange rate” (MAR) system was adopted. The MAR for the won- U.S. dollar was established using the weighted average of the previous day’s interbank rates for the won-U.S. dollar spot transactions. During each business day, the won-U.S. dollar exchange rate in the interbank market would be allowed to fluctuate within margins of ±0.4% around the MAR. Restrictions on invisibles: Effective May 1, the right to purchase up to $5,000 in foreign currency was withdrawn. Foreign exchange banks were again required to enter the amount of foreign currency purchased by overseas travelers in their passports. Effective September 24, the upper limit on basic expenses for teenage overseas travelers was reduced from $5,000 to $2,000. No additional allowances were permitted for any overseas traveler whose stay abroad was less than 30 days. Direct Investment Inflows: Effective January 1, the maximum amount of foreign direct investment in manufacturing that could be automatically approved was raised from $3 million to $100 million. Inflows: Up to 99% foreign equity ownership in advertising firms was permitted. Inflows: Wholesale business of toiletries and cosmetics was opened to foreign investors. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Effective March 2, securities companies, which had an international securities business license, were authorized to invest up to $50 million, up from the previous $30 million. For investment trust companies issuing international beneficiary certificates and insurance companies having total assets in excess of W 5 trillion, the ceiling on portfolio investment abroad was raised from $10 million to $30 million. Outflows: Effective December 20, the central bank abolished foreign currency loans for the early redemption of foreign loans, in view of the current account deficit. Trade Under the second phase of the 1989-93 Five-Year Tariff Reduction Program, tariff rates on a large number of products were lowered, reducing the average unweighted tariff rate on total imports to 11.4% from 12.7%. Effective September 1, the overall ceiling on special foreign currency loans for import funds for production facilities and for overseas investment funds was abolished. However, the overall ceiling on special foreign currency loans for imports from those countries running a bilateral trade surplus with Korea was raised from $0.4 billion to $0.8 billion for large firms and from $0.6 billion to $1.2 billion for small- and medium-sized firms. Effective December 20, the central bank abolished foreign currency loans for import of production facilities for the import diversification scheme, in view of the current account deficit. Effective December 20, the central bank revised the loanable ratios so that manufacturing and small and medium-sized firms receive preferential treatment in importing facilities and equipment. The foreign currency loan system was reclassified such that firms were categorized as Manufacturing or Others instead of General and Special. |
||||||
1991 | |||||||
Capital Markets Effective September 16, nonresidents who had exchanged convertible bonds into stocks were permitted to sell them and to purchase stocks listed on the Korean Stock Exchange. Foreign bank branches’ entry into the trust business was eased. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework The General Banking Act was revised and became effective December 31. The Industrial Bank of Korea Act was revised and became effective December 31. The Long Term Credit Bank Act was revised and became effective December 27. The Act concerning the Merger and Conversion of Financial Institutions became effective March 8. Effective July 1, foreign exchange banks’ compulsory overbought position in spot transactions was lowered from the previous 2% to 1% of the average outstanding of bills bought in the preceding month. This ceiling was abolished on January 3, 1992. Money Market and Instruments A four-stage plan for interest deregulation was announced in August. The first phase was launched on November 21. The following lending rates were liberalized: bank overdrafts, discounts of commercial paper (CP) and trade bills. The following deposit rates were liberalized: CDs of banks and nonbank financial institutions, and issue rate of corporate bonds with over two-year maturity. Effective July 1, the ceiling limits on CDs set in June 1990 for foreign exchange banks were raised from 10 billion won or 150% of the sum of the paid-in capital and reserves, whichever is greater to W 12.5 billion or 175% of the sum of the paid-in capital, whichever is greater. Effective October 5, the limits were raised to W 15 billion or 200% of the sum of the paid-in capital, whichever is greater. Restrictions on activities of foreign banks were eased significantly. They could now set up multiple branches under the same standards and procedures as those applied to domestic banks. An increase was made in the ceiling on foreign banks’ paid-in capital, as was an increase in local currency funding opportunities for foreign banks. Electronic information service was introduced in the OTC market. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Documentation requirements for foreign currency deposits were liberalized. Firms whose annual external transactions exceeded $10 million were exempted from documentation requirements for foreign currency deposits up to 10% of their amount of annual foreign currency transactions (up to a limit of $100 million). On May 6, won-dollar forward contracts, previously limited to overnight transactions, were diversified to give 13 maturities ranging from one day to a year. Documentation requirements for foreign exchange transactions up to $1 million between banks and nonbanks were eased. The prohibition of sales of foreign currencies from foreign currency accounts for purposes of making domestic payments was abolished. Direct Investment Inflows: Investments with a foreign participation of less than 50% in manufacturing projects were made subject to notification rather than approval. Decision whether or not to accept the investment is made within 30 days, in principle. Thereafter, two years are allowed for completion of the payment of the subject matter of investment. From January 3, 1992, this notification system was to be introduced in some service industries. Inflows: The tax system was amended such that foreign-invested enterprises became wholly exempt from corporate income tax and their expatriate employees from income tax, for only three years following commencement of business operations. In the subsequent two years a 50% reduction on both these taxes was granted. Foreign investment was permitted in ventures involving importation of alcoholic beverages at the wholesale level. Inflows: Restrictions on the scope of foreign investment in the retail sector were eased with the number of retail shops per investment increasing from 1 to 10 and the maximum permissible floor space per shop to 1,000 square meters from 700 square meters. Outflows: Maximum amount of foreign currency loans for overseas investments was decreased from 60% to 40% for large firms and from 80% to 60% for small and medium firms. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Effective March 2, nonresident Koreans were allowed to sell foreign currencies exceeding $50,000 to entrust their proceeds to development trusts with a maturity of two years or more. Effective July 15 the limit was raised to $100,000 and would be abolished from January 3, 1992. Inflows: Effective March 8, the government permitted the issuance of foreign currency denominated securities to finance the import of production facilities and equipment for which no domestic substitute is available. Outflows: Domestic institutional investors were permitted to invest in securities issued by foreign governments and public organizations with a high credit rating. Other Inflows/Outflows: Restrictions on financing options for overseas offices were eased. Firms were permitted to raise funds abroad regardless of the amount, subject only to the approval of a class A foreign exchange bank. The limitations on the use of these funds were eased so as to include purchase of production facilities, equipment for overseas branches and subsidiaries, the purchase (or construction) of office buildings using mortgage finance, and the refinancing of existing debt on more favorable terms. Trade Imports of 93 items, mostly agricultural products, were liberalized in accordance with the 1989-91 import liberalization program. The maximum amount of foreign currency loans was revised downwards for the following categories, effective September 6. For manufacturing firms the loanable ratio was reduced from 80% to 60% for large firms and from 100% to 90% for medium and small firms. Similarly for other firms they were reduced from 60% to 40% and 80% to 60%, respectively. For the purposes of redemption of principal of foreign currency borrowings the loanable ratio was reduced from 100% to 80%. For import of machinery for use in shipbuilding, it was lowered from 80% to 60% and co-financing from export-import bank from 100% to 80%. |
||||||
1992 | |||||||
Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Measures were introduced to increase transparency of regulations and procedures on bank supervision. Investments in stocks by resident foreign financial institutions were subject to the same limits as those by institutions owned by nationals. Resident foreign financial firms were allowed to undertake over-the-counter transactions in listed bonds. Foreign banks became free to become full members of the Korea Federation of Banks and the Korea Financial Telecommunications and Clearing Institute, the latter providing access to the nationwide electronic banking network (July). Effective September 1, the oversold position ceiling of foreign exchange banks was raised from $5 million to the greater of $10 million, or 20% of the average outstanding of bills bought in the previous month. In addition, these banks were permitted to take oversold positions in spot transactions, which had previously been barred. The ceiling limit on such positions was set at the greater of $5 million or 5% of the average outstanding of bills bought in the previous month. Foreign exchange used to hedge exchange rate risk on capital transactions was exempted from the limit on the overall overbought position. Money Market and Instruments Effective May 1, the ceiling limit on CDs on foreign bank branches, which had been set at the greater of W 15 billion or 200% of the sum of in-country capital and reserves, was raised to the greater of W 17.5 billion or 225%, respectively. Effective December 19, the maximum maturity of CDs was extended from 180 days to 270 days. The maximum maturity of call loans was extended to one month from 15 days. Over-the-counter interest rate and currency option transactions were expanded (in September 1992, banks were permitted to deal in interest rate and currency option trading on the over-the-counter market, though local firms were limited to call options only and options prices had to be “reasonable”). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Effective July 1, the margin within which the exchange rate of the won against the U.S. dollar is permitted to fluctuate was widened to ±0.8% around the MAR. Effective January 3, 1992, residents’ external remittances above $10,000 would have to be reported to the Office of National Tax Administration instead of the previous $15,000 and above. Effective September 1, the range of forward exchange contracts that foreign exchange banks were permitted to enter into was extended. In the case of contracts with residents, forward transactions were also allowed for funds for overseas direct investment, operating funds for overseas branches of domestic financial institutions, funds for portfolio investment by institutional investors, and operating funds for domestic branches of foreign financial institutions. For contracts with nonresidents, funds for inward direct investment and stock investment were added to the list of eligible transactions. The objective of the extension of eligibility was to enable residents who conduct business overseas or foreigners who invest in Korea to manage exchange risk more efficiently. Effective September 1, the ceiling on foreign currency deposits maintained by resident firms (which is based on the amount of external transactions) was increased to 10%. Companies with records of external transactions were exempted from documentation requirements irrespective of the amount of annual transactions (previously exemptions were granted only to companies with transactions of less than $10 million). In accordance with the revised Foreign Exchange Management Act of December 27, 1991, the relevant enforcement decree and the associated foreign exchange management regulations were revised and brought into force on September 1. Restrictions on capital account transactions were also eased. Capital account transactions were reclassified into three groups: transactions requiring permission, transactions that need prior notification, and transactions not requiring approval or notification. Additionally, underlying documentary requirements for capital transactions were greatly simplified and made more transparent. Effective September 1, remittances for emigration of up to $100,000 were allowed for a householder and up to $50,000 for each other member of the household. For emigration under a business investment scheme, remittance of the excess amount was allowed where the minimum investment required by the country of immigration was higher than the combined sum remittable as emigration settlement expenses and business investment fund. Direct Investment Outflows: Effective September 1, the government raised the ceiling from $2 million to $5 million on overseas direct investment subject to notification rather than permission. Also, direct investments in those countries with which Korea does not maintain diplomatic relations, until now requiring approval in all cases, were subject only to notification where the amount involved was less than $5 million. Outflows: The range of overseas direct investment to be examined by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee was reduced. Now only investments above $10 million or on the restricted list were reviewed by them. Outflows: Maximum amount of foreign currency loans for overseas investments was increased from 40% to 60% for large firms and from 60% to 70% for small and medium-sized firms. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Effective January 3, the domestic stock market was opened to foreign investors, subject to certain limitations. Nonresidents were allowed to invest in any domestic stocks, unless specified in some particular act. A 3% limit on investment by an individual foreigner and a 10% limit on total foreign investment was imposed. In the case of public utilities companies and those companies in infant industry, however, the total foreign investment limit was set at 8%. Inflows: Previously, types of securities that could be issued abroad by Korean residents were restricted to ordinary bonds, convertible bonds, bonds with warrants, and stock depository receipts. Effective September 1, the list was expanded to include negotiable certificates of deposit and commercial paper. In addition, the three-stage procedure for the authorization of the issue of these securities was reduced to a two-stage process—issuance approval and ex-post facto report (whereas previously approval for issuance negotiation, issuance notification, and ex-post facto report). Moreover, funds raised from issuance of these securities were permitted to be deposited either in a resident account established with the designated foreign exchange account or in an account with an overseas branch of a domestic exchange bank. Outflows: Effective September 1, the government raised limits on portfolio investments abroad by domestic securities companies, investment and trust companies, and insurance companies. Securities companies and investment and trust companies could invest up to $50 million, and those dealing with international businesses up to $100 million. Insurance companies could invest up to $50 million, and those with assets in excess of W 5 trillion up to $100 million. Other Inflows/Outflows: Restrictions on financing options for overseas offices were eased. The previous limit of raising overseas funds by Korean subsidiaries of $5 million was completely liberalized. Overseas financing was previously limited to 11 items. Effective September 1, project eligibility was expanded to include the raising of funds for mergers and acquisitions involving foreign enterprises and funds for the purchase of commodities. In addition, the limit on overseas financing by a local subsidiary was raised to an amount equivalent to 50% of the actual currency earnings of the relevant year. Trade Imports of 43 products were liberalized. Import liberalization ratio for manufactured products had risen to 99.9% and that for agricultural products to 87.1%. First the maximum amount of foreign currency loans was revised down to improve the balance of payments position and later adjusted upwards to influence equipment investment. |
||||||
Changes in loanable ratios of foreign currency loans (in %) | |||||||
Previous | 1/17 | 8/21 | 10/16 | ||||
Import of equipment | |||||||
Manufacturing | |||||||
Large firms | 60 | 50 | 60 | 80 | |||
High-tech industries | — | — | 80 | 90 | |||
Small and medium firms | 90 | 70 | 80 | 90 | |||
Research institutions | 80 | 70 | 80 | 90 | |||
Import of machinery and materials for use in planned shipbuilding | 60 | 50 | 50 | 80 | |||
Co-financing with the EXIM Bank of Korea | 80 | 70 | 70 | 80 | |||
1993 | |||||||
Capital Markets In February, a computerized on-line system of securities transactions was introduced in the stock market. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Effective August 12, a real-name system in all financial transactions was introduced; i.e., transactions including deposits, installment savings, checks, CDs, stocks and bonds must be made only in real names. Effective July 1, the ceiling on overall oversold position of foreign exchange banks was raised from the greater of $10 million, or 20% of the average balance of foreign exchange bought in the preceding month, to the greater of $20 million, or 30% of the average balance of foreign exchange bought in the preceding month. Increasing transparency of regulations governing mandatory lending to small- and medium-sized enterprises occurs. Effective October 1, for purposes of monitoring their overbought oversold position, banks were given the option of applying a 10% ratio to their capital base, instead of the existing ratio that is based on the volume of foreign exchange transactions. The differentiation between nationwide commercial banks and regional banks for purposes of monitoring foreign exchange exposure limits was abolished. Money Market and Instruments Effective June 1, the ceiling on CDs for foreign bank branches was raised to greater of W 20 billion or 250% of net worth. Interest rates were liberalized on all loans (except policy loans), as were time deposits with maturities of two years or more, corporate and financial bonds with less than two years’ maturity, and MSBs, treasury and public bonds. An auction system was introduced to place MSBs. Simplification of credit control criteria and procedures for large corporations were enacted. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Effective October 1, the margin within which the exchange rate of the won against the U.S. dollar is permitted to fluctuate was widened to ±1% around the MAR. Effective January 1, the Bank of Korea abolished the temporary annual ceiling limits on loans handled by individual foreign exchange banks that were imposed to curb foreign currency loans when the balance of payments had deteriorated. Regulations regarding forward transactions were further liberalized. Effective April 1, residents were allowed to hold up to $10,000 in foreign exchange free of concentration requirements and to sell, deposit, or hold foreign exchange freely within that limit (previous limit was $5,000). Effective July 1, the government raised the ceiling on individual domestic enterprises’ foreign currency deposit holdings from 20% to 30% of external transactions recorded in the previous year. Effective October 1, these limits were abolished. Effective October 1, the regulations on foreign exchange transactions including forward transactions were liberalized as follows: (1) the ceiling on foreign exchange deposits payable in domestic currency, which was exempted from the documentation requirement, was abolished; and (2) forward transactions involving foreign or domestic currencies in amounts not exceeding $3 million were exempted from documentation requirements, provided that they are declared and conform to the “real demand” principle. Effective October 1, it was possible to pay the overseas travel expenses of business travelers from deposits held in resident accounts under the company’s name, whereas previously payment had only been possible from resident accounts held under the traveler’s own name. Nonresidents were allowed to hold free won accounts. Effective October 16, the central bank raised the amount of foreign exchange reserves earmarked for supporting foreign exchange bank foreign currency loans from $1 billion to $4 billion. Direct Investment Outflows: Effective April 1, small-scale overseas investments of not more than $1 million no longer were investigated regarding their reasonableness of fund supply and the profitability of the investment project. The validity of projects involving more than $10 million in which successive investments are made for a period of more than three years was lengthened from one year to three years. Outflows: Effective December 7, 13 businesses were removed from the list of those in which overseas investment is restricted. Types of real estates where purchase was newly permitted comprised those held by insurance companies in connection with the management of their portfolios and residential housing for individual ownership by the staff of overseas offices. In addition, the government appointed the Korea Development Bank and the Industrial Bank of Korea as overseas investment authorization institutions. Outflows: Effective April 1, the government abolished the approval renewal system under which approval had to be obtained for an overseas branch office from a designated Class A foreign exchange bank every three years after its establishment. At the same time the remittance ceiling on the payment of operating funds was raised from $1 million to $2 million per year (this included funds for establishment expenses, maintenance and operating expenses, working capital for business activities, and funds sources through overseas borrowing). Portfolio Investments Outflows: Effective April 1, the government added investment and finance companies, pension funds, and companies with a record of performance of external transactions in excess of $100 million to the category of institutional investors eligible to make outward portfolio investment. Outflows: Effective April 1, the government permitted enterprises with a record of performance of external transactions in excess of $100 million to hold foreign currency overseas, and it raised the limit on the foreign currency that may be held in foreign countries from $10 million to 10% of the value of external transactions (maximum $100 million). Previously, only general trading companies were permitted to hold foreign currency overseas. Also, the form of foreign exchange holdings overseas that had been restricted to bank deposits was allowed to diversify although real estate holdings are still barred. Outflows: Effective October 1, the government revised the investment limits upwards. |
||||||
Ceilings on portfolio investment abroad ($ millions) | |||||||
Previous | 10/1 | ||||||
Securities companies | 50 | 100 | |||||
dealing with international business | 100 | 200 | |||||
Investment trust companies | 50 | 100 | |||||
dealing with international business | 100 | 200 | |||||
Insurance companies | 50 | 100 | |||||
with more than W 5 trillion in assets | 100 | 200 | |||||
Eligible companies (external transactions in excess of $100 mil.) | 10 | 10% of external transactions within past 12 months (max $100 mil.) | |||||
Pension funds and Investment and Finance companies | 0 | 50 | |||||
Individual investors aggregate portfolio investment through investment trust companies | 0 | 50 | |||||
Inflows: Effective April 1, instead of obtaining permission before issuing foreign currency denominated securities, now it only needed to be reported. The range of eligible funding objects financed through these issues was expanded to include early repayment of external debt and funds for inducement of technology. Eligible issuers were widened as they included those that had recorded a net profit on a cumulative basis over the preceding three years where as previously it was required that they record a net profit in each of the previous three years. Inflows: Overseas branches of domestic banks were in principle prohibited from supplying loans to residents of Korea. Effective February 1, the government permitted them to extend loans to residents of Korea engaged in the trading of commodities futures or financial futures. Trade Effective January 1, manufacturing industries were eligible for foreign currency loans for all imports of production facilities and equipment. Effective January 8, the central bank began supplying foreign exchange reserves to support foreign exchange banks’ foreign currency loans for the import of production facilities, such as those for the high-tech industry. Effective June 11, the central bank expanded eligibility to include imports of all kinds of manufacturing production facilities and of production facilities for research. Effective October 1, settlements of exports and imports (including reinsurance) in won were permitted for transactions up to the equivalent of $100,000. |
|||||||
1994 | |||||||
Money Market and Instruments Interest rates on time deposits with maturities of one to two years and on installment savings deposits with maturities of over two years were liberalized. Bank of Korea Financial Wire Network was introduced. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The fluctuation limit of the won against the U.S. dollar was widened from ± 1% to ±1.5% around the MAR. Residents were permitted to hold foreign exchange freely without limit (once converted into won, foreign exchange can only be converted back to foreign currencies within the limits determined by foreign exchange sales of the past three months). Residents were allowed to retain foreign exchange proceeds from exports without surrendering them to a foreign exchange bank or depositing them in foreign currency accounts in banks. Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign firms were allowed to engage in business operations within three hours after submitting notification (previously this time requirement was 20-30 days). Inflows: Rules governing land acquisition were liberalized. Outflows: The number of businesses restricted from overseas direct investment reduced to 14 from 17. Outflows: The limit on the amount banks were allowed to approve for direct investment overseas was raised to $300,000. Portfolio Investment Inflows: The ceiling on portfolio investment in stocks of Korean firms by nonresidents was raised to 12% from 10% of a firm’s equity. Inflows: The ceilings on the amounts that resident corporations and their branches operating abroad may borrow from nonresident financial institutions located abroad were abolished. Inflows: The overseas borrowing limit for high-technology foreign-financed manufacturing companies was raised from 50% to 75% and then to 100% of the foreign-invested capital. General manufacturing industries were included in the types of foreign-financed companies that are eligible for short-term overseas borrowing. Outflows: Overseas stock investments of institutional investors were liberalized (these include securities companies, investment trusts, and insurance companies). Outflows: Direct overseas stock investments by residents up to a limit of W 100 million W 300 million for general juridical persons) were allowed, as were foreign direct investments in equity-linked bonds, including nonguaranteed convertible bonds issued by listed small and medium-size enterprises, up to an aggregate of 30% and individual bonds up to 5% of the amount of money listed (per company). Also, the purchase of government and public bonds, with interest rates comparable to international interest rates, was allowed in the primary market. Outflows: The limit on the amount of foreign exchange resident business firms may retain abroad was increased to the equivalent of 30% of their total import and export values, with the maximum increased to $300 million from $100 million. Outflows: The limit on the amount of investments foreign exchange banks were authorized to approve was raised to $300,000. Outflows: Companies whose total export and import value exceeded $10 million were given institutional investor status (investment limit was raised to $300 million, or 30% of the total export and import value, whichever is greater). Trade The deferred payment period for imports of consumer goods was extended to 90 days from 60 days and for imports of raw materials for exports to 150 days from 120 days; the upper limit on import and export transactions that can be settled in won was raised to $300,000 from $100,000. |
||||||
1995 | |||||||
Money Market and Instruments The following interest rates were liberalized (July and November): Deposit rates offered by banks, mutual credits, credit unions, community credit cooperatives, mutual savings, and finance companies on: time deposits (maturity less than 6 months); installment savings (maturity less than 1 year); mutual savings (maturity less than 1 year); and preferential savings deposits and company savings deposits maintained three months or more. All lending rates were liberalized. A more flexible operation of the aggregate credit ceiling system was developed; lending was promoted to small- and medium-sized enterprises; the eligible enterprise system was abolished, as were restrictions on real estate as collateral in connection with loans to small- and medium-sized enterprises; the rule was revised to limit bank credit risk arising from the extension of large credits to single parties; and the limits on large credits were lowered. The maturity of CDs, repurchase agreements (Rps), and CP was lowered to 30 days from 60 days. Minimum denominations were also lowered. Competitive bidding system was initiated for banks purchasing MSBs. Issuance of CDs by nationwide commercial and local banks was raised from 100% to 150% of net worth and from 300% to 400% for specialized banks. Issuance of CDs by foreign banks was raised to greater of W 35 billion or 400% of net worth. Banks could offer time and installed savings deposits of maturities of up to five years. The minimum maturity of installment deposits was shortened to six months. Interbank financial network was extended to include post office and agriculture, fisheries, and livestock cooperatives. Loans to foreign exchange banks that had been allocated by the Foreign Exchange Equalization Fund were now based on competitive interest rate bidding. Capital Markets Financial Institutions could place orders through Bank of Korea-Wire system for purchase or sales of government or public bonds as well as the existing paper-based system. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Bank supervision guidelines were strengthened to include specific information on derivatives trading and banks were instructed to follow new accounting standards to reflect derivatives trading. Securities companies were allowed to engage in foreign exchange transactions related to domestic stock investments by nonresidents. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The fluctuation limit of the won against the U.S. dollar was widened from ±1.5% to ±2.25% around the MAR. Individuals were not required to register foreign currency holdings of $50,000 and above with foreign exchange banks. Firms involved in foreign trade with no record of foreign earnings were allowed to establish overseas offices after one year of having registered, whereas previously this was permitted only to firms earning foreign currency of more than $300,000. Settlement period on trade-related transactions was lengthened. Individual residents were permitted to purchase up to $10,000 or equivalent per year without restrictions. Current account payment of less than $5,000 could be made without supporting evidence of underlying real demand. For those staying overseas for over 60 days an additional $10,000 per month was allowed compared to $3,000 before. Resettlement allowances for those staying abroad over a year was raised from $20,000 to $50,000 including the travel allowance of $10,000. Donations to international institutions were now freely permitted up to $50,000, compared to $10,000 earlier which had required endorsement from relevant ministry. Limits on use of domestic credit card for purchases abroad were raised from $3,000 per month to $5,000 per month for individuals and from $30,000 per quarter to $100,000 per quarter for firms. The limit on the amount of domestic banknotes permitted to be imported/exported was raised to W 3 million. Direct Investment Inflows: Investments in 53 sectors were either newly permitted or the extent of access was greatly increased with effect from January 1. On November 15, 48 sectors concentrated in services and manufacturing out of 105, which had been barred or only partially opened to foreign direct investment, were either fully opened or extent of participation was widened. Outflows: Number of sectors in which outward direct investment had been restricted, was reduced to 3 from 17. Projects under $50 million were required of only notification, compared to $30 million previously. Projects of $50 million required approval from Bank of Korea subsequent to favorable review by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Total foreign investment by nonresidents in a listed company’s outstanding stocks was raised from 12% to 15% and for public corporations from 8% to 10%. Investments in bonds through securities investment trust companies’ beneficiary certificates was permitted up to $300 million. Inflows: Overseas issuance of exchangeable bonds permitted, limited to 15% of total associated stocks. Inflows: Limits lowered for small- and medium-sized firms on issuance of securities abroad. Inflows: Eight leasing companies were permitted to undertake medium- and long-term borrowing overseas without intermediation from foreign exchange banks. Inflows: Direct foreign borrowings by firms were permitted for purposes of redeeming debts or for imports if firms were engaged in social overhead capital projects or foreign invested high-tech firms; small- and medium-sized firms or public corporations were permitted to borrow 100% directly and up to 90% was permitted for large firms. Outflows: Limits on outward portfolio investments abolished for Investment and Finance Companies and Pension Funds. Limits were raised for corporations from W 300 million to W 1 billion and for individuals from W 100 million to W 500 million. Institutional investors were permitted to invest in foreign unlisted stocks up to 10% of their total investment holdings and 10% of total outstanding of any one issue. Outflows: Institutional investors and other corporations were allowed to entrust up to $10 million and $300,000, respectively, to overseas nonresidents for asset management. Outflows: Restrictions on resident holdings of overseas deposits were eased; institutional investors were allowed up to $100 million; other corporations $1 million; and individuals up to $30,000. Outflows: Enterprises with external transactions in excess of $5 million (lowered from $10 million) were permitted to hold foreign currency overseas. Limits on overseas holdings on overseas construction companies were raised from 10% to 20% of outstanding business contracts. Outflows: Resettlement allowance for emigration was raised from $250,000 to $500,000 and from $300,000 to $500,000 to satisfy any related investment conditions. Outflows: Domestic issuance of won-denominated securities by international financial institutions was allowed. Trade Ratio of foreign currency loans for import of production facilities to large firms was reduced from 90% to 70% and from 70% to 80% for commercial imports of used ships and aircraft. To encourage development of engineering techniques, eligibility for foreign currency loans was widened to include import of production facilities and equipment in engineering business. Ratio of foreign currency loans available for import of machinery and equipment was lowered to 70% from 90% of total cost in the case of manufacturing firms and to 70% from 80% in the case of non-manufacturing firms. The deferred import payments period was extended as follows. For large enterprises, and re-exports to the general area to 180 days from 150 days; re-exports to the regional area to 90 days from 60 days; and for domestic consumption purposes to 90 days from 60 days for imports from the general area and to 60 days from 30 days for imports from the regional area. For small- and medium-sized enterprises, and for re-exports to the regional area to 120 days from 90 days; for domestic consumption purposes to 120 days from 90 days for imports from the general area; and to 90 days from 60 days for imports from the regional area. |
||||||
1996 | |||||||
Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Korea lowered reserve requirement ratio in two steps, for demand deposits and time and savings deposits with a maturity of less than two years to 7% from 11.5%; for time and savings deposits with a maturity of two years or more to 4% from 8%; and on resident’s deposits in foreign currency to 7% from 11.5%. The reserve requirement ratio for certain long-term savings products was lowered to 2% from 3%. The Bank of Korea removed the restriction on the size of the premium a bank could charge over its prime lending rate. The Bank of Korea enhanced the efficiency of open market operations by increasing the use of a competitive bidding system for Rps and sale of MSBs to 99% (from 76%) and 89% (from 33%), respectively. The central bank introduced MSBs with a maturity of two years. Korea Money Brokerage Corporation (KMBC) was established as a specialist brokerage house that would not only broker call loans and money-at-call but also short-term money market instruments like CDs, Rps, and other bills. The Bank of Korea abolished guideline ratio for commercial bank credit to the manufacturing sector. Regulations governing credit to select businesses—for example, hotels and restaurants—were eased. The Bank of Korea abolished guideline ratio for commercial bank credit to the manufacturing sector. Regulations governing credit to select businesses—for example, hotels and restaurants—were eased. To encourage credit to small- and medium-sized enterprises, the Bank of Korea introduced new credit evaluation standards. Minimum maturity of trust account products was lengthened to 18 months from 12 months. Capital Markets Stock index futures started trading on the stock exchange. Securities companies and general investors were permitted to buy and sell in the domestic OTC market any securities in which overseas investment could be made. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework In line with the opening and globalization of financial markets, the General Banking Act was revised to strengthen accountability of bank management and to increase bank soundness. To promote the restructuring of the financial industry, the Act Concerning the Merger and Conversion of Financial Institutions was extensively revised and retitled “Financial Industry Restructuring Act.” This act empowered the regulatory authority to take corrective measures in the event of a financial institution failing and also simplified the merger process. Regulations governing the foreign exchange positions of banks were modified, whereby the basis of the calculation was related to the volume of transactions or capital, whichever is greater. The ratios with respect to capital were set as follows: overall overbought position, 15% of capital; overall oversold position, 10% of capital; and spot oversold position, 3% of capital or $5 million. Entry barriers to foreign exchange business were lowered, including simplification of the licensing process. The government revised the Foreign Capital Inducement Law and renamed it the “Foreign Investment and Foreign Capital Inducement Law,” which became effective February 1997. Revisions were designed to induce larger inflows and bring the system into line with international standards. For example, the system of approval of foreign direct investment projects was converted to a system of notification. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The government changed the procedure required in making overseas payments for current account transactions from a system of validation by foreign exchange banks to notification system, and abolished the need for service transactions to receive authorization. Remaining underlying documentation requirement was abolished for forward exchange and financial futures transactions. However, transactions were still based on real demand. Ceiling on the swap facilities provided to foreign bank branches was lowered by 10%. Procedures for remittance of funds for operation of overseas branches of domestic firms were liberalized. Ceiling of $300,000 on the amount allowed to be deposited and withdrawn from the free won account for the purpose of current transactions was abolished. Deposits overseas in won were allowed below the ceiling on the amount of won that could be carried out when traveling abroad. Also, residents were allowed to purchase and sell won below the ceiling on the amount of won permitted to be carried out when traveling abroad at both the domestic foreign exchange banks overseas and at branches and subsidiaries of foreign banks. The limit on won permitted to be taken out when traveling abroad was raised to W 8 million from W 3 million. Individual remittances overseas of sums exceeding $10,000 per year had to be declared to the Bank of Korea. The annual receipt of over $20,000 or the annual remittances of at least $10,000 for more than three years by an individual had to be notified to the national tax administration. The Bank of Korea introduced a foreign currency swap system for foreign portfolio investment by securities companies, insurance companies, and investment trust companies. The swapped funds could be invested only in those instruments open to institutional investors. The Bank of Korea started to conduct spot transactions according to international practice. Won-Japanese yen spot and forward markets were established. Direct Investment Outflows: Restrictions on overseas investment in three real estate-related sectors were eased. Portfolio Investment Nonresidents were permitted derivative transactions between foreign and domestic currencies based on their real demand. Inflows: Nonresidents were permitted to open free-won accounts in overseas branches/subsidiaries of a foreign exchange bank. Won currency funds deposited in a free-won account were allowed to be withdrawn to invest in domestic stocks. Inflows: The aggregate ceiling on investments in the stock market by nonresidents was raised to 20% from 15% and to 15% from 10%, on purchases of stocks of a listed firm and those issued by a public corporation, respectively. The ceiling on holdings by an individual was raised to 5% from 3%. Inflows: Indirect investment in domestic bonds was allowed by means of a country fund. Inflows: Access of nonresidents to the stock index of the futures market was allowed, but limited to 15%; limit was raised to 30% in November. Inflows: Nonresidents were allowed to purchase and trade bonds with warrants. Inflows: The Korea Bond Fund, capitalized at $100 million, was listed on the London stock exchange. Inflows: For small- and medium-sized non-manufacturing firms in certain sectors, restrictions on direct foreign borrowings were dismantled. Inflows: Opening of branches by foreign companies involved in securities-related business no longer required the approval of the Ministry of Finance; procedure replaced by acceptance through examination. Outflows: Limits on overseas deposits for asset diversification purposes raised incrementally to $3 million and $50,000 a year for juridical persons and individuals, respectively. Outflows: Limits on investments in foreign securities by individuals and general corporations were abolished. List of eligible investments was widened to include unlisted foreign stocks traded in authorized OTC markets, CP issued by foreign enterprises, and CDs sold by foreign financial institutions. Outflows: The extension of foreign currency credits abroad by resident institutional investors was liberalized. Outflows: Limit on amount of foreign currency permitted to be held abroad by construction, companies was raised to 30% of the balance of construction contract or $3 million, whichever is greater, from 20% of contract or $2 million, whichever is greater. Outflows: The limit on the amount of foreign currency that could be held abroad by general trading companies was raised to 50% with the maximum of $500 million of the trading value from 30% with the maximum of $300 million. Outflows: Ceiling of $10 million on loans that an institutional investor could extend to nonresidents was abolished; limits were set at $10 million and $300,000 for general trading firms and other firms, respectively. Outflows: Head of emigrating family was allowed to transfer up to $400,000 (previously $200,000); and other family members were allowed to transfer up to $200,000 (previously $100,000). Outflows: Resident foreign exchange banks and institutional investors were allowed to extend loans denominated in domestic currency to nonresidents up to W 100 million per borrower. Domestic issue of won denominated securities was expanded to include governments, local governments, public institutions, financial institutions, and enterprises of foreign countries; 50% of the total issue was allowed to be sold overseas. Trade Export credits in the form of deferred receipts were liberalized. The ceiling on export advances for large enterprises was raised in two steps to 20% from 10% of the export value of the previous year. |
As a result, over the year, the refinancing outstanding of the financial institutions decreased by $1.8 billion and bank loans totaling $1 billion were repaid before maturity (Annual Report, Bank of Korea, 1986, p. 28).
Korea: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1985 | |||||||
Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Allowed 11 foreign bank branches to engage in trust business, which domestic banks already did. Money Markets and Instruments Interest rates on mortgages and convertible bonds were liberalized. The issuing rate of prime enterprises, commercial paper, was liberalized. Special trust accounts for households were introduced that earn dividends depending on fund performance (March). Two new deposit instruments were introduced—free savings account and household installment savings account (April). Certain share of lending was required to be allocated to small and medium-sized industries. Foreign banks were granted access to the discount window for export financing on the same terms as domestic banks. The reserve requirement on foreign currency deposits was raised from 1% to 10% on 7/23/85 effective from July and again to 20% on 8/1/85. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Government reduced the limit of extra swap privilege of foreign banks’ domestic branches. The guaranteed profit margin on swap transactions with foreign bank branches was also reduced from 1% to 0.75% per year. Residents were allowed to execute swap transactions with foreign financial institutions. Monthly travel allowance for studying abroad was reduced from $3,000 to $2,000 per person and from $2,000 to $1,000 per family. The central bank broadened the list of foreign currency loans that shipping firms were eligible for and lengthened their lending period for the purpose of repaying principal and interests of foreign loans. Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign investors were granted access to 102 of 339 restricted sectors, raising the liberalization ratio for capital to 76.3% from 66.1%. Total number of sectors open to foreign investors rose to 762 from 660. Outflows: Investments of over $1 million (previously $0.5 million) now had to be approved by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee. Outflows: Overseas investment regulations were streamlined so as to encourage domestic firm’s investment in the exploitation of overseas natural resources and the development of high technology. Portfolio Investments Inflows: Korean companies were allowed to issue warrants and depository receipts in international capital markets under guidelines set by the government. The maximum issue was limited to 15% of the outstanding shares of the issuing company, and an individual foreign investor was limited to acquiring, at most 3% of any company’s outstanding shares through the exercise of bond conversion or subscription rights. Inflows: Value limit on investment trusts was raised to $200 million. Trade Imports of 235 items were liberalized (ratio of liberalized to total imports rose to 87.7%). Number of automatically approved import items was raised from 6,712 to 6,945 from a total of 7,915 Customs Cooperation Council Nomenclature (CCCN) items. |
||||||
1986 | |||||||
Capital Markets Exchange Equalization Bonds were introduced. Six foreign banks were permitted to enter trust business. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Two foreign firms were allowed to underwrite fire insurance, previously reserved for Korean firms. From August 21, the central bank prohibited foreign exchange banks from maintaining an oversold position of spot foreign exchange as an effort to restrain excessive growth of reserve money. Money Market and Instruments The issuing rates on negotiable CDs, secured corporate bonds, and bank debentures were liberalized. Guidelines on loans to small- and medium-sized firms were readjusted upwards for foreign banks. The obligatory lending ratio to small- and medium-sized firms was raised to 35%. That is, foreign banks were required to lend at least 35% of increased amount in loans to small- and medium-sized firms. Foreign banks were allowed access to the discount window for rediscounting of commercial bills and to issue CDs and CD loans. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Bank of Korea reduced the yield on swaps from 0.75% to 0.5%. Limits on each bank’s foreign currency swap were required to be reduced by amount of CDs sold. General swap limit extended to new foreign banks was reduced to $10 million from $15 million per branch. The general swap limit for new branches of foreign banks already established in Korea was removed. The central bank also got rid of the additional extra swap that had been allowed for increase of paid-in capital or retained profits. Authorization of expenses for emigration was delegated to heads of foreign exchange banks. Regulations were tightened on acquiring foreign currency loans through domestic banks and foreign bank branches. The supply of foreign currency loans for repayment of principal and interest on overseas borrowing, with a period over three years was restricted to small and medium enterprises that had weak fund raising capabilities. Foreign currency loan ceilings were introduced, which set an upper limit on the loanable amount for a bank’s foreign currency loans outstanding at the level outstanding on August 20, 1986 or $500 million, whichever was greater. Direct Investments Outflows: Certain overseas investments not exceeding $200,000 were subject to automatic approval. Portfolio Investments Outflows: The government directed financial institutions to repay foreign short-term borrowings and bank loans that had unfavorable terms.1 Trade Tariff rate on crude oil imports was raised from 1% to 15% in three steps. 302 items were removed from the restricted imports list and one item was added. The net effect raised the number of automatically approved items from 6,945 to 7,246 (or from 87.7% to 91.5%) of a total of 7,915 items. |
||||||
1986 | |||||||
Capital Markets Exchange Equalization Bonds were introduced. Six foreign banks were permitted to enter trust business. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Two foreign firms were allowed to underwrite fire insurance, previously reserved for Korean firms. From August 21, the central bank prohibited foreign exchange banks from maintaining an oversold position of spot foreign exchange as an effort to restrain excessive growth of reserve money. Money Market and Instruments The issuing rates on negotiable CDs, secured corporate bonds, and bank debentures were liberalized. Guidelines on loans to small- and medium-sized firms were readjusted upwards for foreign banks. The obligatory lending ratio to small- and medium-sized firms was raised to 35%. That is, foreign banks were required to lend at least 35% of increased amount in loans to small- and medium-sized firms. Foreign banks were allowed access to the discount window for rediscounting of commercial bills and to issue CDs and CD loans. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Bank of Korea reduced the yield on swaps from 0.75% to 0.5%. Limits on each bank’s foreign currency swap were required to be reduced by amount of CDs sold. General swap limit extended to new foreign banks was reduced to $10 million from $15 million per branch. The general swap limit for new branches of foreign banks already established in Korea was removed. The central bank also got rid of the additional extra swap that had been allowed for increase of paid-in capital or retained profits. Authorization of expenses for emigration was delegated to heads of foreign exchange banks. Regulations were tightened on acquiring foreign currency loans through domestic banks and foreign bank branches. The supply of foreign currency loans for repayment of principal and interest on overseas borrowing, with a period over three years was restricted to small and medium enterprises that had weak fund raising capabilities. Foreign currency loan ceilings were introduced, which set an upper limit on the loanable amount for a bank’s foreign currency loans outstanding at the level outstanding on August 20, 1986 or $500 million, whichever was greater. Direct Investments Outflows: Certain overseas investments not exceeding $200,000 were subject to automatic approval. Portfolio Investments Outflows: The government directed financial institutions to repay foreign short-term borrowings and bank loans that had unfavorable terms.1 Trade Tariff rate on crude oil imports was raised from 1% to 15% in three steps. 302 items were removed from the restricted imports list and one item was added. The net effect raised the number of automatically approved items from 6,945 to 7,246 (or from 87.7% to 91.5%) of a total of 7,915 items. |
||||||
1987 | |||||||
Capital Markets The Securities and Exchange Law and the Law on Fostering the Capital Market were revised in order to protect firms that go public from takeovers by limiting individual holdings of each company’s shares and to facilitate corporate expansions by permitting firms to issue new shares at market value instead of at par as was done previously (December). Nine more foreign bank branches were permitted to handle trust business during the year, bringing the total to 19. Money Market and Instruments Minimum denomination of CDs was lowered. An over-the-counter (OTC) market was established. The reserve requirement on residents’ foreign currency deposits was lowered from 20% to 4.5%, effective from February 20. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The monthly allowance for students abroad was raised to $1,500 from $1,000. In addition $500 and $300 was allowed for spouse and each child, respectively. Foreigners employed in Korea were allowed to send their salary, except for basic living expenses, and retirement allowances to their home countries with approval from a foreign exchange bank rather than from Bank of Korea. Korean residents could send up to $5,000 a year as living expenses to parents and children living abroad. Korean residents could send up to $1,000 to relatives abroad for funerals or weddings, compared to $500 previously. Koreans traveling abroad could carry $5,000 in cash for basic expenses regardless of purpose of travel. Additional $2,500 was permitted when traveling to countries whose currencies had appreciated significantly to the U.S. dollar. Credit card holders were allowed to charge all travel expenses without limit during business or official travel abroad. The government abolished the restriction on the contract period for forward exchange transactions and permitted anyone holding a resident account to perform forward exchange transactions. In addition transactions using futures and options were allowed. On November 1, the central bank reduced the fourth quarter swap ceiling that had been allocated to foreign bank branches by 10%. They also abolished the new swap facility of $10 million accorded to newly established foreign bank branches. Inward remittances greater than $20,000 monitored to discourage speculation in stock market. Direct Investment Inflows: 26 manufacturing sectors were opened for foreign direct investment, leaving 13 of 522 manufacturing sectors still closed. Inflows: Certain tax privileges granted to attract foreign direct investment were reduced and after-investment controls relaxed to put foreign invested companies and local companies on an equal basis. Outflows: The limit over which overseas investment was subject to consideration by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee was raised from $1 million to $3 million in May and then to $5 million in December. Outflows: From December 28, overseas investment of $1 million was automatically approved. Outflows: Restrictions on the purchase of real estate abroad by Korean-owned companies were liberalized. Portfolio Investment Outflows: From April 15, overseas investment for the purpose of obtaining payment of dividends or interest income without participation in management was allowed, if undertaken to obtain advance technology or to overcome difficulties faced by export firms. Outflows: The government encouraged the early redemption of foreign borrowings on unfavorable terms by making foreign currency loans available for those companies wishing to redeem such foreign debt before its maturity. Outflows: On September 1, the government raised the maximum amount of investment profit that might be held overseas without approval by the central bank from $10,000 to $500,000. Outflows: The central bank made special foreign currency deposits with foreign exchange banks to encourage them to extend loans in foreign currency to companies importing machinery and equipment or redeeming foreign borrowings before maturity. Trade The government shortened the period to 120 days from 180 days during which advance receipt of export proceeds might be obtained. It also reduced the limit on such receipt by large companies from 3% to 1% of their export value over the previous calendar year. Tariff rate on crude oil import was raised to 24.5%. 167 items were removed from the list of restricted imports, raising the number of automatically approved items to 7,408 of 7,911 items. A new Foreign Trade Act came into effect on July 1, which included a revised system of import protection. The Korea Trade Commission was established under the Act. From February 13, items eligible for import on a deferred payment basis were reduced to goods on which a tariff rate of less than 10% was applicable rather than the previous 20%. Imports for export use were also made subject to this restriction. On April 1, the settlement period for import of crude oil on a deferred payment basis was shortened from 90 days to 60 days. |
||||||
1988 | |||||||
Capital Markets Effective March 1, the Korean Stock Exchange (KSE) was transformed into a nonprofit membership organization. Money Market and Instruments Interest rates on loans from banks and nonbank financial intermediaries, other than interest rates on loans subsidized by government funds, were fully liberalized. Interest rates on time deposits with maturities of more than two years at banks, postal savings, and credit unions, and on time and savings deposits with maturities of over one year at mutual savings and finance companies, were liberalized. Yields on fund-type instruments, such as cash management accounts, bond management accounts, corporate money trusts, and pension trusts, were liberalized. Interest rates on repurchase agreements, commercial paper (with a face value greater than 30 million won and maturity more than 91 days), financial debentures, and corporate bonds were fully deregulated. “New” commercial paper and conventional commercial paper were merged into one. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System An additional $5,000 was permitted to be purchased from banks for travel purposes. The limit on remittances abroad for funerals and weddings was raised to $5,000. Payments for sales promotion by businesses to foreign experts were liberalized. Korean residents were permitted to retain up to $5,000 upon return from overseas travel. Effective February 16, banking institutions were not permitted to exceed the foreign currency loan ceiling limit for lending to small- and medium-sized firms and export firms, as had been done in the past. However, loans for certain specific activities were excluded from this ceiling—loans for import funds for production facilities to diversify sources of imports and for early repayment of external debts. Effective March 25, nonresidents were prohibited from exchanging into domestic currency amounts withdrawn from their nonresident foreign currency deposit accounts. Effective March 25, the maximum amount of foreign exchange allowed to be brought in without the obligations of registering and reporting to tax authorities, by residents and nonresidents, was reduced from $30,000 to $5,000; this was further reduced to $3,000 on September 1. Effective May 9, the central bank reduced the swap ceilings of foreign bank branches. It also reduced the guaranteed profit from 0.5% a year to 0.3% a year. Sales of foreign currency by nonresidents to domestic foreign exchange banks was limited to a maximum of $20,000; reduced to $10,000 on September 1. Effective September 15, overseas investments in the form of provision of technology or services were no longer classified as capital transactions but as invisibles and hence free from any post-check by regulations concerning overseas investment. Accepted Article VIII (November). Direct Investment Inflows: Advertising and motion picture distribution sectors were opened to foreign investment. Inflows: Restrictions on foreign investment in the insurance industry were liberalized (joint ventures with the 15 largest domestic companies were still restricted). Inflows: Foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures were authorized to import and distribute all products except for 12 restricted items. Outflows: Effective March 25, any noncorporate private business was permitted to make investments, regardless of business type, of up to $1 million. Also, overseas investors were allowed to retain all investment profits in their host countries without prior approval from the central bank—the previous limit on such retention was $500,000. Outflows: Effective November 1, the central bank raised the limit on automatic approval of overseas investments from $1 million to $2 million. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The government permitted some domestic institutional investors to invest in foreign stock markets for their own account: up to $30 million by securities companies and $10 million by insurance and investment trust companies. Outflows: Effective July 1, the government allowed investment in foreign securities, previously restricted to securities companies, by investment trust companies and insurance companies up to a maximum of $10 million. It also raised the maximum amount of investment permitted by securities companies from $10 million to $30 million. Other Outflows: Foreign exchange allowance for emigrants was raised to $200,000 a household for current expenses and to $300,000 for investment purposes. Trade Tariff rates on a large number of products were reduced during the year. Restrictions on imports by manufacturing firms partly or wholly owned by foreign investors were liberalized. 275 items were removed from the list of restricted imports during the year, raising the number of automatically approved imports to 7,680 of 7,911 items. Import of beef was subject to a quota. The Bank of Korea reduced the loanable ratio (i.e., the amount of funds that could be borrowed) for selected imports of machinery and equipment and for repayment of prior external or foreign currency loans. |
||||||
1989 | |||||||
Capital Markets More foreign banks were allowed to engage in individual trust business. Effective December 30, in line with the 1988 plan for internationalization of the capital market, foreign investors were permitted to engage in direct transactions among themselves of Korean stock held in Korea that had been acquired through stock-related bonds (conversion of CBs issued abroad or excising the warrants of bonds with warrants (BWs) issued abroad). Money Market and Instruments The minimum maturity of CDs issued by banks to other banks, including development institutions, was reduced from 91 to 30 days. A bankers’ acceptance market for trade bills was established. Legal barriers for the integration of the two call markets (the interbank market and the OTC market for nonbank financial institutions) were removed. Three new commercial banks were established. The Korean Exchange Bank was granted permission to change its status from a specialized to a nationwide commercial bank. Financial Supervisiory6/6/2011 and Regulatory Framework Effective September 20, the ceiling on overbought positions of foreign exchange banks was raised to 200% of the average value of bills purchased and held in the previous month for all foreign exchange banks. Previously, the above percentage could vary from 20% to 150% depending upon the type of foreign exchange bank. In addition, the government required all foreign exchange banks to maintain overbought spot-exchange positions equivalent to at least 1 % of the average value of bills purchased and held in the previous month (to be changed to 2% from January 1, 1990). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Effective June 2, the central bank set a ceiling of $200 million on special foreign currency loans that could be given to one firm during a year. Effective December 1, the government introduced a professional brokerage system in the foreign currency call money market in an effort to speed up development of the foreign exchange market. Effective December 1, the central bank unified ordinary and additional swap ceilings. It also reduced the swap ceiling allocated to foreign bank branches at the end of the third quarter by 10%. Effective December 1, the maximum amount of foreign exchange that might be brought into the country with no registration and subsequent reporting to the tax authorities by residents and nonresidents was raised to $5,000 from $3,000. A U.S. dollar call market was opened. Maximum amount of foreign currency that nonresidents were allowed to exchange into won at domestic foreign banks was raised to $50,000 from $10,000. Direct Investment Inflows: Restrictions on foreign direct investment in six manufacturing sectors were removed. Inflows: Amount of foreign investment permitted without deliberation of the capital review committee was raised to $5 million from $3 million. Outflows: Effective February 13, the procedures and approval conditions for overseas investment were simplified. Balance sheets and three other documents for would-be investors were no longer required. In case the funds are loaned, repayment should be guaranteed by an international bank or an equivalent institution, and in the case of acquisition of securities, a would-be investor should hold at least 20% of the equity or send a full-time executive to the overseas company. Outflows: Effective June 2, overseas investments other than those in overseas real estate or personal investment could now qualify for foreign currency loans. The maximum term of such loans was set at 10 years and the ceiling on them was fixed at 60% of the required funds for large firms and 80% for small- and medium-sized firms. Outflows: Effective August 10, business firms were allowed to invest in foreign real estates for business purposes. The expanded scope of possible purchases included parking lots for commercial purposes, hotels, sporting facilities, laundries, gas stations, research institutes, job training facilities, and welfare facilities for employees. Previously, business had been limited to purchases of office buildings, factories, warehouses, exhibitions, employee residences and parking lots associated with offices. Portfolio Investments Inflows: Effective December 1, foreign exchange banks were allowed to raise off-shore funds by issuing foreign currency denominated bonds or borrowing from the off-shore accounts of other domestic foreign exchange banks. The banks were authorized to underwrite foreign-currency denominated bonds issued by nonresidents and to purchase and sell them, or to lend or deposit them with the offshore accounts of other domestic foreign exchange banks. Inflows: The limit on equity investment by foreign securities firms was increased to 40%. Trade The import surveillance list, which required approval of the Korean Traders’ Association before an import license could be awarded, was abolished. The system of emergency tariffs was abolished. Under the first phase of the second Five-Year Tariff Reduction Program, the average tariff was reduced to 12.7% from 18.1 %. The Bank of Korea lowered and then raised to its original level the loanable ratios for special foreign currency loans for import funds for production facilities to diversify their sources of imports. Effective November 17, the central bank removed the overall ceiling for the year of $5 billion on special foreign currency loans for import funds for production facilities to diversify import sources. For countries with a bilateral trade surplus the overall ceiling on special foreign currency loans for imports was retained at $300 million for large firms while for small- and medium-sized firms it was raised from $500 million to $800 million. |
||||||
1990 | |||||||
Capital Markets Coupon rates of new corporate bond issues with a maturity of over three years were deregulated. Banks were allowed to underwrite privately placed corporate bonds. Effective June 11, the government allowed each of the three domestic investment trust companies to establish a matching fund in line with the “Mid-Term (1988-92) Plan for Internationalization of the Securities Market.” Capitalization of each fund was set at $100 million. Of this amount, $60 million was to be raised in international markets and the remaining $40 million domestically, with 70% of the funds being invested in Korean securities and the balance in foreign securities. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Law was promulgatedto convert investment and finance companies into: (1) banks; (2) securities companies; or (3) money market broker. Money Market and Instruments Ceiling on CD issues was increased from 120% to 150% of net worth for specialized banks and for foreign banks to 150% of net worth or W 10 billion, whichever is greater. The Bank of Korea introduced direct sales of MSBs to retail investors and changed the minimum trading unit of MSBs from W 10 million to W 1 million. The maturity period of MSBs was extended to two years. Effective March 8, reserve requirements on foreign currency deposits held in resident accounts were raised from 4.5% to 11.5%. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The “market average exchange rate” (MAR) system was adopted. The MAR for the won- U.S. dollar was established using the weighted average of the previous day’s interbank rates for the won-U.S. dollar spot transactions. During each business day, the won-U.S. dollar exchange rate in the interbank market would be allowed to fluctuate within margins of ±0.4% around the MAR. Restrictions on invisibles: Effective May 1, the right to purchase up to $5,000 in foreign currency was withdrawn. Foreign exchange banks were again required to enter the amount of foreign currency purchased by overseas travelers in their passports. Effective September 24, the upper limit on basic expenses for teenage overseas travelers was reduced from $5,000 to $2,000. No additional allowances were permitted for any overseas traveler whose stay abroad was less than 30 days. Direct Investment Inflows: Effective January 1, the maximum amount of foreign direct investment in manufacturing that could be automatically approved was raised from $3 million to $100 million. Inflows: Up to 99% foreign equity ownership in advertising firms was permitted. Inflows: Wholesale business of toiletries and cosmetics was opened to foreign investors. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Effective March 2, securities companies, which had an international securities business license, were authorized to invest up to $50 million, up from the previous $30 million. For investment trust companies issuing international beneficiary certificates and insurance companies having total assets in excess of W 5 trillion, the ceiling on portfolio investment abroad was raised from $10 million to $30 million. Outflows: Effective December 20, the central bank abolished foreign currency loans for the early redemption of foreign loans, in view of the current account deficit. Trade Under the second phase of the 1989-93 Five-Year Tariff Reduction Program, tariff rates on a large number of products were lowered, reducing the average unweighted tariff rate on total imports to 11.4% from 12.7%. Effective September 1, the overall ceiling on special foreign currency loans for import funds for production facilities and for overseas investment funds was abolished. However, the overall ceiling on special foreign currency loans for imports from those countries running a bilateral trade surplus with Korea was raised from $0.4 billion to $0.8 billion for large firms and from $0.6 billion to $1.2 billion for small- and medium-sized firms. Effective December 20, the central bank abolished foreign currency loans for import of production facilities for the import diversification scheme, in view of the current account deficit. Effective December 20, the central bank revised the loanable ratios so that manufacturing and small and medium-sized firms receive preferential treatment in importing facilities and equipment. The foreign currency loan system was reclassified such that firms were categorized as Manufacturing or Others instead of General and Special. |
||||||
1991 | |||||||
Capital Markets Effective September 16, nonresidents who had exchanged convertible bonds into stocks were permitted to sell them and to purchase stocks listed on the Korean Stock Exchange. Foreign bank branches’ entry into the trust business was eased. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework The General Banking Act was revised and became effective December 31. The Industrial Bank of Korea Act was revised and became effective December 31. The Long Term Credit Bank Act was revised and became effective December 27. The Act concerning the Merger and Conversion of Financial Institutions became effective March 8. Effective July 1, foreign exchange banks’ compulsory overbought position in spot transactions was lowered from the previous 2% to 1% of the average outstanding of bills bought in the preceding month. This ceiling was abolished on January 3, 1992. Money Market and Instruments A four-stage plan for interest deregulation was announced in August. The first phase was launched on November 21. The following lending rates were liberalized: bank overdrafts, discounts of commercial paper (CP) and trade bills. The following deposit rates were liberalized: CDs of banks and nonbank financial institutions, and issue rate of corporate bonds with over two-year maturity. Effective July 1, the ceiling limits on CDs set in June 1990 for foreign exchange banks were raised from 10 billion won or 150% of the sum of the paid-in capital and reserves, whichever is greater to W 12.5 billion or 175% of the sum of the paid-in capital, whichever is greater. Effective October 5, the limits were raised to W 15 billion or 200% of the sum of the paid-in capital, whichever is greater. Restrictions on activities of foreign banks were eased significantly. They could now set up multiple branches under the same standards and procedures as those applied to domestic banks. An increase was made in the ceiling on foreign banks’ paid-in capital, as was an increase in local currency funding opportunities for foreign banks. Electronic information service was introduced in the OTC market. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Documentation requirements for foreign currency deposits were liberalized. Firms whose annual external transactions exceeded $10 million were exempted from documentation requirements for foreign currency deposits up to 10% of their amount of annual foreign currency transactions (up to a limit of $100 million). On May 6, won-dollar forward contracts, previously limited to overnight transactions, were diversified to give 13 maturities ranging from one day to a year. Documentation requirements for foreign exchange transactions up to $1 million between banks and nonbanks were eased. The prohibition of sales of foreign currencies from foreign currency accounts for purposes of making domestic payments was abolished. Direct Investment Inflows: Investments with a foreign participation of less than 50% in manufacturing projects were made subject to notification rather than approval. Decision whether or not to accept the investment is made within 30 days, in principle. Thereafter, two years are allowed for completion of the payment of the subject matter of investment. From January 3, 1992, this notification system was to be introduced in some service industries. Inflows: The tax system was amended such that foreign-invested enterprises became wholly exempt from corporate income tax and their expatriate employees from income tax, for only three years following commencement of business operations. In the subsequent two years a 50% reduction on both these taxes was granted. Foreign investment was permitted in ventures involving importation of alcoholic beverages at the wholesale level. Inflows: Restrictions on the scope of foreign investment in the retail sector were eased with the number of retail shops per investment increasing from 1 to 10 and the maximum permissible floor space per shop to 1,000 square meters from 700 square meters. Outflows: Maximum amount of foreign currency loans for overseas investments was decreased from 60% to 40% for large firms and from 80% to 60% for small and medium firms. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Effective March 2, nonresident Koreans were allowed to sell foreign currencies exceeding $50,000 to entrust their proceeds to development trusts with a maturity of two years or more. Effective July 15 the limit was raised to $100,000 and would be abolished from January 3, 1992. Inflows: Effective March 8, the government permitted the issuance of foreign currency denominated securities to finance the import of production facilities and equipment for which no domestic substitute is available. Outflows: Domestic institutional investors were permitted to invest in securities issued by foreign governments and public organizations with a high credit rating. Other Inflows/Outflows: Restrictions on financing options for overseas offices were eased. Firms were permitted to raise funds abroad regardless of the amount, subject only to the approval of a class A foreign exchange bank. The limitations on the use of these funds were eased so as to include purchase of production facilities, equipment for overseas branches and subsidiaries, the purchase (or construction) of office buildings using mortgage finance, and the refinancing of existing debt on more favorable terms. Trade Imports of 93 items, mostly agricultural products, were liberalized in accordance with the 1989-91 import liberalization program. The maximum amount of foreign currency loans was revised downwards for the following categories, effective September 6. For manufacturing firms the loanable ratio was reduced from 80% to 60% for large firms and from 100% to 90% for medium and small firms. Similarly for other firms they were reduced from 60% to 40% and 80% to 60%, respectively. For the purposes of redemption of principal of foreign currency borrowings the loanable ratio was reduced from 100% to 80%. For import of machinery for use in shipbuilding, it was lowered from 80% to 60% and co-financing from export-import bank from 100% to 80%. |
||||||
1992 | |||||||
Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Measures were introduced to increase transparency of regulations and procedures on bank supervision. Investments in stocks by resident foreign financial institutions were subject to the same limits as those by institutions owned by nationals. Resident foreign financial firms were allowed to undertake over-the-counter transactions in listed bonds. Foreign banks became free to become full members of the Korea Federation of Banks and the Korea Financial Telecommunications and Clearing Institute, the latter providing access to the nationwide electronic banking network (July). Effective September 1, the oversold position ceiling of foreign exchange banks was raised from $5 million to the greater of $10 million, or 20% of the average outstanding of bills bought in the previous month. In addition, these banks were permitted to take oversold positions in spot transactions, which had previously been barred. The ceiling limit on such positions was set at the greater of $5 million or 5% of the average outstanding of bills bought in the previous month. Foreign exchange used to hedge exchange rate risk on capital transactions was exempted from the limit on the overall overbought position. Money Market and Instruments Effective May 1, the ceiling limit on CDs on foreign bank branches, which had been set at the greater of W 15 billion or 200% of the sum of in-country capital and reserves, was raised to the greater of W 17.5 billion or 225%, respectively. Effective December 19, the maximum maturity of CDs was extended from 180 days to 270 days. The maximum maturity of call loans was extended to one month from 15 days. Over-the-counter interest rate and currency option transactions were expanded (in September 1992, banks were permitted to deal in interest rate and currency option trading on the over-the-counter market, though local firms were limited to call options only and options prices had to be “reasonable”). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Effective July 1, the margin within which the exchange rate of the won against the U.S. dollar is permitted to fluctuate was widened to ±0.8% around the MAR. Effective January 3, 1992, residents’ external remittances above $10,000 would have to be reported to the Office of National Tax Administration instead of the previous $15,000 and above. Effective September 1, the range of forward exchange contracts that foreign exchange banks were permitted to enter into was extended. In the case of contracts with residents, forward transactions were also allowed for funds for overseas direct investment, operating funds for overseas branches of domestic financial institutions, funds for portfolio investment by institutional investors, and operating funds for domestic branches of foreign financial institutions. For contracts with nonresidents, funds for inward direct investment and stock investment were added to the list of eligible transactions. The objective of the extension of eligibility was to enable residents who conduct business overseas or foreigners who invest in Korea to manage exchange risk more efficiently. Effective September 1, the ceiling on foreign currency deposits maintained by resident firms (which is based on the amount of external transactions) was increased to 10%. Companies with records of external transactions were exempted from documentation requirements irrespective of the amount of annual transactions (previously exemptions were granted only to companies with transactions of less than $10 million). In accordance with the revised Foreign Exchange Management Act of December 27, 1991, the relevant enforcement decree and the associated foreign exchange management regulations were revised and brought into force on September 1. Restrictions on capital account transactions were also eased. Capital account transactions were reclassified into three groups: transactions requiring permission, transactions that need prior notification, and transactions not requiring approval or notification. Additionally, underlying documentary requirements for capital transactions were greatly simplified and made more transparent. Effective September 1, remittances for emigration of up to $100,000 were allowed for a householder and up to $50,000 for each other member of the household. For emigration under a business investment scheme, remittance of the excess amount was allowed where the minimum investment required by the country of immigration was higher than the combined sum remittable as emigration settlement expenses and business investment fund. Direct Investment Outflows: Effective September 1, the government raised the ceiling from $2 million to $5 million on overseas direct investment subject to notification rather than permission. Also, direct investments in those countries with which Korea does not maintain diplomatic relations, until now requiring approval in all cases, were subject only to notification where the amount involved was less than $5 million. Outflows: The range of overseas direct investment to be examined by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee was reduced. Now only investments above $10 million or on the restricted list were reviewed by them. Outflows: Maximum amount of foreign currency loans for overseas investments was increased from 40% to 60% for large firms and from 60% to 70% for small and medium-sized firms. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Effective January 3, the domestic stock market was opened to foreign investors, subject to certain limitations. Nonresidents were allowed to invest in any domestic stocks, unless specified in some particular act. A 3% limit on investment by an individual foreigner and a 10% limit on total foreign investment was imposed. In the case of public utilities companies and those companies in infant industry, however, the total foreign investment limit was set at 8%. Inflows: Previously, types of securities that could be issued abroad by Korean residents were restricted to ordinary bonds, convertible bonds, bonds with warrants, and stock depository receipts. Effective September 1, the list was expanded to include negotiable certificates of deposit and commercial paper. In addition, the three-stage procedure for the authorization of the issue of these securities was reduced to a two-stage process—issuance approval and ex-post facto report (whereas previously approval for issuance negotiation, issuance notification, and ex-post facto report). Moreover, funds raised from issuance of these securities were permitted to be deposited either in a resident account established with the designated foreign exchange account or in an account with an overseas branch of a domestic exchange bank. Outflows: Effective September 1, the government raised limits on portfolio investments abroad by domestic securities companies, investment and trust companies, and insurance companies. Securities companies and investment and trust companies could invest up to $50 million, and those dealing with international businesses up to $100 million. Insurance companies could invest up to $50 million, and those with assets in excess of W 5 trillion up to $100 million. Other Inflows/Outflows: Restrictions on financing options for overseas offices were eased. The previous limit of raising overseas funds by Korean subsidiaries of $5 million was completely liberalized. Overseas financing was previously limited to 11 items. Effective September 1, project eligibility was expanded to include the raising of funds for mergers and acquisitions involving foreign enterprises and funds for the purchase of commodities. In addition, the limit on overseas financing by a local subsidiary was raised to an amount equivalent to 50% of the actual currency earnings of the relevant year. Trade Imports of 43 products were liberalized. Import liberalization ratio for manufactured products had risen to 99.9% and that for agricultural products to 87.1%. First the maximum amount of foreign currency loans was revised down to improve the balance of payments position and later adjusted upwards to influence equipment investment. |
||||||
Changes in loanable ratios of foreign currency loans (in %) | |||||||
Previous | 1/17 | 8/21 | 10/16 | ||||
Import of equipment | |||||||
Manufacturing | |||||||
Large firms | 60 | 50 | 60 | 80 | |||
High-tech industries | — | — | 80 | 90 | |||
Small and medium firms | 90 | 70 | 80 | 90 | |||
Research institutions | 80 | 70 | 80 | 90 | |||
Import of machinery and materials for use in planned shipbuilding | 60 | 50 | 50 | 80 | |||
Co-financing with the EXIM Bank of Korea | 80 | 70 | 70 | 80 | |||
1993 | |||||||
Capital Markets In February, a computerized on-line system of securities transactions was introduced in the stock market. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Effective August 12, a real-name system in all financial transactions was introduced; i.e., transactions including deposits, installment savings, checks, CDs, stocks and bonds must be made only in real names. Effective July 1, the ceiling on overall oversold position of foreign exchange banks was raised from the greater of $10 million, or 20% of the average balance of foreign exchange bought in the preceding month, to the greater of $20 million, or 30% of the average balance of foreign exchange bought in the preceding month. Increasing transparency of regulations governing mandatory lending to small- and medium-sized enterprises occurs. Effective October 1, for purposes of monitoring their overbought oversold position, banks were given the option of applying a 10% ratio to their capital base, instead of the existing ratio that is based on the volume of foreign exchange transactions. The differentiation between nationwide commercial banks and regional banks for purposes of monitoring foreign exchange exposure limits was abolished. Money Market and Instruments Effective June 1, the ceiling on CDs for foreign bank branches was raised to greater of W 20 billion or 250% of net worth. Interest rates were liberalized on all loans (except policy loans), as were time deposits with maturities of two years or more, corporate and financial bonds with less than two years’ maturity, and MSBs, treasury and public bonds. An auction system was introduced to place MSBs. Simplification of credit control criteria and procedures for large corporations were enacted. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Effective October 1, the margin within which the exchange rate of the won against the U.S. dollar is permitted to fluctuate was widened to ±1% around the MAR. Effective January 1, the Bank of Korea abolished the temporary annual ceiling limits on loans handled by individual foreign exchange banks that were imposed to curb foreign currency loans when the balance of payments had deteriorated. Regulations regarding forward transactions were further liberalized. Effective April 1, residents were allowed to hold up to $10,000 in foreign exchange free of concentration requirements and to sell, deposit, or hold foreign exchange freely within that limit (previous limit was $5,000). Effective July 1, the government raised the ceiling on individual domestic enterprises’ foreign currency deposit holdings from 20% to 30% of external transactions recorded in the previous year. Effective October 1, these limits were abolished. Effective October 1, the regulations on foreign exchange transactions including forward transactions were liberalized as follows: (1) the ceiling on foreign exchange deposits payable in domestic currency, which was exempted from the documentation requirement, was abolished; and (2) forward transactions involving foreign or domestic currencies in amounts not exceeding $3 million were exempted from documentation requirements, provided that they are declared and conform to the “real demand” principle. Effective October 1, it was possible to pay the overseas travel expenses of business travelers from deposits held in resident accounts under the company’s name, whereas previously payment had only been possible from resident accounts held under the traveler’s own name. Nonresidents were allowed to hold free won accounts. Effective October 16, the central bank raised the amount of foreign exchange reserves earmarked for supporting foreign exchange bank foreign currency loans from $1 billion to $4 billion. Direct Investment Outflows: Effective April 1, small-scale overseas investments of not more than $1 million no longer were investigated regarding their reasonableness of fund supply and the profitability of the investment project. The validity of projects involving more than $10 million in which successive investments are made for a period of more than three years was lengthened from one year to three years. Outflows: Effective December 7, 13 businesses were removed from the list of those in which overseas investment is restricted. Types of real estates where purchase was newly permitted comprised those held by insurance companies in connection with the management of their portfolios and residential housing for individual ownership by the staff of overseas offices. In addition, the government appointed the Korea Development Bank and the Industrial Bank of Korea as overseas investment authorization institutions. Outflows: Effective April 1, the government abolished the approval renewal system under which approval had to be obtained for an overseas branch office from a designated Class A foreign exchange bank every three years after its establishment. At the same time the remittance ceiling on the payment of operating funds was raised from $1 million to $2 million per year (this included funds for establishment expenses, maintenance and operating expenses, working capital for business activities, and funds sources through overseas borrowing). Portfolio Investments Outflows: Effective April 1, the government added investment and finance companies, pension funds, and companies with a record of performance of external transactions in excess of $100 million to the category of institutional investors eligible to make outward portfolio investment. Outflows: Effective April 1, the government permitted enterprises with a record of performance of external transactions in excess of $100 million to hold foreign currency overseas, and it raised the limit on the foreign currency that may be held in foreign countries from $10 million to 10% of the value of external transactions (maximum $100 million). Previously, only general trading companies were permitted to hold foreign currency overseas. Also, the form of foreign exchange holdings overseas that had been restricted to bank deposits was allowed to diversify although real estate holdings are still barred. Outflows: Effective October 1, the government revised the investment limits upwards. |
||||||
Ceilings on portfolio investment abroad ($ millions) | |||||||
Previous | 10/1 | ||||||
Securities companies | 50 | 100 | |||||
dealing with international business | 100 | 200 | |||||
Investment trust companies | 50 | 100 | |||||
dealing with international business | 100 | 200 | |||||
Insurance companies | 50 | 100 | |||||
with more than W 5 trillion in assets | 100 | 200 | |||||
Eligible companies (external transactions in excess of $100 mil.) | 10 | 10% of external transactions within past 12 months (max $100 mil.) | |||||
Pension funds and Investment and Finance companies | 0 | 50 | |||||
Individual investors aggregate portfolio investment through investment trust companies | 0 | 50 | |||||
Inflows: Effective April 1, instead of obtaining permission before issuing foreign currency denominated securities, now it only needed to be reported. The range of eligible funding objects financed through these issues was expanded to include early repayment of external debt and funds for inducement of technology. Eligible issuers were widened as they included those that had recorded a net profit on a cumulative basis over the preceding three years where as previously it was required that they record a net profit in each of the previous three years. Inflows: Overseas branches of domestic banks were in principle prohibited from supplying loans to residents of Korea. Effective February 1, the government permitted them to extend loans to residents of Korea engaged in the trading of commodities futures or financial futures. Trade Effective January 1, manufacturing industries were eligible for foreign currency loans for all imports of production facilities and equipment. Effective January 8, the central bank began supplying foreign exchange reserves to support foreign exchange banks’ foreign currency loans for the import of production facilities, such as those for the high-tech industry. Effective June 11, the central bank expanded eligibility to include imports of all kinds of manufacturing production facilities and of production facilities for research. Effective October 1, settlements of exports and imports (including reinsurance) in won were permitted for transactions up to the equivalent of $100,000. |
|||||||
1994 | |||||||
Money Market and Instruments Interest rates on time deposits with maturities of one to two years and on installment savings deposits with maturities of over two years were liberalized. Bank of Korea Financial Wire Network was introduced. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The fluctuation limit of the won against the U.S. dollar was widened from ± 1% to ±1.5% around the MAR. Residents were permitted to hold foreign exchange freely without limit (once converted into won, foreign exchange can only be converted back to foreign currencies within the limits determined by foreign exchange sales of the past three months). Residents were allowed to retain foreign exchange proceeds from exports without surrendering them to a foreign exchange bank or depositing them in foreign currency accounts in banks. Direct Investment Inflows: Foreign firms were allowed to engage in business operations within three hours after submitting notification (previously this time requirement was 20-30 days). Inflows: Rules governing land acquisition were liberalized. Outflows: The number of businesses restricted from overseas direct investment reduced to 14 from 17. Outflows: The limit on the amount banks were allowed to approve for direct investment overseas was raised to $300,000. Portfolio Investment Inflows: The ceiling on portfolio investment in stocks of Korean firms by nonresidents was raised to 12% from 10% of a firm’s equity. Inflows: The ceilings on the amounts that resident corporations and their branches operating abroad may borrow from nonresident financial institutions located abroad were abolished. Inflows: The overseas borrowing limit for high-technology foreign-financed manufacturing companies was raised from 50% to 75% and then to 100% of the foreign-invested capital. General manufacturing industries were included in the types of foreign-financed companies that are eligible for short-term overseas borrowing. Outflows: Overseas stock investments of institutional investors were liberalized (these include securities companies, investment trusts, and insurance companies). Outflows: Direct overseas stock investments by residents up to a limit of W 100 million W 300 million for general juridical persons) were allowed, as were foreign direct investments in equity-linked bonds, including nonguaranteed convertible bonds issued by listed small and medium-size enterprises, up to an aggregate of 30% and individual bonds up to 5% of the amount of money listed (per company). Also, the purchase of government and public bonds, with interest rates comparable to international interest rates, was allowed in the primary market. Outflows: The limit on the amount of foreign exchange resident business firms may retain abroad was increased to the equivalent of 30% of their total import and export values, with the maximum increased to $300 million from $100 million. Outflows: The limit on the amount of investments foreign exchange banks were authorized to approve was raised to $300,000. Outflows: Companies whose total export and import value exceeded $10 million were given institutional investor status (investment limit was raised to $300 million, or 30% of the total export and import value, whichever is greater). Trade The deferred payment period for imports of consumer goods was extended to 90 days from 60 days and for imports of raw materials for exports to 150 days from 120 days; the upper limit on import and export transactions that can be settled in won was raised to $300,000 from $100,000. |
||||||
1995 | |||||||
Money Market and Instruments The following interest rates were liberalized (July and November): Deposit rates offered by banks, mutual credits, credit unions, community credit cooperatives, mutual savings, and finance companies on: time deposits (maturity less than 6 months); installment savings (maturity less than 1 year); mutual savings (maturity less than 1 year); and preferential savings deposits and company savings deposits maintained three months or more. All lending rates were liberalized. A more flexible operation of the aggregate credit ceiling system was developed; lending was promoted to small- and medium-sized enterprises; the eligible enterprise system was abolished, as were restrictions on real estate as collateral in connection with loans to small- and medium-sized enterprises; the rule was revised to limit bank credit risk arising from the extension of large credits to single parties; and the limits on large credits were lowered. The maturity of CDs, repurchase agreements (Rps), and CP was lowered to 30 days from 60 days. Minimum denominations were also lowered. Competitive bidding system was initiated for banks purchasing MSBs. Issuance of CDs by nationwide commercial and local banks was raised from 100% to 150% of net worth and from 300% to 400% for specialized banks. Issuance of CDs by foreign banks was raised to greater of W 35 billion or 400% of net worth. Banks could offer time and installed savings deposits of maturities of up to five years. The minimum maturity of installment deposits was shortened to six months. Interbank financial network was extended to include post office and agriculture, fisheries, and livestock cooperatives. Loans to foreign exchange banks that had been allocated by the Foreign Exchange Equalization Fund were now based on competitive interest rate bidding. Capital Markets Financial Institutions could place orders through Bank of Korea-Wire system for purchase or sales of government or public bonds as well as the existing paper-based system. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework Bank supervision guidelines were strengthened to include specific information on derivatives trading and banks were instructed to follow new accounting standards to reflect derivatives trading. Securities companies were allowed to engage in foreign exchange transactions related to domestic stock investments by nonresidents. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The fluctuation limit of the won against the U.S. dollar was widened from ±1.5% to ±2.25% around the MAR. Individuals were not required to register foreign currency holdings of $50,000 and above with foreign exchange banks. Firms involved in foreign trade with no record of foreign earnings were allowed to establish overseas offices after one year of having registered, whereas previously this was permitted only to firms earning foreign currency of more than $300,000. Settlement period on trade-related transactions was lengthened. Individual residents were permitted to purchase up to $10,000 or equivalent per year without restrictions. Current account payment of less than $5,000 could be made without supporting evidence of underlying real demand. For those staying overseas for over 60 days an additional $10,000 per month was allowed compared to $3,000 before. Resettlement allowances for those staying abroad over a year was raised from $20,000 to $50,000 including the travel allowance of $10,000. Donations to international institutions were now freely permitted up to $50,000, compared to $10,000 earlier which had required endorsement from relevant ministry. Limits on use of domestic credit card for purchases abroad were raised from $3,000 per month to $5,000 per month for individuals and from $30,000 per quarter to $100,000 per quarter for firms. The limit on the amount of domestic banknotes permitted to be imported/exported was raised to W 3 million. Direct Investment Inflows: Investments in 53 sectors were either newly permitted or the extent of access was greatly increased with effect from January 1. On November 15, 48 sectors concentrated in services and manufacturing out of 105, which had been barred or only partially opened to foreign direct investment, were either fully opened or extent of participation was widened. Outflows: Number of sectors in which outward direct investment had been restricted, was reduced to 3 from 17. Projects under $50 million were required of only notification, compared to $30 million previously. Projects of $50 million required approval from Bank of Korea subsequent to favorable review by the Overseas Investment Deliberation Committee. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Total foreign investment by nonresidents in a listed company’s outstanding stocks was raised from 12% to 15% and for public corporations from 8% to 10%. Investments in bonds through securities investment trust companies’ beneficiary certificates was permitted up to $300 million. Inflows: Overseas issuance of exchangeable bonds permitted, limited to 15% of total associated stocks. Inflows: Limits lowered for small- and medium-sized firms on issuance of securities abroad. Inflows: Eight leasing companies were permitted to undertake medium- and long-term borrowing overseas without intermediation from foreign exchange banks. Inflows: Direct foreign borrowings by firms were permitted for purposes of redeeming debts or for imports if firms were engaged in social overhead capital projects or foreign invested high-tech firms; small- and medium-sized firms or public corporations were permitted to borrow 100% directly and up to 90% was permitted for large firms. Outflows: Limits on outward portfolio investments abolished for Investment and Finance Companies and Pension Funds. Limits were raised for corporations from W 300 million to W 1 billion and for individuals from W 100 million to W 500 million. Institutional investors were permitted to invest in foreign unlisted stocks up to 10% of their total investment holdings and 10% of total outstanding of any one issue. Outflows: Institutional investors and other corporations were allowed to entrust up to $10 million and $300,000, respectively, to overseas nonresidents for asset management. Outflows: Restrictions on resident holdings of overseas deposits were eased; institutional investors were allowed up to $100 million; other corporations $1 million; and individuals up to $30,000. Outflows: Enterprises with external transactions in excess of $5 million (lowered from $10 million) were permitted to hold foreign currency overseas. Limits on overseas holdings on overseas construction companies were raised from 10% to 20% of outstanding business contracts. Outflows: Resettlement allowance for emigration was raised from $250,000 to $500,000 and from $300,000 to $500,000 to satisfy any related investment conditions. Outflows: Domestic issuance of won-denominated securities by international financial institutions was allowed. Trade Ratio of foreign currency loans for import of production facilities to large firms was reduced from 90% to 70% and from 70% to 80% for commercial imports of used ships and aircraft. To encourage development of engineering techniques, eligibility for foreign currency loans was widened to include import of production facilities and equipment in engineering business. Ratio of foreign currency loans available for import of machinery and equipment was lowered to 70% from 90% of total cost in the case of manufacturing firms and to 70% from 80% in the case of non-manufacturing firms. The deferred import payments period was extended as follows. For large enterprises, and re-exports to the general area to 180 days from 150 days; re-exports to the regional area to 90 days from 60 days; and for domestic consumption purposes to 90 days from 60 days for imports from the general area and to 60 days from 30 days for imports from the regional area. For small- and medium-sized enterprises, and for re-exports to the regional area to 120 days from 90 days; for domestic consumption purposes to 120 days from 90 days for imports from the general area; and to 90 days from 60 days for imports from the regional area. |
||||||
1996 | |||||||
Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Korea lowered reserve requirement ratio in two steps, for demand deposits and time and savings deposits with a maturity of less than two years to 7% from 11.5%; for time and savings deposits with a maturity of two years or more to 4% from 8%; and on resident’s deposits in foreign currency to 7% from 11.5%. The reserve requirement ratio for certain long-term savings products was lowered to 2% from 3%. The Bank of Korea removed the restriction on the size of the premium a bank could charge over its prime lending rate. The Bank of Korea enhanced the efficiency of open market operations by increasing the use of a competitive bidding system for Rps and sale of MSBs to 99% (from 76%) and 89% (from 33%), respectively. The central bank introduced MSBs with a maturity of two years. Korea Money Brokerage Corporation (KMBC) was established as a specialist brokerage house that would not only broker call loans and money-at-call but also short-term money market instruments like CDs, Rps, and other bills. The Bank of Korea abolished guideline ratio for commercial bank credit to the manufacturing sector. Regulations governing credit to select businesses—for example, hotels and restaurants—were eased. The Bank of Korea abolished guideline ratio for commercial bank credit to the manufacturing sector. Regulations governing credit to select businesses—for example, hotels and restaurants—were eased. To encourage credit to small- and medium-sized enterprises, the Bank of Korea introduced new credit evaluation standards. Minimum maturity of trust account products was lengthened to 18 months from 12 months. Capital Markets Stock index futures started trading on the stock exchange. Securities companies and general investors were permitted to buy and sell in the domestic OTC market any securities in which overseas investment could be made. Financial Supervision and Regulatory Framework In line with the opening and globalization of financial markets, the General Banking Act was revised to strengthen accountability of bank management and to increase bank soundness. To promote the restructuring of the financial industry, the Act Concerning the Merger and Conversion of Financial Institutions was extensively revised and retitled “Financial Industry Restructuring Act.” This act empowered the regulatory authority to take corrective measures in the event of a financial institution failing and also simplified the merger process. Regulations governing the foreign exchange positions of banks were modified, whereby the basis of the calculation was related to the volume of transactions or capital, whichever is greater. The ratios with respect to capital were set as follows: overall overbought position, 15% of capital; overall oversold position, 10% of capital; and spot oversold position, 3% of capital or $5 million. Entry barriers to foreign exchange business were lowered, including simplification of the licensing process. The government revised the Foreign Capital Inducement Law and renamed it the “Foreign Investment and Foreign Capital Inducement Law,” which became effective February 1997. Revisions were designed to induce larger inflows and bring the system into line with international standards. For example, the system of approval of foreign direct investment projects was converted to a system of notification. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The government changed the procedure required in making overseas payments for current account transactions from a system of validation by foreign exchange banks to notification system, and abolished the need for service transactions to receive authorization. Remaining underlying documentation requirement was abolished for forward exchange and financial futures transactions. However, transactions were still based on real demand. Ceiling on the swap facilities provided to foreign bank branches was lowered by 10%. Procedures for remittance of funds for operation of overseas branches of domestic firms were liberalized. Ceiling of $300,000 on the amount allowed to be deposited and withdrawn from the free won account for the purpose of current transactions was abolished. Deposits overseas in won were allowed below the ceiling on the amount of won that could be carried out when traveling abroad. Also, residents were allowed to purchase and sell won below the ceiling on the amount of won permitted to be carried out when traveling abroad at both the domestic foreign exchange banks overseas and at branches and subsidiaries of foreign banks. The limit on won permitted to be taken out when traveling abroad was raised to W 8 million from W 3 million. Individual remittances overseas of sums exceeding $10,000 per year had to be declared to the Bank of Korea. The annual receipt of over $20,000 or the annual remittances of at least $10,000 for more than three years by an individual had to be notified to the national tax administration. The Bank of Korea introduced a foreign currency swap system for foreign portfolio investment by securities companies, insurance companies, and investment trust companies. The swapped funds could be invested only in those instruments open to institutional investors. The Bank of Korea started to conduct spot transactions according to international practice. Won-Japanese yen spot and forward markets were established. Direct Investment Outflows: Restrictions on overseas investment in three real estate-related sectors were eased. Portfolio Investment Nonresidents were permitted derivative transactions between foreign and domestic currencies based on their real demand. Inflows: Nonresidents were permitted to open free-won accounts in overseas branches/subsidiaries of a foreign exchange bank. Won currency funds deposited in a free-won account were allowed to be withdrawn to invest in domestic stocks. Inflows: The aggregate ceiling on investments in the stock market by nonresidents was raised to 20% from 15% and to 15% from 10%, on purchases of stocks of a listed firm and those issued by a public corporation, respectively. The ceiling on holdings by an individual was raised to 5% from 3%. Inflows: Indirect investment in domestic bonds was allowed by means of a country fund. Inflows: Access of nonresidents to the stock index of the futures market was allowed, but limited to 15%; limit was raised to 30% in November. Inflows: Nonresidents were allowed to purchase and trade bonds with warrants. Inflows: The Korea Bond Fund, capitalized at $100 million, was listed on the London stock exchange. Inflows: For small- and medium-sized non-manufacturing firms in certain sectors, restrictions on direct foreign borrowings were dismantled. Inflows: Opening of branches by foreign companies involved in securities-related business no longer required the approval of the Ministry of Finance; procedure replaced by acceptance through examination. Outflows: Limits on overseas deposits for asset diversification purposes raised incrementally to $3 million and $50,000 a year for juridical persons and individuals, respectively. Outflows: Limits on investments in foreign securities by individuals and general corporations were abolished. List of eligible investments was widened to include unlisted foreign stocks traded in authorized OTC markets, CP issued by foreign enterprises, and CDs sold by foreign financial institutions. Outflows: The extension of foreign currency credits abroad by resident institutional investors was liberalized. Outflows: Limit on amount of foreign currency permitted to be held abroad by construction, companies was raised to 30% of the balance of construction contract or $3 million, whichever is greater, from 20% of contract or $2 million, whichever is greater. Outflows: The limit on the amount of foreign currency that could be held abroad by general trading companies was raised to 50% with the maximum of $500 million of the trading value from 30% with the maximum of $300 million. Outflows: Ceiling of $10 million on loans that an institutional investor could extend to nonresidents was abolished; limits were set at $10 million and $300,000 for general trading firms and other firms, respectively. Outflows: Head of emigrating family was allowed to transfer up to $400,000 (previously $200,000); and other family members were allowed to transfer up to $200,000 (previously $100,000). Outflows: Resident foreign exchange banks and institutional investors were allowed to extend loans denominated in domestic currency to nonresidents up to W 100 million per borrower. Domestic issue of won denominated securities was expanded to include governments, local governments, public institutions, financial institutions, and enterprises of foreign countries; 50% of the total issue was allowed to be sold overseas. Trade Export credits in the form of deferred receipts were liberalized. The ceiling on export advances for large enterprises was raised in two steps to 20% from 10% of the export value of the previous year. |
As a result, over the year, the refinancing outstanding of the financial institutions decreased by $1.8 billion and bank loans totaling $1 billion were repaid before maturity (Annual Report, Bank of Korea, 1986, p. 28).
Korea: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
Interest differential = deposit − Londoninterbank offer rate on one-year U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment − official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Korea: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 6.9 | 11.6 | 11.5 | 11.3 | 6.4 | 9.5 | 9.1 | 5.1 | 5.8 | 8.6 | 8.9 | 7.1 | |||
Inflation per year | 2.5 | 2.7 | 3.0 | 7.1 | 5.7 | 8.9 | 9.3 | 6.2 | 4.8 | 6.3 | 4.5 | 5.0 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 34.8 | 35.3 | 35.9 | 36.8 | 39.3 | 38.3 | 38.8 | 40.0 | 42.0 | 43.5 | 43.8 | 45.7 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 13.0 | 12.2 | 12.3 | 11.7 | 11.6 | 11.3 | 10.4 | 9.8 | 12.1 | 10.9 | 10.9 | 9.5 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −1.1 | −0.1 | 0.4 | 1.5 | 0.2 | −0.7 | −1.6 | −0.5 | 0.6 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.1 | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 49.4 | 48.7 | 49.9 | 48.3 | 54.2 | 56.8 | 56.8 | 56.8 | 58.3 | 60.8 | 61.2 | 66.0 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 65.1 | 61.0 | 64.8 | 61.8 | 55.8 | 53.2 | 52.1 | 51.4 | 49.9 | 52.1 | 57.1 | 57.8 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −0.8 | 4.4 | 7.4 | 8.0 | 2.4 | −0.7 | −2.8 | −1.3 | 0.3 | −1.0 | −1.8 | −4.8 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | 2.1 | −3.7 | −6.6 | −2.4 | −1.2 | 1.1 | 2.3 | 2.3 | 1.0 | 2.8 | 3.8 | 5.0 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 8.6 | 8.5 | 8.8 | 7.5 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 7.5 | 7.3 | 7.0 | 2.9 | 4.3 | 1.4 | 0.7 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 2.2 | 4.4 | 2.5 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 1.6 | 3.1 | 2.8 | 2.0 | 2.7 | 1.7 | 4.0 | 6.0 | 5.3 | 3.8 | 2.8 | 2.0 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.1 | 1.3 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.2 | 1.3 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 890.2 | 861.4 | 792.3 | 684.1 | 679.6 | 716.4 | 760.8 | 788.4 | 808.1 | 788.7 | 774.0 | 844.0 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990 = 100) | 96.8 | 81.8 | 81.3 | 90.8 | 103.5 | 100.0 | 99.9 | 94.2 | 93.6 | 94.3 | 95.4 | 98.8 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −758 | 4,747 | 10,092 | 14,538 | 5,387 | −1,745 | −8,291 | −3,939 | 1,016 | −3,855 | −8,251 | −23,061 | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | 1,935 | −4,010 | −8,963 | −4,279 | −2,640 | 2,866 | 6,714 | 6,969 | 3,188 | 10,610 | 17,221 | 24,025 | |||
Direct investment abroad | −587 | −1,185 | −540 | −643 | −613 | −1,056 | −1,500 | −1,208 | −1,361 | −2,524 | −3,529 | −4,424 | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 234 | 460 | 616 | 1,014 | 1,118 | 788 | 1,180 | 727 | 588 | 809 | 1,776 | 2,325 | |||
Net direct investment | −353 | −725 | 76 | 371 | 505 | −268 | −320 | −481 | −773 | −1,715 | −1,753 | −2,099 | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | −37 | −66 | 240 | 492 | 845 | 232 | −230 | −311 | −2,414 | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | 1,738 | −332 | −296 | −606 | −2 | 82 | 2,442 | 4,857 | 10,298 | 7,097 | 11,136 | 16,787 | |||
Net portfolio investment | 1,738 | −332 | −296 | −643 | −68 | 322 | 2,934 | 5,702 | 10,530 | 6,867 | 10,825 | 14,373 | |||
Other investment assets | −1,136 | −738 | −113 | −1,958 | −1,382 | −2,330 | −6,378 | −2,515 | −4,224 | −7,627 | −13,084 | −11,822 | |||
Other investment liabilities | 1,686 | −2,215 | −8,630 | −2,049 | −1,695 | 5,142 | 10,478 | 4,263 | −2,345 | 13,085 | 21,233 | 23,573 | |||
Net other investments | 550 | −2,953 | −8,743 | −4,007 | −3,077 | 2,812 | 4,100 | 1,748 | −6,569 | 5,458 | 8,149 | 11,751 | |||
Of which, official capital | 1,989 | −862 | −7,092 | −3,787 | −2,098 | −610 | 818 | 1,806 | 249 | 2,450 | 2,544 | 3,920 | |||
Net errors and omissions | −882 | −546 | 1,185 | −590 | 691 | −1,998 | 757 | 1,101 | −720 | −1,704 | −1,444 | 1,040 | |||
Capital account balance | −103 | −114 | −210 | −353 | −318 | −331 | −328 | −407 | −475 | −437 | −487 | −598 | |||
Overall balance2 | 345 | 241 | 2,364 | 9,719 | 3,488 | −827 | −770 | 4,181 | 3,534 | 5,101 | 7,576 | 2,054 | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | −2,547 | −2,047 | 507 | −74 | −1,345 | 2,745 | 7,806 | 5,295 | 9,960 | 8,948 | 16,225 | 22,067 |
Interest differential = deposit − Londoninterbank offer rate on one-year U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment − official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Korea: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 6.9 | 11.6 | 11.5 | 11.3 | 6.4 | 9.5 | 9.1 | 5.1 | 5.8 | 8.6 | 8.9 | 7.1 | |||
Inflation per year | 2.5 | 2.7 | 3.0 | 7.1 | 5.7 | 8.9 | 9.3 | 6.2 | 4.8 | 6.3 | 4.5 | 5.0 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 34.8 | 35.3 | 35.9 | 36.8 | 39.3 | 38.3 | 38.8 | 40.0 | 42.0 | 43.5 | 43.8 | 45.7 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 13.0 | 12.2 | 12.3 | 11.7 | 11.6 | 11.3 | 10.4 | 9.8 | 12.1 | 10.9 | 10.9 | 9.5 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −1.1 | −0.1 | 0.4 | 1.5 | 0.2 | −0.7 | −1.6 | −0.5 | 0.6 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.1 | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 49.4 | 48.7 | 49.9 | 48.3 | 54.2 | 56.8 | 56.8 | 56.8 | 58.3 | 60.8 | 61.2 | 66.0 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 65.1 | 61.0 | 64.8 | 61.8 | 55.8 | 53.2 | 52.1 | 51.4 | 49.9 | 52.1 | 57.1 | 57.8 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −0.8 | 4.4 | 7.4 | 8.0 | 2.4 | −0.7 | −2.8 | −1.3 | 0.3 | −1.0 | −1.8 | −4.8 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | 2.1 | −3.7 | −6.6 | −2.4 | −1.2 | 1.1 | 2.3 | 2.3 | 1.0 | 2.8 | 3.8 | 5.0 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | 8.6 | 8.5 | 8.8 | 7.5 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 7.5 | 7.3 | 7.0 | 2.9 | 4.3 | 1.4 | 0.7 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 2.2 | 4.4 | 2.5 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 1.6 | 3.1 | 2.8 | 2.0 | 2.7 | 1.7 | 4.0 | 6.0 | 5.3 | 3.8 | 2.8 | 2.0 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.1 | 1.3 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.2 | 1.3 | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 890.2 | 861.4 | 792.3 | 684.1 | 679.6 | 716.4 | 760.8 | 788.4 | 808.1 | 788.7 | 774.0 | 844.0 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990 = 100) | 96.8 | 81.8 | 81.3 | 90.8 | 103.5 | 100.0 | 99.9 | 94.2 | 93.6 | 94.3 | 95.4 | 98.8 | |||
(In millions of U.S. dollars) | |||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −758 | 4,747 | 10,092 | 14,538 | 5,387 | −1,745 | −8,291 | −3,939 | 1,016 | −3,855 | −8,251 | −23,061 | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | 1,935 | −4,010 | −8,963 | −4,279 | −2,640 | 2,866 | 6,714 | 6,969 | 3,188 | 10,610 | 17,221 | 24,025 | |||
Direct investment abroad | −587 | −1,185 | −540 | −643 | −613 | −1,056 | −1,500 | −1,208 | −1,361 | −2,524 | −3,529 | −4,424 | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 234 | 460 | 616 | 1,014 | 1,118 | 788 | 1,180 | 727 | 588 | 809 | 1,776 | 2,325 | |||
Net direct investment | −353 | −725 | 76 | 371 | 505 | −268 | −320 | −481 | −773 | −1,715 | −1,753 | −2,099 | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | −37 | −66 | 240 | 492 | 845 | 232 | −230 | −311 | −2,414 | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | 1,738 | −332 | −296 | −606 | −2 | 82 | 2,442 | 4,857 | 10,298 | 7,097 | 11,136 | 16,787 | |||
Net portfolio investment | 1,738 | −332 | −296 | −643 | −68 | 322 | 2,934 | 5,702 | 10,530 | 6,867 | 10,825 | 14,373 | |||
Other investment assets | −1,136 | −738 | −113 | −1,958 | −1,382 | −2,330 | −6,378 | −2,515 | −4,224 | −7,627 | −13,084 | −11,822 | |||
Other investment liabilities | 1,686 | −2,215 | −8,630 | −2,049 | −1,695 | 5,142 | 10,478 | 4,263 | −2,345 | 13,085 | 21,233 | 23,573 | |||
Net other investments | 550 | −2,953 | −8,743 | −4,007 | −3,077 | 2,812 | 4,100 | 1,748 | −6,569 | 5,458 | 8,149 | 11,751 | |||
Of which, official capital | 1,989 | −862 | −7,092 | −3,787 | −2,098 | −610 | 818 | 1,806 | 249 | 2,450 | 2,544 | 3,920 | |||
Net errors and omissions | −882 | −546 | 1,185 | −590 | 691 | −1,998 | 757 | 1,101 | −720 | −1,704 | −1,444 | 1,040 | |||
Capital account balance | −103 | −114 | −210 | −353 | −318 | −331 | −328 | −407 | −475 | −437 | −487 | −598 | |||
Overall balance2 | 345 | 241 | 2,364 | 9,719 | 3,488 | −827 | −770 | 4,181 | 3,534 | 5,101 | 7,576 | 2,054 | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | −2,547 | −2,047 | 507 | −74 | −1,345 | 2,745 | 7,806 | 5,295 | 9,960 | 8,948 | 16,225 | 22,067 |
Interest differential = deposit − Londoninterbank offer rate on one-year U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment − official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Thailand: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Thailand: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows |
---|---|
1985 | |
Monetary Policy: The government pursued a less restrictive monetary policy than in 1984 aimed at giving greater stability and flexibility to the financial system, as well as to promote priority economic sectors. This policy emphasized a change in loan policies of financial institutions and adapting the interest rate structure to economic circumstances. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Regulations concerning rediscounting of finance company promissory notes were liberalized. Regulations governing commercial bank sales of government bonds, held as required by branching regulations in the repurchase market, were liberalized. Regulations concerning the rediscounting of promissory notes arising from exports, small industrial undertakings, and animal husbandry were liberalized (method of computing interest on promissory notes is changed). Bank of Thailand exempted interbank loans of up to 6-month maturity from a classification as a risk asset. The Act on the Undertaking of Finance Businesses BE 2522 (1979) was amended by the Second Emergency Decree BE 2528 (1985) by providing a better legal framework for finance, and securities companies and credit fonciers. To broaden participation in interbank markets and increase the volume of transactions, commercial banks created the Bangkok Interbank Offer Rate (BIBOR), which operates along with the interbank market. Money Market and Instruments Commercial banks were asked to cooperate and offer concessionary interest rates or discounts to priority sectors (including the allocation of more credit to these sectors). The minimum maturity of promissory notes held by credit fonciers as collateral was increased. Bank of Thailand established a line-of-credit on overdrafts at commercial banks (to help commercial banks avoid excess liquidity). Bank of Thailand required commercial banks to cease paying interest monthly on time deposits. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Outflows: Regulations continued to exist on the repatriation of interest payments abroad. Prior approval from the Bank of Thailand was required. Direct and Portfolio Investment Inflows: Bank of Thailand required every individual borrowing from abroad to register with the Bank within seven days of making the loan agreement. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Limits continued to be imposed on commercial bank lending to nonresidents in foreign currency. Trade Regulations regarding rediscounts of export bills were liberalized. Credit ceiling was increased from 50% to 60% of warehouse receipt value. The Bank of Thailand temporarily extended the rebate period for penalty fees levied against rice and tapioca exporters, from 60 to 150 days. A surcharge of 10% of the c.i.f. value was imposed on imports of goods and services under customs tariff heading No. 95.08. Regulations on the opening of letters of credit for imports were relaxed. The Bank of Thailand provided special assistance to exporters affected by the baht exchange rate adjustment by giving an exemption from paying penalty fees when unable to export goods within the specified time in the promissory notes. Manufacturers of goods exported by international trading companies were allowed to rediscount directly at the Bank of Thailand their own promissory notes issued against domestic letters of credit, sales contracts, or purchase orders received from promoted international trading companies (as an alternative to these international companies rediscounting their own promissory notes at the Bank of Thailand and then giving the proceeds to the manufacturers within 60 days). |
1986 | |
Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand continued with less restrictive policies with the aim at boosting the economy and investment, including official financial assistance to priority economic sectors. At the same time, the Bank of Thailand helped improve the stability and financial position of financial institutions. Capital Markets For interest paid on debentures Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET), the income tax (deducted at source) was set at 15% tax, lower than the personal income rate and excludable from personal assessable income. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand consolidated its two-tier rate into a single rate, maintaining the ceiling credit line at 1% of total commercial bank deposits. Bank of Thailand used the 1985 base of deposit levels rather than the 1979 level. The Bank of Thailand added two more maturities for bond repurchases—90-day and 180-day to the existing four—1-, 3-, 30-, and 60-day. The CB reduced the refinancing rate of promissory notes arising from exports from 7% to 5% per annum, and those arising from exports of new products with no traditional markets and those issued by small exporters and small-scale industries, from 5% to 4% per annum. The financing rates were correspondingly reduced to 7% for all exports. The regulation on refinancing of promissory notes arising from exports was amended. The maximum value for refinancing export bills issued against receipts was increased from 50% to 60% of the value assessed by commercial banks. The penalty rate was reduced from 11% to 8%, bringing it in line with the rate in the money market. The decrease of the penalty rate was also accompanied by a relaxation of penalty collection methods. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The Bank of Thailand increased the amount of foreign exchange a person going overseas can purchase to a more appropriate level, and increased the amount of foreign currency an authorized foreign exchange dealer can sell to such a person. Portfolio Investment Inflows: The tax on income earned from mutual funds was lowered for nonresidents and juristic persons, if they used foreign funds transferred to Thailand to purchase them. Inflows: For dividends and other forms of compensation earned from mutual funds, the government gives: (1) groups of persons not resident in Thailand a reduction in the income tax (deducted at source) from over 10% to no more than 10%; such earnings are also excludable from assessable personal income; and (2) juristic persons or partnerships established according to foreign law and without business in Thailand a reduction in income tax (deducted at source) from 20% to 10%. Inflows: For capital gains earned from selling shares in mutual funds listed on the SET, an investor received a reduction in the income tax (deducted at source) from 25% to 12.5%. To qualify an investor must use foreign funds transferred into Thailand to purchase the mutual fund shares. Inflows: The Bank of Thailand introduced a regulation requiring the registration of all private foreign borrowing at the Bank of Thailand within seven days of the signature date, and not after the loan funds were imported and sold to authorized banks. |
1987 Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand carried out policies to expand credit, to promote production and investment, especially of small-scale industries in rural areas, and to solve the problem of excess liquidity in the banking system. The Bank of Thailand continued to promote stability of financial institutions and to encourage them to respond more flexibly to changing economic conditions. The Sixth National Economic and Social Development Plan was introduced (1987-91). The main objectives are increasing efficiency of development, production, and marketing and promoting equitable distribution of income. Capital Markets The minimum margin loan ratio at 35% was set by the SET. Subsequently it was changed three times to 50%, 70%, and back to 50%. Bonds issued by the Bank of Thailand were exempted from business tax and stamp duty. Maximum withholding tax on dividends and distributed profits from companies registered in the SET, mutual funds, and financial institutions that were set up under specific Thai law to provide credit were lowered from 30% to a rate not exceeding 15% of income. Capital gains arising from transfers of debentures issued by non-government agencies in the SET became subject to a 15% withholding tax at source on the excess of the return over the invested amount. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand revised the regulations concerning the amount of cash or promissory notes to be placed by clients as collateral against margin loans extended by finance companies. Instead of prescribing a fixed minimum rate of 25% of total borrowing, the requirement was changed to either 25% of borrowing or the ratio prescribed by the SET, whichever is higher. The Bank of Thailand revised the regulations on the financial facility extended to exporters by allowing the participation of commercial banks in joint credit extension, so as to help them adjust their liquidity positions. In this regard, the interest rate that the Bank of Thailand charges commercial banks varies in accordance with their shares in total credits extended to exporters—for example, 4%, 3%, 2%, and 1 % a year for shares of 20%, 40%, or 80% respectively. However, the rate charged to customers by commercial banks remained unchanged at 7% a year. |
Trade In order to promote border trade, the license fee was reduced from B 20,000 to B 2,000 per license for those exporters residing in border provinces and exporting an amount not exceeding B 20,000 per day. The maximum amount of each export and import transaction that is allowed without approval from the Bank of Thailand was increased to B 50,000 for all kinds of merchandise goods in order to facilitate border trade. |
1988 | |
Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand implemented stricter monetary policy and at the same time emphasized the promotion of rural development by encouraging the diversification of credit extensions. Capital Markets Dividends and distributed profits from companies or partnerships not registered with the SET were allowed to be excluded from other taxable income for the year-end assessment if tax payers consented to a 15% withholding tax at source (such income otherwise is subject to withholding the personal income tax rate). The business tax exemption period for sales of securities in the SET was extended for two years until the end of 1990. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Bank of Thailand revised regulations covering financial institutions in order to facilitate their operations and raise their efficiency. To allow small entrepreneurs access to working capital and to maintain stability of crop prices, the Bank of Thailand modified regulations governing financial assistance to entrepreneurs in priority economic sectors and introduced new categories of credit extension. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand’s total financial assistance line was raised from B 38.5 billion to B 40 billion, of which B 2 billion was allocated to small industries to invest in agricultural and industrial activities in rural areas. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Commercial banks were authorized to open foreign exchange accounts and to accept deposits in foreign currencies at an amount not exceeding $5,000 from foreigners who were in transit or resided temporarily in Thailand within 15 days after their arrival. The regulation governing the use abroad of credit cards and the collection of money therefrom, including withdrawal of funds through ATMs, was modified. The change involved an increase in the ceiling for the use of credit cards in foreign countries to $2,000 in addition to the expenses that can be approved by authorized representatives on behalf of the Exchange Control Officer. Trade Credit card holders in Thailand were permitted to use credit cards abroad for import payments by submitting an application prior to their departure. |
1989 | |
Monetary Policy: Monetary measures were focused on economic growth, income distribution, exports, and investment promotion as well as internal and external funds mobilization. The Sixth Plan was revised because all its goals were attained sooner than planned. The revision was aimed at sustaining high growth with stability to tackle major problems such as the trade and current account deficits, the widening of savings investment gap, and concentration of investment around Bangkok. Capital Markets Income tax exemption amendments were made on interest from government bonds and on income from the transfer of government bonds inside and outside the SET. Money Market and Instruments Interest rate ceiling on time deposits with maturity over one year was removed, while the interest rate ceilings on savings accounts and time deposits with one-year maturity or less and on lending rate were maintained. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The first round of relaxation of foreign exchange regulations is introduced. The maximum amount of: (1) Thai baht that an individual could bring into or take out of the country was increased to B 10,000; (2) Thai baht that could be sent through the money order service was increased to B 2,500 at a time; (3) foreign currency allowed to be bought from and sold to an individual customer by commercial banks without prior submission of the Exchange Control form was increased to B 1,000 and B 500, respectively; and (4) foreign currencies that commercial banks were allowed to sell to expatriate families as well as Thai nationals were raised to $5,000 per annum. Commercial banks were given authorization to sell foreign exchange and transfer Thai baht into transferable nonresident baht accounts of foreign investors or borrowers of foreign loans who had registered the funds with the Bank of Thailand. The transferred funds required (1) proceeds from sales of shares in the SET financed with foreign capital, or (2) dividends transferred by registered or authorized companies on behalf of an investor. Repayments of principals, interest, other expenses related to foreign loans, dividends, and transfer of relevant certificates of share ownership were allowed without the Bank of Thailand’s approval. Sale of foreign exchange for bona fide transactions was limited to $500 or its equivalent without the submission of supporting documents. Sale of foreign exchange was permitted for remittances of family expenses and savings up to a limit of $5,000. Commercial banks were allowed to approve foreign currency purchases for various purposes, including the exchange of foreign currency held by foreign travelers into another currency up to $3,000 or its equivalent at market rates. Trade Payments in domestic currency for imports and trade-related services, such as freight charges and insurance premiums, into nonresident transferable baht account could be approved by authorized banks on behalf of the competent officer. Authorized banks were allowed to approve exchange control forms in connection with payments for imported materials for the manufacture of export products and with deferred import payments. They were also authorized to approve an exchange control form for exports under certain circumstances. The limit on the value of imports and exports that do not require the filing of an exchange control form was increased to B 100,000 from B 50,000. |
1990 | |
Monetary Policy: Measures were aimed at improving the financial structure and international payment system with a view to enhancing competition in the financial sector, reducing inflation, and inducing more flexibility in the asset-liability management of domestic financial institutions. Policies were also implemented to assist the development of financial instruments and investment in the capital market. Capital Markets Bank of Thailand revised a regulation to allow finance companies to invest a greater amount of their funds in registered or listed securities (from 60% to 100% of their capital funds). Bank of Thailand introduced new regulations for the setting up of security trading offices in the provincial areas. Eligible companies were required to have licenses to perform security brokerage service and be members of the SET. Money Market The Bank of Thailand removed the requirement on the minimum denomination of promissory notes that finance companies can issue (from B 5,000 to B 10,000 to zero). The Bank of Thailand lifted the official ceiling on interest rates charged to nonbanks on promissory notes (rate that was charged used to be 1% higher than that offered at bank accounts in commercial banks). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System On May 4, the Government announced the acceptance of Article VIII obligations of the IMF Articles of Agreement. A second round, partial relaxation of foreign exchange regulations was introduced. (1) commercial banks were allowed to grant permission to all applications of foreign exchange transactions relating to international trade; (2) the maximum limits entrusted to commercial banks on foreign exchange applications relating to service accounts were raised; the maximum limit on traveling allowances was increased to $20,000 per trip, and the limits on family allowances and educational expenses were also increased to $50,000 per year; (3) commercial banks were authorized to approve remittances of funds to families and relatives living abroad within the maximum limit of $100,000 per person per year, and the limits of remittances of funds by emigrants were raised to $1 million per person per year (4) commercial banks were allowed to approve the repatriation of interest payments (net of taxes), payments for the repayment of foreign loans, and transfers of baht into and from nonresident baht accounts and into “transferable” and “blocked” accounts for the purchase of foreign currency (up to $500,000 per transaction). Commercial banks was allowed to lend to nonresidents in foreign currency not exceeding $5 million or its equivalent. The maximum amount allowed to be transferred to each nonresident Baht account was increased to B 5 million a day. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Three new closed-end mutual funds were approved to mobilize foreign capital: Thai Capital Fund, Thai Equity Growth Fund, and Thai Emerging Fund, all with maturity of 25 years. Outflows: Commercial banks are allowed to approve the repatriation of proceeds from sales of securities. |
1991 | |
Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand continued to implement cautious monetary policy to achieve a balanced growth of money supply and credit, and to keep the expansion in domestic expenditure in line with growth in production capacity. Measures to promote a more efficient financial system were also undertaken in step with the changing economic structure, both at home and abroad, as well as to prepare domestic financial institutions for competition with foreign counterparts. Capital Markets The Securities and Exchange Bills were drafted. The Thai Credit Rating Agency (CRA) to be established to support the issuance of financial instruments. Computerized trading system was introduced in the SET. Money Market and Instruments Policies were further pursued to allow interest rates to adjust in accordance with market mechanism. Preparations were made for the eventual removal of the ceiling on savings deposit and lending rates (see 1992). Lending rates of banks and finance companies became subject to ceilings of 19% and 21%, respectively. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The third round of the relaxation of foreign exchange regulations was undertaken following the acceptance of Article VIII: (1) residents were permitted to purchase an unlimited amount of foreign exchange currency from authorized banks (with some exceptions); (2) the period for surrender of foreign currency receipts was extended from 7 to 15 days, or the amount could be deposited in foreign currency accounts with authorized commercial banks in Thailand (upon checking that currencies originated abroad); and (3) the limit on foreign currencies brought into the country or taken out of the country was removed. Limits on the amount of Thai baht allowed to be taken out of the country were raised. Foreign exchange earners were allowed to open foreign exchange accounts with commercial banks up to $500,000 for individuals and $2 million for corporations. Direct Investment Inflows: The Investment Promotion Act was amended to induce more foreign investment. Outflows: Thai investors were permitted to transfer freely up to a certain amount in U.S. dollars abroad for direct investment. Inflows: Government allowed 100% foreign ownership of firms that export all of their output. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The maximum amount Thai residents could invest abroad or lend to companies abroad, which had at least 25% Thai equity participation, was set at $5 million per year, without the authorization of the Bank of Thailand. Outflows: The repatriation of investment funds, loan repayments, and interest payments by foreign investors could be made without any restrictions. Outflows: The tax on dividends remitted abroad was reduced from 20% to 15%. The tax on payments to nonresidents on income from royalties was lowered from 20% to 15%. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: Joint ventures and foreign ownership were restricted to a maximum of 49% in certain investment projects. |
1992 Monetary Policy: Major monetary policies were aimed at facilitating continued economic growth and development of the financial system and of Thailand into a regional financial center. The Seventh National Economic and Social Development Plan was introduced (1992-96). Its main objectives were to sustain economic expansion with stability, to distribute income to regions, and to develop human resources. Capital Markets The Securities and Exchange Act came into force in May 1992. All activities relating to the securities business, including securities companies that were formerly under the Bank of Thailand’s supervision, now came under the supervision of the SET. Afternoon trading was introduced on the stock exchange (July). Unlisted companies were permitted to issue corporate bonds and debentures. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Policies were focused on the development of the financial system. Authorities deregulated financial institutions’ operations and expanded their scope of operation. New financial acts were promulgated and existing ones amended, and a subsequent phase of exchange control deregulation was undertaken. The government approved the establishment of the Bangkok International Banking Facility (BIBF). Commercial banks that were registered to conduct international banking facilities were allowed to accept deposits or borrow in foreign currencies from abroad and from foreign banks or nonresidents; accept deposits or borrow in foreign currencies from abroad from foreign persons who lent foreign currencies in Thailand (limited to $500,000); conduct cross-currency transactions with overseas customers; give acceptance or guarantee debts in foreign currencies; deal in letters of credit when both buyer and seller resides abroad and import and export of goods do not enter or leave Thailand; and managing loan procurement of foreign currency loans from foreign sources. The Financial Institutions’ Lending Rate Act and the Commercial Banking Act were amended. Amendments were made to the second and third amendments of the Acts on the Undertakings of Finance Business, Securities Business, and Credit Foncier Business. Financial institutions were allowed to jointly establish mutual funds management companies, and jointly apply for such licenses. The Public Company Act came into effect in June 1992. Regional offices of transnational corporations within Thailand were allowed to be formed. Money Market Instruments The interest rate ceiling on savings deposits at commercial banks was abolished (January). The interest rate ceilings on finance companies’ and credit foncier companies’ borrowing, deposits, and lending together with the ceiling on commercial banks’ lending were lifted (June). The interest rate ceiling on mortgage lending to low-income individuals was maintained for all loan contracts that were made before June 1992. For commercial banks, the ceiling for such a loan was fixed at the minimum lending rate, and for finance companies and credit foncier companies, it was fixed at the maximum lending rate less 1.5%. Commercial banks and finance companies were permitted to issue certificates of deposits. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The fourth round of changes in exchange regulations occurred. Changes included: (1) exporters were allowed to receive payments in baht from nonresident baht accounts in addition to those in foreign currencies, and could use such foreign currency receipts to pay for imports or debit foreign liabilities to nonresidents; (2) exporters were permitted to use the proceeds to service external obligations and pay for imports without depositing the proceeds in domestic banking accounts (previously proceeds were required to be deposited within 15 days of receipt); (3) residents could withdraw from their foreign currency accounts to repay debt on behalf of their subsidiaries, or transfer to creditors’ foreign currency accounts at commercial banks in Thailand; and (4) expatriates temporarily working in Thailand were allowed to purchase foreign currencies to deposit in their foreign currency accounts at commercial banks. The daily ceiling on foreign notes and coins, which was allowed to be deposited in a foreign currency account, was removed. Government agencies, state organizations, or enterprises, or juristic persons established under specific laws were allowed to conduct any transactions through their foreign currency accounts. Direct Investment Inflows: Under the Seventh Plan, foreign ownership requests were to be decided by the individual ministries on a case-by-case basis. Inflows: Under the Seventh Plan, the criteria for granting tax incentives was designed to promote investment in special sectors. Exceptions were made for enterprises exporting at least 80% of their output. Inflows: Commercial banks, which were allowed to carry operations under the BIBF, were given a tax break: the corporate income tax was lowered from 30% to 10%; exempted from the withholding tax on interest paid to a foreign depositor or lender on the deposit or loan used for offshore lending; exempted from specific business tax and municipal tax (the typical 3.3% tax on gross income); and exempted from stamp duty (typically 0.5%) not exceeding B 10,000. An NIBF licensed bank remained subject to a 10% remittance tax on net profits sent out of Thailand. Portfolio Investment Inflows: In an effort to induce foreign investment in the Thai stock market, several taxes were reduced: dividend taxes, tax on interest payments from debentures to foreign juristic persons, and tax on capital gains from the sale of securities by juristic persons. Outflows: Tax on dividends remitted abroad was lowered from 15% to 10% |
1993 Monetary Policy: Monetary measures were implemented cautiously within the framework of a more liberalized financial market. The policy stance was somehow restrictive; the measures aimed at increasing the efficiency of the domestic financial markets and at facilitating growth. Measures aimed at ensuring that the adjustment in interest rates were consistent with monetary conditions; there were further measures on financial deregulation and liberalization of foreign exchange controls. Capital Markets Financial institutions were allowed to seek permission to undertake securities businesses limited to trading or placing debt instruments. The SET introduced measures to improve the efficiency of its operations. Rules and procedures on the management of new types of mutual funds were established. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Thailand’s offshore banking facility, the Bangkok International Banking Facility (BIBF), commenced operations. The Bank of Thailand relaxed some of the regulations governing the BIBF. This relaxation was extended especially to foreign commercial bank branches pertaining to required maintenance of assets in the country, capital maintenance, ratio of commitments to capital, and liquidity reserve requirement. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand reduced the bank rate and the refinancing rate on finance companies’ promissory notes. The Bank of Thailand gave a directive to commercial banks to announce the Minimum Loan Rate and Minimum Retail Rate. The Bank of Thailand provided financial assistance to the new investment projects, each with capital not exceeding B 200 million, that had been granted investment promotional benefits by refinancing, through commercial banks and the Industrial Finance Corporation of Thailand. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Authorities increased the limit on baht that can be carried to bordering countries and Vietnam, to not more than B 250,000. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Rules governing the issuance of debentures in foreign countries, as well as subordinate debentures, were specified in order to increase alternatives for the private businesses in mobilizing funds. Issuers of such funds must obtain permission from the SET. Trade The Export-Import Bank of Thailand was established with the purpose of strengthening the financial standing of Thai export-oriented business. |
1994 | |
Monetary Policy: Policy was aimed at supporting the stable economic expansion and development of the financial system. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Regulations on, and requirements for, the expansion of financial institutions were introduced. Permission was granted to open the Provincial International Banking Facility. Requirements for the issuance of the various types of securities, conditions, and procedures related to mutual funds, guidelines for reports in information disclosure, requirements for the establishment of securities brokerage offices and branches of securities companies, revisions of regulations and procedures regarding the registration of securities and security holders, measures to maintain capital market stability, and revisions of other SET regulations were introduced. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand raised the base interest rate and the discount rate (refinancing rate) for promissory notes of finance companies and finance and securities companies arising from agricultural, industrial, and commercial activities. The Bank of Thailand required commercial banks to inform their customers in writing about the benchmark rate (Minimum Loan Rate or Minimum Retail Rate) and the margin added on to such rate, as well as to clearly post the deposit interest rate and the benchmark rates for credit. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The ceiling on the amount authorized banks are permitted to lend to nonresidents in foreign currency was eliminated. Residents were permitted to use foreign exchange that originated abroad for servicing external obligations without having to surrender it or deposit it in a domestic bank account. Foreign currency borrowed by residents from the BIBF, or borrowed by nonresidents from authorized banks or from withdrawal from nonresident baht accounts, could all be freely deposited in foreign currency accounts. Limits on amount of foreign exchange that could be taken out for traveling expenses was eliminated. Foreign exchange controls on the outward transfers of funds and lending in foreign currency were relaxed. Authorities increased the limit on baht that could be carried to bordering countries and Vietnam, to not more than B 500,000. Direct Investment Outflows: The maximum amount permitted for direct investment abroad by Thai residents or lending to companies abroad that have at least 25% Thai equity participation was increased to upwards of $10 million. |
1995 | |
Monetary Policy: Authorities tightened money policy to strengthen economic stability, at the same time financial reform measures were undertaken. Capital Markets The authorities introduced Bank of Thailand Bonds, which are auctioned every week according to a preannounced schedule. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Provincial International Banking Facility (PIBF) was established. PIBF’s funding must be from overseas like that of the BIBF, but PIBF can extend credit in both baht and foreign currencies. Commercial banks with BIBF licenses were required to set up provisions for doubtful debts of 75% of the doubtful debt as of June 1994, and 100% as of the end of 1995. Banks were not allowed to count loans in foreign currencies to purchase unused land or for personal reasons, as foreign assets; and only 50% of certain other loans could be counted as foreign assets, unless the borrower fully covered his exchange risk by buying the exchange forward at the same bank that extended the loan. The Bank of Thailand required banks to submit detailed information on risk control measures on trading in foreign exchange and derivatives. The Bank of Thailand adopted a new method of calculating nontrade net open foreign exchange positions (on which there are limits set as a percent of capital) for foreign and locally incorporated banks. Finance and securities companies’ daily long and short foreign exchange positions were restricted to a maximum of 25% and 20%, respectively, of first-tier capital funds. The maximum for commercial banks’ average weekly net long and short foreign exchange position was reduced to 20% and 15%, respectively, of first-tier capital funds, or $5 million, whichever is larger. Money Market and Instruments The central bank rate was increased by 1 percentage point to 101/2%. The interest rate charged to finance companies on borrowing from the Bank of Thailand under the securities repurchase agreement was also raised to the same level as the central bank rate. Authorities extended the coverage of the credit plan to include finance companies and banks in the BIBF. The Bank of Thailand improved the trading mechanism in the repurchase market whereby the prevailing best bid and best offer prices are matched continuously throughout the trading session. The Bank of Thailand permitted finance companies to issue bills of exchange or certificates of deposit denominated in foreign currencies with maturity of over one year to investors overseas or commercial banks authorized to undertake foreign exchange transactions. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The authorities imposed constraints on bank lending including restrictions on nonpriority lending in foreign exchange. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows/Outflows: The authorities imposed a 7% reserve requirement on nonresident baht accounts and on finance companies’ short-term promissory notes. The previous regulation required 2% minimum deposits with the Bank of Thailand, and the remaining 5% in the form of vault cash and eligible securities. |
1996 | |
Capital Markets The authorities introduced three rescue funds during 1995-96 to slow the stock market’s decline. Authorities allowed securities companies to apply for licenses to undertake comprehensive securities businesses under the rules of the SE Act B.E.2535. The SEC increased the “initial margin” from 30% to 40%. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Bank of Thailand revised the method for the calculation of finance companies’ foreign exchange position in regard to lending whereby borrowers bear the foreign exchange risk. The minimum capital adequacy requirement for commercial banks was increased. The Bank of Thailand tightened further the limits on banks’ net foreign exchange positions by excluding loans in foreign currency to certain high-risk sectors from the banks’ assets. The preferential tax rate on BIBF profits was reduced. The Bank of Thailand allowed financial institutions to choose custodians who have strong financial positions and a network of services in important financial centers and are given a credit rating from Standard and Poor’s of not less than AA-. The Bank of Thailand requested commercial banks to report monthly figures on credit card services every three months instead of six months. The Bank of Thailand demanded that finance companies and finance and securities companies maintain liquid assets as deposits at the Bank of Thailand. The Bank of Thailand required domestically incorporated commercial banks wishing to issue financial instruments to be counted as second-tier capital fund to seek permission from the Bank of Thailand not less than one month before offering securities for subscription. The Royal Decree Regulating Affairs of the Bank of Thailand (No.8) B.E.2539 was enacted. Under the new decree, finance companies, authorized to undertake foreign exchange business upon obtaining a license, were allowed to purchase and sell foreign exchange with the Bank of Thailand like that of commercial banks. The Bank of Thailand required foreign bank branches licensed to undertake businesses of commercial banking to maintain funds at not less than 7.5% of assets and contingent liabilities. The Bank of Thailand required domestic commercial banks to maintain capital funds at not less than 8.5% of assets and contingent liabilities and the first-tier capital funds shall not be less than 6% of risk assets. Finance companies, finance and securities companies, and credit foncier companies were required to maintain reserves at no less than 100% of doubtful assets within the accounting period ending in June 1996. The Bank of Thailand permitted BIBF to sign contracts against risks for the amount maintained as liquid assets such as buying forward or option against the baht. The Bank of Thailand allowed foreign bank branches to include deposits maintained as liquid assets of BIBF in the calculation of foreign assets. The middle exchange rate announced by the Exchange Equalization Funds must be used in converting baht into U.S. dollars. The Bank of Thailand allowed foreign bank branches to maintain assets required under the Commercial Banking Act 2522 in foreign currency except for deposits at the Bank of Thailand, which have to be in baht. The Bank of Thailand prescribed that the amount of money with which a commercial bank engages in any or several types of the following transactions, namely credit granting, investment, and formation of contingent liabilities for any person, must not exceed 25% of its first-tier capital fund at the end of any day. The Ministry of Finance issued a notification stipulating regulations governing the permission for finance companies to manage private funds. The Bank of Thailand issued a notification on financial assistance to six business undertakings. The Bank of Thailand set a standard for the calculation of risk-weighted assets. |
Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: A reserve requirement of 7% on banks’ nonresident baht accounts with maturity of less than one year was imposed. Inflows: A similar 7% reserve requirement was imposed on nonresident baht borrowing, with maturity of less than one year, by finance companies. Inflows: A 7% reserve requirement was imposed on new foreign borrowing with maturity of less than one year, by commercial banks and BIBF banks. This reserve requirement applies also to nonresident deposits. The following types of borrowing were exempted from this reserve requirement: international trade financing, overdrafts and liabilities arising from currency trading and derivatives transactions, and nonresident deposits at the BIBFs. Trade The three-year tariff reduction program, covering about 4,000 product items, was designed to reduce the average tariff rate from about 30% to 17%, and ended in January 1, 1997. |
1997-Aug. | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Bank of Thailand required all financial institutions to submit daily reports of foreign exchange transactions with nonresidents, including all spot, forward, and swap transactions, as well as purchases of debt instruments from nonresidents. Sixteen of the ninty-one finance companies were suspended in June and forced to merge with new domestic or foreign partners, absorbed by five “core” finance companies, or liquidated after the due diligence process had been completed. Twenty-two finance companies were asked to raise new capital while two companies underwent negotiations with foreign investors. A further 35 finance companies were suspended in August and were subject to similar procedures as those outlined in the June order. Support to financial institutions was given through the Financial Institutions Development Fund (FIDF), except for those suspended in June and August. A compulsory contribution to the FIDF on all protected liabilities of financial institutions was introduced. The government announced it will not make available public funds to aid corporate and household borrowers, domestic or external. Banks were required to make loan loss provisions on the basis of more stringent asset classification rules, and were allowed full tax deducibility for specific provisions required by the Bank of Thailand (as part of the structural performance criterium set by the IMF). Commercial banks and remaining finance companies were required to raise their capital in anticipation of possible further deterioration of their asset quality (as part of the structural performance criterium set by the IMF). A 0.5% fee was introduced on the protected liabilities of financial institutions (as part of the performance criterium set by the IMF). After the banking crisis is normalized, institutions will be allowed to make public their exit from the current protection scheme. Capital Markets In March, the SEC ordered a halting of trade in financial sector stocks. In May, Thai commercial banks offered to pool up to 50 billion baht to shore up the stock market. Money Market and Instruments In March the Bank of Thailand announced measures to issue zero coupon bonds to raise B 100 billion to buy substandard assets from property developers and the Thai cabinet set up an agency to manage a 100 billion baht rescue fund for property companies. In April, the Bank of Thailand cut lending rates to finance companies by 50-100 basis points aimed at helping any financial institution that had liquidity problems. In May, the Bank of Thailand floated another 20 billion baht of seven-year, zero-coupon bonds through weekly auctions. The government set aside another B 10 billion for confessional mortgage loans to first-time buyers. In July, the FIDF lending rates were kept at above the highest deposit rate in the system and all liquidity support became subject to conditionality. In August, the bank rate was increased from 10.5% to 12.5%. In August, deposit rates in the financial system were capped at 1 percentage point above the average deposit rate of the five largest commercial banks. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System On July 2, the exchange rate system was changed to managed floating, whereby the baht would be managed within an unpublished band. All affected financial institutions were required to submit daily reports of foreign exchange transactions with nonresidents, including all spot, forward, and swap transactions, as well as purchase of debt instruments from nonresidents to the Bank of Thailand. In June, the baht proceeds from sales of stocks by nonresidents were required to be converted into foreign currency at the onshore exchange rate. The authorities introduced a two-tier currency market that creates separate exchange rates for investors who buy baht in domestic markets and those who bring it overseas. Effective September 8, 1997, the Thai authorities modified the exchange control regulation as follows: (i) foreign exchange earners were allowed to deposit their foreign exchange received in their foreign currency deposit account only if they had obligations to pay out such amounts to nonresidents abroad within three months from the deposit date; and (ii) exporters receiving packing credit from the Bank of Thailand through the Export-Import Bank of Thailand were required to sign a forward contract to sell their foreign exchange with a commercial bank selling promissory notes to the Export- Import Bank. The forward contracts must specify the amount of foreign currencies in terms of baht, which cannot be less than 50% of the face value of the promissory note. Direct Investment Inflows: The restriction on foreign ownership of office buildings and condominiums was lifted in end-April 1997 in an effort to shrink the country’s oversupply of real estate. Inflows: In April, foreigners investing more than B 25 million in the country were permitted to buy land. Inflows: In April, the foreign ownership limit of 25% for financial institutions was lifted on a case-by-case basis. Restrictions on Capital Flows Outflows: The Bank of Thailand temporarily limited baht lending to nonresidents through foreign exchange swap transactions, and all other transactions that could facilitate the buildup of baht position in the offshore market. These include direct loans, overdraft, currency swaps, interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, currency options, and interest rate options. Outflows: The Bank of Thailand temporarily limited forward outright transactions baht with nonresidents. Outflows: The Bank of Thailand temporarily limited selling baht against foreign currencies to nonresidents. Outflows: Any purchases of foreign exchange from nonresidents before maturity of certain securities must use the exchange rate prevailing in the domestic market on the purchase date. These securities included baht-denominated bills of exchange, promissory notes, certificates of deposit, and other debt instruments such as debentures and bonds. Outflows: The Bank of Thailand tightened a remittance ban in response to stock sales by foreign investment funds that were trying to acquire Thai currency for short-covering purposes. The measures above were introduced in June and were not applied to foreign exchange transactions related to export and import of goods and services, and direct and portfolio investment, and were aimed mainly at short-term speculative activity. |
Thailand: Sequencing of Reforms in the Domestic and External Sectors
Monetary Controls and Financial System | Exchange System, Trade, and Capital Flows |
---|---|
1985 | |
Monetary Policy: The government pursued a less restrictive monetary policy than in 1984 aimed at giving greater stability and flexibility to the financial system, as well as to promote priority economic sectors. This policy emphasized a change in loan policies of financial institutions and adapting the interest rate structure to economic circumstances. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Regulations concerning rediscounting of finance company promissory notes were liberalized. Regulations governing commercial bank sales of government bonds, held as required by branching regulations in the repurchase market, were liberalized. Regulations concerning the rediscounting of promissory notes arising from exports, small industrial undertakings, and animal husbandry were liberalized (method of computing interest on promissory notes is changed). Bank of Thailand exempted interbank loans of up to 6-month maturity from a classification as a risk asset. The Act on the Undertaking of Finance Businesses BE 2522 (1979) was amended by the Second Emergency Decree BE 2528 (1985) by providing a better legal framework for finance, and securities companies and credit fonciers. To broaden participation in interbank markets and increase the volume of transactions, commercial banks created the Bangkok Interbank Offer Rate (BIBOR), which operates along with the interbank market. Money Market and Instruments Commercial banks were asked to cooperate and offer concessionary interest rates or discounts to priority sectors (including the allocation of more credit to these sectors). The minimum maturity of promissory notes held by credit fonciers as collateral was increased. Bank of Thailand established a line-of-credit on overdrafts at commercial banks (to help commercial banks avoid excess liquidity). Bank of Thailand required commercial banks to cease paying interest monthly on time deposits. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Outflows: Regulations continued to exist on the repatriation of interest payments abroad. Prior approval from the Bank of Thailand was required. Direct and Portfolio Investment Inflows: Bank of Thailand required every individual borrowing from abroad to register with the Bank within seven days of making the loan agreement. Portfolio Investment Outflows: Limits continued to be imposed on commercial bank lending to nonresidents in foreign currency. Trade Regulations regarding rediscounts of export bills were liberalized. Credit ceiling was increased from 50% to 60% of warehouse receipt value. The Bank of Thailand temporarily extended the rebate period for penalty fees levied against rice and tapioca exporters, from 60 to 150 days. A surcharge of 10% of the c.i.f. value was imposed on imports of goods and services under customs tariff heading No. 95.08. Regulations on the opening of letters of credit for imports were relaxed. The Bank of Thailand provided special assistance to exporters affected by the baht exchange rate adjustment by giving an exemption from paying penalty fees when unable to export goods within the specified time in the promissory notes. Manufacturers of goods exported by international trading companies were allowed to rediscount directly at the Bank of Thailand their own promissory notes issued against domestic letters of credit, sales contracts, or purchase orders received from promoted international trading companies (as an alternative to these international companies rediscounting their own promissory notes at the Bank of Thailand and then giving the proceeds to the manufacturers within 60 days). |
1986 | |
Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand continued with less restrictive policies with the aim at boosting the economy and investment, including official financial assistance to priority economic sectors. At the same time, the Bank of Thailand helped improve the stability and financial position of financial institutions. Capital Markets For interest paid on debentures Stock Exchange of Thailand (SET), the income tax (deducted at source) was set at 15% tax, lower than the personal income rate and excludable from personal assessable income. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand consolidated its two-tier rate into a single rate, maintaining the ceiling credit line at 1% of total commercial bank deposits. Bank of Thailand used the 1985 base of deposit levels rather than the 1979 level. The Bank of Thailand added two more maturities for bond repurchases—90-day and 180-day to the existing four—1-, 3-, 30-, and 60-day. The CB reduced the refinancing rate of promissory notes arising from exports from 7% to 5% per annum, and those arising from exports of new products with no traditional markets and those issued by small exporters and small-scale industries, from 5% to 4% per annum. The financing rates were correspondingly reduced to 7% for all exports. The regulation on refinancing of promissory notes arising from exports was amended. The maximum value for refinancing export bills issued against receipts was increased from 50% to 60% of the value assessed by commercial banks. The penalty rate was reduced from 11% to 8%, bringing it in line with the rate in the money market. The decrease of the penalty rate was also accompanied by a relaxation of penalty collection methods. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The Bank of Thailand increased the amount of foreign exchange a person going overseas can purchase to a more appropriate level, and increased the amount of foreign currency an authorized foreign exchange dealer can sell to such a person. Portfolio Investment Inflows: The tax on income earned from mutual funds was lowered for nonresidents and juristic persons, if they used foreign funds transferred to Thailand to purchase them. Inflows: For dividends and other forms of compensation earned from mutual funds, the government gives: (1) groups of persons not resident in Thailand a reduction in the income tax (deducted at source) from over 10% to no more than 10%; such earnings are also excludable from assessable personal income; and (2) juristic persons or partnerships established according to foreign law and without business in Thailand a reduction in income tax (deducted at source) from 20% to 10%. Inflows: For capital gains earned from selling shares in mutual funds listed on the SET, an investor received a reduction in the income tax (deducted at source) from 25% to 12.5%. To qualify an investor must use foreign funds transferred into Thailand to purchase the mutual fund shares. Inflows: The Bank of Thailand introduced a regulation requiring the registration of all private foreign borrowing at the Bank of Thailand within seven days of the signature date, and not after the loan funds were imported and sold to authorized banks. |
1987 Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand carried out policies to expand credit, to promote production and investment, especially of small-scale industries in rural areas, and to solve the problem of excess liquidity in the banking system. The Bank of Thailand continued to promote stability of financial institutions and to encourage them to respond more flexibly to changing economic conditions. The Sixth National Economic and Social Development Plan was introduced (1987-91). The main objectives are increasing efficiency of development, production, and marketing and promoting equitable distribution of income. Capital Markets The minimum margin loan ratio at 35% was set by the SET. Subsequently it was changed three times to 50%, 70%, and back to 50%. Bonds issued by the Bank of Thailand were exempted from business tax and stamp duty. Maximum withholding tax on dividends and distributed profits from companies registered in the SET, mutual funds, and financial institutions that were set up under specific Thai law to provide credit were lowered from 30% to a rate not exceeding 15% of income. Capital gains arising from transfers of debentures issued by non-government agencies in the SET became subject to a 15% withholding tax at source on the excess of the return over the invested amount. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand revised the regulations concerning the amount of cash or promissory notes to be placed by clients as collateral against margin loans extended by finance companies. Instead of prescribing a fixed minimum rate of 25% of total borrowing, the requirement was changed to either 25% of borrowing or the ratio prescribed by the SET, whichever is higher. The Bank of Thailand revised the regulations on the financial facility extended to exporters by allowing the participation of commercial banks in joint credit extension, so as to help them adjust their liquidity positions. In this regard, the interest rate that the Bank of Thailand charges commercial banks varies in accordance with their shares in total credits extended to exporters—for example, 4%, 3%, 2%, and 1 % a year for shares of 20%, 40%, or 80% respectively. However, the rate charged to customers by commercial banks remained unchanged at 7% a year. |
Trade In order to promote border trade, the license fee was reduced from B 20,000 to B 2,000 per license for those exporters residing in border provinces and exporting an amount not exceeding B 20,000 per day. The maximum amount of each export and import transaction that is allowed without approval from the Bank of Thailand was increased to B 50,000 for all kinds of merchandise goods in order to facilitate border trade. |
1988 | |
Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand implemented stricter monetary policy and at the same time emphasized the promotion of rural development by encouraging the diversification of credit extensions. Capital Markets Dividends and distributed profits from companies or partnerships not registered with the SET were allowed to be excluded from other taxable income for the year-end assessment if tax payers consented to a 15% withholding tax at source (such income otherwise is subject to withholding the personal income tax rate). The business tax exemption period for sales of securities in the SET was extended for two years until the end of 1990. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Bank of Thailand revised regulations covering financial institutions in order to facilitate their operations and raise their efficiency. To allow small entrepreneurs access to working capital and to maintain stability of crop prices, the Bank of Thailand modified regulations governing financial assistance to entrepreneurs in priority economic sectors and introduced new categories of credit extension. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand’s total financial assistance line was raised from B 38.5 billion to B 40 billion, of which B 2 billion was allocated to small industries to invest in agricultural and industrial activities in rural areas. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Commercial banks were authorized to open foreign exchange accounts and to accept deposits in foreign currencies at an amount not exceeding $5,000 from foreigners who were in transit or resided temporarily in Thailand within 15 days after their arrival. The regulation governing the use abroad of credit cards and the collection of money therefrom, including withdrawal of funds through ATMs, was modified. The change involved an increase in the ceiling for the use of credit cards in foreign countries to $2,000 in addition to the expenses that can be approved by authorized representatives on behalf of the Exchange Control Officer. Trade Credit card holders in Thailand were permitted to use credit cards abroad for import payments by submitting an application prior to their departure. |
1989 | |
Monetary Policy: Monetary measures were focused on economic growth, income distribution, exports, and investment promotion as well as internal and external funds mobilization. The Sixth Plan was revised because all its goals were attained sooner than planned. The revision was aimed at sustaining high growth with stability to tackle major problems such as the trade and current account deficits, the widening of savings investment gap, and concentration of investment around Bangkok. Capital Markets Income tax exemption amendments were made on interest from government bonds and on income from the transfer of government bonds inside and outside the SET. Money Market and Instruments Interest rate ceiling on time deposits with maturity over one year was removed, while the interest rate ceilings on savings accounts and time deposits with one-year maturity or less and on lending rate were maintained. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The first round of relaxation of foreign exchange regulations is introduced. The maximum amount of: (1) Thai baht that an individual could bring into or take out of the country was increased to B 10,000; (2) Thai baht that could be sent through the money order service was increased to B 2,500 at a time; (3) foreign currency allowed to be bought from and sold to an individual customer by commercial banks without prior submission of the Exchange Control form was increased to B 1,000 and B 500, respectively; and (4) foreign currencies that commercial banks were allowed to sell to expatriate families as well as Thai nationals were raised to $5,000 per annum. Commercial banks were given authorization to sell foreign exchange and transfer Thai baht into transferable nonresident baht accounts of foreign investors or borrowers of foreign loans who had registered the funds with the Bank of Thailand. The transferred funds required (1) proceeds from sales of shares in the SET financed with foreign capital, or (2) dividends transferred by registered or authorized companies on behalf of an investor. Repayments of principals, interest, other expenses related to foreign loans, dividends, and transfer of relevant certificates of share ownership were allowed without the Bank of Thailand’s approval. Sale of foreign exchange for bona fide transactions was limited to $500 or its equivalent without the submission of supporting documents. Sale of foreign exchange was permitted for remittances of family expenses and savings up to a limit of $5,000. Commercial banks were allowed to approve foreign currency purchases for various purposes, including the exchange of foreign currency held by foreign travelers into another currency up to $3,000 or its equivalent at market rates. Trade Payments in domestic currency for imports and trade-related services, such as freight charges and insurance premiums, into nonresident transferable baht account could be approved by authorized banks on behalf of the competent officer. Authorized banks were allowed to approve exchange control forms in connection with payments for imported materials for the manufacture of export products and with deferred import payments. They were also authorized to approve an exchange control form for exports under certain circumstances. The limit on the value of imports and exports that do not require the filing of an exchange control form was increased to B 100,000 from B 50,000. |
1990 | |
Monetary Policy: Measures were aimed at improving the financial structure and international payment system with a view to enhancing competition in the financial sector, reducing inflation, and inducing more flexibility in the asset-liability management of domestic financial institutions. Policies were also implemented to assist the development of financial instruments and investment in the capital market. Capital Markets Bank of Thailand revised a regulation to allow finance companies to invest a greater amount of their funds in registered or listed securities (from 60% to 100% of their capital funds). Bank of Thailand introduced new regulations for the setting up of security trading offices in the provincial areas. Eligible companies were required to have licenses to perform security brokerage service and be members of the SET. Money Market The Bank of Thailand removed the requirement on the minimum denomination of promissory notes that finance companies can issue (from B 5,000 to B 10,000 to zero). The Bank of Thailand lifted the official ceiling on interest rates charged to nonbanks on promissory notes (rate that was charged used to be 1% higher than that offered at bank accounts in commercial banks). |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System On May 4, the Government announced the acceptance of Article VIII obligations of the IMF Articles of Agreement. A second round, partial relaxation of foreign exchange regulations was introduced. (1) commercial banks were allowed to grant permission to all applications of foreign exchange transactions relating to international trade; (2) the maximum limits entrusted to commercial banks on foreign exchange applications relating to service accounts were raised; the maximum limit on traveling allowances was increased to $20,000 per trip, and the limits on family allowances and educational expenses were also increased to $50,000 per year; (3) commercial banks were authorized to approve remittances of funds to families and relatives living abroad within the maximum limit of $100,000 per person per year, and the limits of remittances of funds by emigrants were raised to $1 million per person per year (4) commercial banks were allowed to approve the repatriation of interest payments (net of taxes), payments for the repayment of foreign loans, and transfers of baht into and from nonresident baht accounts and into “transferable” and “blocked” accounts for the purchase of foreign currency (up to $500,000 per transaction). Commercial banks was allowed to lend to nonresidents in foreign currency not exceeding $5 million or its equivalent. The maximum amount allowed to be transferred to each nonresident Baht account was increased to B 5 million a day. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Three new closed-end mutual funds were approved to mobilize foreign capital: Thai Capital Fund, Thai Equity Growth Fund, and Thai Emerging Fund, all with maturity of 25 years. Outflows: Commercial banks are allowed to approve the repatriation of proceeds from sales of securities. |
1991 | |
Monetary Policy: The Bank of Thailand continued to implement cautious monetary policy to achieve a balanced growth of money supply and credit, and to keep the expansion in domestic expenditure in line with growth in production capacity. Measures to promote a more efficient financial system were also undertaken in step with the changing economic structure, both at home and abroad, as well as to prepare domestic financial institutions for competition with foreign counterparts. Capital Markets The Securities and Exchange Bills were drafted. The Thai Credit Rating Agency (CRA) to be established to support the issuance of financial instruments. Computerized trading system was introduced in the SET. Money Market and Instruments Policies were further pursued to allow interest rates to adjust in accordance with market mechanism. Preparations were made for the eventual removal of the ceiling on savings deposit and lending rates (see 1992). Lending rates of banks and finance companies became subject to ceilings of 19% and 21%, respectively. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The third round of the relaxation of foreign exchange regulations was undertaken following the acceptance of Article VIII: (1) residents were permitted to purchase an unlimited amount of foreign exchange currency from authorized banks (with some exceptions); (2) the period for surrender of foreign currency receipts was extended from 7 to 15 days, or the amount could be deposited in foreign currency accounts with authorized commercial banks in Thailand (upon checking that currencies originated abroad); and (3) the limit on foreign currencies brought into the country or taken out of the country was removed. Limits on the amount of Thai baht allowed to be taken out of the country were raised. Foreign exchange earners were allowed to open foreign exchange accounts with commercial banks up to $500,000 for individuals and $2 million for corporations. Direct Investment Inflows: The Investment Promotion Act was amended to induce more foreign investment. Outflows: Thai investors were permitted to transfer freely up to a certain amount in U.S. dollars abroad for direct investment. Inflows: Government allowed 100% foreign ownership of firms that export all of their output. Portfolio Investment Outflows: The maximum amount Thai residents could invest abroad or lend to companies abroad, which had at least 25% Thai equity participation, was set at $5 million per year, without the authorization of the Bank of Thailand. Outflows: The repatriation of investment funds, loan repayments, and interest payments by foreign investors could be made without any restrictions. Outflows: The tax on dividends remitted abroad was reduced from 20% to 15%. The tax on payments to nonresidents on income from royalties was lowered from 20% to 15%. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: Joint ventures and foreign ownership were restricted to a maximum of 49% in certain investment projects. |
1992 Monetary Policy: Major monetary policies were aimed at facilitating continued economic growth and development of the financial system and of Thailand into a regional financial center. The Seventh National Economic and Social Development Plan was introduced (1992-96). Its main objectives were to sustain economic expansion with stability, to distribute income to regions, and to develop human resources. Capital Markets The Securities and Exchange Act came into force in May 1992. All activities relating to the securities business, including securities companies that were formerly under the Bank of Thailand’s supervision, now came under the supervision of the SET. Afternoon trading was introduced on the stock exchange (July). Unlisted companies were permitted to issue corporate bonds and debentures. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Policies were focused on the development of the financial system. Authorities deregulated financial institutions’ operations and expanded their scope of operation. New financial acts were promulgated and existing ones amended, and a subsequent phase of exchange control deregulation was undertaken. The government approved the establishment of the Bangkok International Banking Facility (BIBF). Commercial banks that were registered to conduct international banking facilities were allowed to accept deposits or borrow in foreign currencies from abroad and from foreign banks or nonresidents; accept deposits or borrow in foreign currencies from abroad from foreign persons who lent foreign currencies in Thailand (limited to $500,000); conduct cross-currency transactions with overseas customers; give acceptance or guarantee debts in foreign currencies; deal in letters of credit when both buyer and seller resides abroad and import and export of goods do not enter or leave Thailand; and managing loan procurement of foreign currency loans from foreign sources. The Financial Institutions’ Lending Rate Act and the Commercial Banking Act were amended. Amendments were made to the second and third amendments of the Acts on the Undertakings of Finance Business, Securities Business, and Credit Foncier Business. Financial institutions were allowed to jointly establish mutual funds management companies, and jointly apply for such licenses. The Public Company Act came into effect in June 1992. Regional offices of transnational corporations within Thailand were allowed to be formed. Money Market Instruments The interest rate ceiling on savings deposits at commercial banks was abolished (January). The interest rate ceilings on finance companies’ and credit foncier companies’ borrowing, deposits, and lending together with the ceiling on commercial banks’ lending were lifted (June). The interest rate ceiling on mortgage lending to low-income individuals was maintained for all loan contracts that were made before June 1992. For commercial banks, the ceiling for such a loan was fixed at the minimum lending rate, and for finance companies and credit foncier companies, it was fixed at the maximum lending rate less 1.5%. Commercial banks and finance companies were permitted to issue certificates of deposits. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The fourth round of changes in exchange regulations occurred. Changes included: (1) exporters were allowed to receive payments in baht from nonresident baht accounts in addition to those in foreign currencies, and could use such foreign currency receipts to pay for imports or debit foreign liabilities to nonresidents; (2) exporters were permitted to use the proceeds to service external obligations and pay for imports without depositing the proceeds in domestic banking accounts (previously proceeds were required to be deposited within 15 days of receipt); (3) residents could withdraw from their foreign currency accounts to repay debt on behalf of their subsidiaries, or transfer to creditors’ foreign currency accounts at commercial banks in Thailand; and (4) expatriates temporarily working in Thailand were allowed to purchase foreign currencies to deposit in their foreign currency accounts at commercial banks. The daily ceiling on foreign notes and coins, which was allowed to be deposited in a foreign currency account, was removed. Government agencies, state organizations, or enterprises, or juristic persons established under specific laws were allowed to conduct any transactions through their foreign currency accounts. Direct Investment Inflows: Under the Seventh Plan, foreign ownership requests were to be decided by the individual ministries on a case-by-case basis. Inflows: Under the Seventh Plan, the criteria for granting tax incentives was designed to promote investment in special sectors. Exceptions were made for enterprises exporting at least 80% of their output. Inflows: Commercial banks, which were allowed to carry operations under the BIBF, were given a tax break: the corporate income tax was lowered from 30% to 10%; exempted from the withholding tax on interest paid to a foreign depositor or lender on the deposit or loan used for offshore lending; exempted from specific business tax and municipal tax (the typical 3.3% tax on gross income); and exempted from stamp duty (typically 0.5%) not exceeding B 10,000. An NIBF licensed bank remained subject to a 10% remittance tax on net profits sent out of Thailand. Portfolio Investment Inflows: In an effort to induce foreign investment in the Thai stock market, several taxes were reduced: dividend taxes, tax on interest payments from debentures to foreign juristic persons, and tax on capital gains from the sale of securities by juristic persons. Outflows: Tax on dividends remitted abroad was lowered from 15% to 10% |
1993 Monetary Policy: Monetary measures were implemented cautiously within the framework of a more liberalized financial market. The policy stance was somehow restrictive; the measures aimed at increasing the efficiency of the domestic financial markets and at facilitating growth. Measures aimed at ensuring that the adjustment in interest rates were consistent with monetary conditions; there were further measures on financial deregulation and liberalization of foreign exchange controls. Capital Markets Financial institutions were allowed to seek permission to undertake securities businesses limited to trading or placing debt instruments. The SET introduced measures to improve the efficiency of its operations. Rules and procedures on the management of new types of mutual funds were established. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Thailand’s offshore banking facility, the Bangkok International Banking Facility (BIBF), commenced operations. The Bank of Thailand relaxed some of the regulations governing the BIBF. This relaxation was extended especially to foreign commercial bank branches pertaining to required maintenance of assets in the country, capital maintenance, ratio of commitments to capital, and liquidity reserve requirement. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand reduced the bank rate and the refinancing rate on finance companies’ promissory notes. The Bank of Thailand gave a directive to commercial banks to announce the Minimum Loan Rate and Minimum Retail Rate. The Bank of Thailand provided financial assistance to the new investment projects, each with capital not exceeding B 200 million, that had been granted investment promotional benefits by refinancing, through commercial banks and the Industrial Finance Corporation of Thailand. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System Authorities increased the limit on baht that can be carried to bordering countries and Vietnam, to not more than B 250,000. Portfolio Investment Inflows: Rules governing the issuance of debentures in foreign countries, as well as subordinate debentures, were specified in order to increase alternatives for the private businesses in mobilizing funds. Issuers of such funds must obtain permission from the SET. Trade The Export-Import Bank of Thailand was established with the purpose of strengthening the financial standing of Thai export-oriented business. |
1994 | |
Monetary Policy: Policy was aimed at supporting the stable economic expansion and development of the financial system. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework Regulations on, and requirements for, the expansion of financial institutions were introduced. Permission was granted to open the Provincial International Banking Facility. Requirements for the issuance of the various types of securities, conditions, and procedures related to mutual funds, guidelines for reports in information disclosure, requirements for the establishment of securities brokerage offices and branches of securities companies, revisions of regulations and procedures regarding the registration of securities and security holders, measures to maintain capital market stability, and revisions of other SET regulations were introduced. Money Market and Instruments The Bank of Thailand raised the base interest rate and the discount rate (refinancing rate) for promissory notes of finance companies and finance and securities companies arising from agricultural, industrial, and commercial activities. The Bank of Thailand required commercial banks to inform their customers in writing about the benchmark rate (Minimum Loan Rate or Minimum Retail Rate) and the margin added on to such rate, as well as to clearly post the deposit interest rate and the benchmark rates for credit. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The ceiling on the amount authorized banks are permitted to lend to nonresidents in foreign currency was eliminated. Residents were permitted to use foreign exchange that originated abroad for servicing external obligations without having to surrender it or deposit it in a domestic bank account. Foreign currency borrowed by residents from the BIBF, or borrowed by nonresidents from authorized banks or from withdrawal from nonresident baht accounts, could all be freely deposited in foreign currency accounts. Limits on amount of foreign exchange that could be taken out for traveling expenses was eliminated. Foreign exchange controls on the outward transfers of funds and lending in foreign currency were relaxed. Authorities increased the limit on baht that could be carried to bordering countries and Vietnam, to not more than B 500,000. Direct Investment Outflows: The maximum amount permitted for direct investment abroad by Thai residents or lending to companies abroad that have at least 25% Thai equity participation was increased to upwards of $10 million. |
1995 | |
Monetary Policy: Authorities tightened money policy to strengthen economic stability, at the same time financial reform measures were undertaken. Capital Markets The authorities introduced Bank of Thailand Bonds, which are auctioned every week according to a preannounced schedule. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Provincial International Banking Facility (PIBF) was established. PIBF’s funding must be from overseas like that of the BIBF, but PIBF can extend credit in both baht and foreign currencies. Commercial banks with BIBF licenses were required to set up provisions for doubtful debts of 75% of the doubtful debt as of June 1994, and 100% as of the end of 1995. Banks were not allowed to count loans in foreign currencies to purchase unused land or for personal reasons, as foreign assets; and only 50% of certain other loans could be counted as foreign assets, unless the borrower fully covered his exchange risk by buying the exchange forward at the same bank that extended the loan. The Bank of Thailand required banks to submit detailed information on risk control measures on trading in foreign exchange and derivatives. The Bank of Thailand adopted a new method of calculating nontrade net open foreign exchange positions (on which there are limits set as a percent of capital) for foreign and locally incorporated banks. Finance and securities companies’ daily long and short foreign exchange positions were restricted to a maximum of 25% and 20%, respectively, of first-tier capital funds. The maximum for commercial banks’ average weekly net long and short foreign exchange position was reduced to 20% and 15%, respectively, of first-tier capital funds, or $5 million, whichever is larger. Money Market and Instruments The central bank rate was increased by 1 percentage point to 101/2%. The interest rate charged to finance companies on borrowing from the Bank of Thailand under the securities repurchase agreement was also raised to the same level as the central bank rate. Authorities extended the coverage of the credit plan to include finance companies and banks in the BIBF. The Bank of Thailand improved the trading mechanism in the repurchase market whereby the prevailing best bid and best offer prices are matched continuously throughout the trading session. The Bank of Thailand permitted finance companies to issue bills of exchange or certificates of deposit denominated in foreign currencies with maturity of over one year to investors overseas or commercial banks authorized to undertake foreign exchange transactions. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System The authorities imposed constraints on bank lending including restrictions on nonpriority lending in foreign exchange. Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows/Outflows: The authorities imposed a 7% reserve requirement on nonresident baht accounts and on finance companies’ short-term promissory notes. The previous regulation required 2% minimum deposits with the Bank of Thailand, and the remaining 5% in the form of vault cash and eligible securities. |
1996 | |
Capital Markets The authorities introduced three rescue funds during 1995-96 to slow the stock market’s decline. Authorities allowed securities companies to apply for licenses to undertake comprehensive securities businesses under the rules of the SE Act B.E.2535. The SEC increased the “initial margin” from 30% to 40%. Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Bank of Thailand revised the method for the calculation of finance companies’ foreign exchange position in regard to lending whereby borrowers bear the foreign exchange risk. The minimum capital adequacy requirement for commercial banks was increased. The Bank of Thailand tightened further the limits on banks’ net foreign exchange positions by excluding loans in foreign currency to certain high-risk sectors from the banks’ assets. The preferential tax rate on BIBF profits was reduced. The Bank of Thailand allowed financial institutions to choose custodians who have strong financial positions and a network of services in important financial centers and are given a credit rating from Standard and Poor’s of not less than AA-. The Bank of Thailand requested commercial banks to report monthly figures on credit card services every three months instead of six months. The Bank of Thailand demanded that finance companies and finance and securities companies maintain liquid assets as deposits at the Bank of Thailand. The Bank of Thailand required domestically incorporated commercial banks wishing to issue financial instruments to be counted as second-tier capital fund to seek permission from the Bank of Thailand not less than one month before offering securities for subscription. The Royal Decree Regulating Affairs of the Bank of Thailand (No.8) B.E.2539 was enacted. Under the new decree, finance companies, authorized to undertake foreign exchange business upon obtaining a license, were allowed to purchase and sell foreign exchange with the Bank of Thailand like that of commercial banks. The Bank of Thailand required foreign bank branches licensed to undertake businesses of commercial banking to maintain funds at not less than 7.5% of assets and contingent liabilities. The Bank of Thailand required domestic commercial banks to maintain capital funds at not less than 8.5% of assets and contingent liabilities and the first-tier capital funds shall not be less than 6% of risk assets. Finance companies, finance and securities companies, and credit foncier companies were required to maintain reserves at no less than 100% of doubtful assets within the accounting period ending in June 1996. The Bank of Thailand permitted BIBF to sign contracts against risks for the amount maintained as liquid assets such as buying forward or option against the baht. The Bank of Thailand allowed foreign bank branches to include deposits maintained as liquid assets of BIBF in the calculation of foreign assets. The middle exchange rate announced by the Exchange Equalization Funds must be used in converting baht into U.S. dollars. The Bank of Thailand allowed foreign bank branches to maintain assets required under the Commercial Banking Act 2522 in foreign currency except for deposits at the Bank of Thailand, which have to be in baht. The Bank of Thailand prescribed that the amount of money with which a commercial bank engages in any or several types of the following transactions, namely credit granting, investment, and formation of contingent liabilities for any person, must not exceed 25% of its first-tier capital fund at the end of any day. The Ministry of Finance issued a notification stipulating regulations governing the permission for finance companies to manage private funds. The Bank of Thailand issued a notification on financial assistance to six business undertakings. The Bank of Thailand set a standard for the calculation of risk-weighted assets. |
Restrictions on Capital Flows Inflows: A reserve requirement of 7% on banks’ nonresident baht accounts with maturity of less than one year was imposed. Inflows: A similar 7% reserve requirement was imposed on nonresident baht borrowing, with maturity of less than one year, by finance companies. Inflows: A 7% reserve requirement was imposed on new foreign borrowing with maturity of less than one year, by commercial banks and BIBF banks. This reserve requirement applies also to nonresident deposits. The following types of borrowing were exempted from this reserve requirement: international trade financing, overdrafts and liabilities arising from currency trading and derivatives transactions, and nonresident deposits at the BIBFs. Trade The three-year tariff reduction program, covering about 4,000 product items, was designed to reduce the average tariff rate from about 30% to 17%, and ended in January 1, 1997. |
1997-Aug. | |
Financial Supervisory and Regulatory Framework The Bank of Thailand required all financial institutions to submit daily reports of foreign exchange transactions with nonresidents, including all spot, forward, and swap transactions, as well as purchases of debt instruments from nonresidents. Sixteen of the ninty-one finance companies were suspended in June and forced to merge with new domestic or foreign partners, absorbed by five “core” finance companies, or liquidated after the due diligence process had been completed. Twenty-two finance companies were asked to raise new capital while two companies underwent negotiations with foreign investors. A further 35 finance companies were suspended in August and were subject to similar procedures as those outlined in the June order. Support to financial institutions was given through the Financial Institutions Development Fund (FIDF), except for those suspended in June and August. A compulsory contribution to the FIDF on all protected liabilities of financial institutions was introduced. The government announced it will not make available public funds to aid corporate and household borrowers, domestic or external. Banks were required to make loan loss provisions on the basis of more stringent asset classification rules, and were allowed full tax deducibility for specific provisions required by the Bank of Thailand (as part of the structural performance criterium set by the IMF). Commercial banks and remaining finance companies were required to raise their capital in anticipation of possible further deterioration of their asset quality (as part of the structural performance criterium set by the IMF). A 0.5% fee was introduced on the protected liabilities of financial institutions (as part of the performance criterium set by the IMF). After the banking crisis is normalized, institutions will be allowed to make public their exit from the current protection scheme. Capital Markets In March, the SEC ordered a halting of trade in financial sector stocks. In May, Thai commercial banks offered to pool up to 50 billion baht to shore up the stock market. Money Market and Instruments In March the Bank of Thailand announced measures to issue zero coupon bonds to raise B 100 billion to buy substandard assets from property developers and the Thai cabinet set up an agency to manage a 100 billion baht rescue fund for property companies. In April, the Bank of Thailand cut lending rates to finance companies by 50-100 basis points aimed at helping any financial institution that had liquidity problems. In May, the Bank of Thailand floated another 20 billion baht of seven-year, zero-coupon bonds through weekly auctions. The government set aside another B 10 billion for confessional mortgage loans to first-time buyers. In July, the FIDF lending rates were kept at above the highest deposit rate in the system and all liquidity support became subject to conditionality. In August, the bank rate was increased from 10.5% to 12.5%. In August, deposit rates in the financial system were capped at 1 percentage point above the average deposit rate of the five largest commercial banks. |
Exchange Market Arrangement and System On July 2, the exchange rate system was changed to managed floating, whereby the baht would be managed within an unpublished band. All affected financial institutions were required to submit daily reports of foreign exchange transactions with nonresidents, including all spot, forward, and swap transactions, as well as purchase of debt instruments from nonresidents to the Bank of Thailand. In June, the baht proceeds from sales of stocks by nonresidents were required to be converted into foreign currency at the onshore exchange rate. The authorities introduced a two-tier currency market that creates separate exchange rates for investors who buy baht in domestic markets and those who bring it overseas. Effective September 8, 1997, the Thai authorities modified the exchange control regulation as follows: (i) foreign exchange earners were allowed to deposit their foreign exchange received in their foreign currency deposit account only if they had obligations to pay out such amounts to nonresidents abroad within three months from the deposit date; and (ii) exporters receiving packing credit from the Bank of Thailand through the Export-Import Bank of Thailand were required to sign a forward contract to sell their foreign exchange with a commercial bank selling promissory notes to the Export- Import Bank. The forward contracts must specify the amount of foreign currencies in terms of baht, which cannot be less than 50% of the face value of the promissory note. Direct Investment Inflows: The restriction on foreign ownership of office buildings and condominiums was lifted in end-April 1997 in an effort to shrink the country’s oversupply of real estate. Inflows: In April, foreigners investing more than B 25 million in the country were permitted to buy land. Inflows: In April, the foreign ownership limit of 25% for financial institutions was lifted on a case-by-case basis. Restrictions on Capital Flows Outflows: The Bank of Thailand temporarily limited baht lending to nonresidents through foreign exchange swap transactions, and all other transactions that could facilitate the buildup of baht position in the offshore market. These include direct loans, overdraft, currency swaps, interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, currency options, and interest rate options. Outflows: The Bank of Thailand temporarily limited forward outright transactions baht with nonresidents. Outflows: The Bank of Thailand temporarily limited selling baht against foreign currencies to nonresidents. Outflows: Any purchases of foreign exchange from nonresidents before maturity of certain securities must use the exchange rate prevailing in the domestic market on the purchase date. These securities included baht-denominated bills of exchange, promissory notes, certificates of deposit, and other debt instruments such as debentures and bonds. Outflows: The Bank of Thailand tightened a remittance ban in response to stock sales by foreign investment funds that were trying to acquire Thai currency for short-covering purposes. The measures above were introduced in June and were not applied to foreign exchange transactions related to export and import of goods and services, and direct and portfolio investment, and were aimed mainly at short-term speculative activity. |
Thailand: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
Interest differential = deposit rate − London interbank offer rate on three-Month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment − official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Thailand: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 6.9 | 11.6 | 11.5 | 11.3 | 6.4 | 9.5 | 9.1 | 5.1 | 5.8 | 8.6 | 8.9 | 7.1 | |||
Real GDP growth | 4.6 | 5.5 | 9.5 | 13.3 | 12.2 | 11.6 | 8.1 | 8.2 | 8.5 | 8.9 | 8.7 | 6.4 | |||
Inflation per year | 2.4 | 1.8 | 2.5 | 3.9 | 5.4 | 5.9 | 5.7 | 4.1 | 3.4 | 5.2 | 5.7 | 5.8 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 56.2 | 59.3 | 62.2 | 61.3 | 65.0 | 69.8 | 73.1 | 74.7 | 78.9 | 77.8 | 78.9 | 79.5 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 12.1 | 11.9 | 12.0 | 11.6 | 11.0 | 9.9 | 8.9 | 9.3 | 9.1 | 9.4 | 9.4 | 8.9 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −5.2 | −4.2 | −2.2 | 0.7 | 2.9 | 4.5 | 4.7 | 2.8 | 2.1 | 1.9 | 2.9 | … | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 45.6 | 44.3 | 47.4 | 51.1 | 56.3 | 64.3 | 67.7 | 72.1 | 79.8 | 90.9 | 97.5 | 100.1 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 42.1 | 41.9 | 48.9 | 58.8 | 63.5 | 65.5 | 67.0 | 65.5 | 66.1 | 69.0 | 77.0 | 69.0 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −4.0 | 0.6 | −0.7 | −2.7 | −3.5 | −8.5 | −7.7 | −5.5 | −5.1 | −5.6 | −8.1 | −7.9 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | 4.0 | −0.3 | 2.1 | 6.2 | 9.1 | 10.6 | 12.0 | 8.5 | 8.4 | 8.4 | 13.0 | 10.5 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 13.0 | 9.8 | 9.5 | 9.5 | 9.5 | 12.2 | 13.7 | 8.9 | 8.6 | 8.5 | 11.6 | 10.3 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 10.6 | 7.9 | 7.0 | 5.7 | 4.1 | 6.3 | 8.0 | 4.8 | 5.3 | 3.3 | 5.9 | 4.5 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 5.2 | 1.3 | −1.2 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 3.9 | 7.7 | 5.0 | 5.3 | 3.7 | 5.5 | 4.8 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 6.0 | 7.3 | 5.5 | 5.5 | 5.5 | 4.3 | 5.3 | 8.7 | 7.0 | 5.9 | … | … | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 26.6 | 26.1 | 25.1 | 25.2 | 25.7 | 25.3 | 25.3 | 25.5 | 25.5 | 25.1 | 25.2 | 25.6 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990=100) | 119.9 | 106.9 | 100.5 | 98.2 | 100.8 | 100.0 | 100.7 | 99.2 | 101.0 | 100.9 | 99.0 | 105.8 | |||
Balance of payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −1,537 | 247 | −366 | −1,654 | −2,498 | −7,281 | −7,571 | −6,303 | −6,364 | −8,085 | −13,554 | −14,692 | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | 1,538 | −131 | 1,062 | 3,840 | 6,599 | 9,098 | 11,759 | 9,475 | 10,500 | 12,167 | 21,909 | 19,486 | |||
Direct investment abroad | −1 | −1 | −170 | −24 | −50 | −140 | −167 | −147 | −233 | −493 | −886 | −931 | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 163 | 263 | 352 | 1,105 | 1,775 | 2,444 | 2,014 | 2,113 | 1,804 | 1,366 | 2,068 | 2,336 | |||
Net direct investment | 162 | 261 | 182 | 1,081 | 1,726 | 2,303 | 1,847 | 1,966 | 1,571 | 873 | 1,182 | 1,405 | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | 0 | −5 | −2 | −41 | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | 895 | −29 | 346 | 530 | 1,486 | −38 | −81 | 924 | 5,455 | 2,486 | 4,083 | 3,585 | |||
Net portfolio investment | 895 | −29 | 346 | 530 | 1,486 | −38 | −81 | 924 | 5,455 | 2,482 | 4,081 | 3,544 | |||
Other investment assets | −242 | −150 | 141 | 269 | −313 | −164 | 352 | 104 | −3,265 | −1,027 | −2,738 | 2,661 | |||
Other investment liabilities | 722 | −213 | 393 | 1,960 | 3,700 | 6,996 | 9,642 | 6,479 | 6,739 | 9,839 | 19,383 | 11,876 | |||
Net other investments | 481 | −363 | 534 | 2,228 | 3,387 | 6,833 | 9,993 | 6,584 | 3,474 | 8,812 | 16,645 | 14,537 | |||
Of which, official capital | 807 | −419 | 196 | 121 | −834 | −1,938 | 255 | −313 | −165 | −34 | 292 | 542 | |||
Net errors and omissions | 103 | 598 | 248 | 411 | 928 | 1,419 | 431 | −142 | −230 | 87 | −1,196 | −2,627 | |||
Overall balance2 | 104 | 713 | 943 | 2,596 | 5,030 | 3,236 | 4,618 | 3,029 | 3,907 | 4,169 | 7,159 | 2,167 | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | 568 | 783 | 1,737 | 4,476 | 9,338 | 14,162 | 13,243 | 11,209 | 12,924 | 17,061 | 28,098 | 18,625 |
Interest differential = deposit rate − London interbank offer rate on three-Month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment − official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Thailand: Selected Macroeconomic, Financial Sector, and Balance of Payments Indicators
1985 | 1986 | 1987 | 1988 | 1989 | 1990 | 1991 | 1992 | 1993 | 1994 | 1995 | 1996 | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
(In percent) | |||||||||||||||
Selected economic indicators | |||||||||||||||
Real GDP growth | 6.9 | 11.6 | 11.5 | 11.3 | 6.4 | 9.5 | 9.1 | 5.1 | 5.8 | 8.6 | 8.9 | 7.1 | |||
Real GDP growth | 4.6 | 5.5 | 9.5 | 13.3 | 12.2 | 11.6 | 8.1 | 8.2 | 8.5 | 8.9 | 8.7 | 6.4 | |||
Inflation per year | 2.4 | 1.8 | 2.5 | 3.9 | 5.4 | 5.9 | 5.7 | 4.1 | 3.4 | 5.2 | 5.7 | 5.8 | |||
M2 to GDP ratio | 56.2 | 59.3 | 62.2 | 61.3 | 65.0 | 69.8 | 73.1 | 74.7 | 78.9 | 77.8 | 78.9 | 79.5 | |||
Currency to deposits ratio | 12.1 | 11.9 | 12.0 | 11.6 | 11.0 | 9.9 | 8.9 | 9.3 | 9.1 | 9.4 | 9.4 | 8.9 | |||
Fiscal balance to GDP ratio | −5.2 | −4.2 | −2.2 | 0.7 | 2.9 | 4.5 | 4.7 | 2.8 | 2.1 | 1.9 | 2.9 | … | |||
Private sector credit to GDP ratio | 45.6 | 44.3 | 47.4 | 51.1 | 56.3 | 64.3 | 67.7 | 72.1 | 79.8 | 90.9 | 97.5 | 100.1 | |||
Exports plus imports of goods to GDP ratio | 42.1 | 41.9 | 48.9 | 58.8 | 63.5 | 65.5 | 67.0 | 65.5 | 66.1 | 69.0 | 77.0 | 69.0 | |||
Current account to GDP ratio | −4.0 | 0.6 | −0.7 | −2.7 | −3.5 | −8.5 | −7.7 | −5.5 | −5.1 | −5.6 | −8.1 | −7.9 | |||
Financial account to GDP ratio | 4.0 | −0.3 | 2.1 | 6.2 | 9.1 | 10.6 | 12.0 | 8.5 | 8.4 | 8.4 | 13.0 | 10.5 | |||
Interest and exchange rates | |||||||||||||||
Nominal deposit rate (percent per year) | 13.0 | 9.8 | 9.5 | 9.5 | 9.5 | 12.2 | 13.7 | 8.9 | 8.6 | 8.5 | 11.6 | 10.3 | |||
Real deposit rate (percent per year) | 10.6 | 7.9 | 7.0 | 5.7 | 4.1 | 6.3 | 8.0 | 4.8 | 5.3 | 3.3 | 5.9 | 4.5 | |||
Interest rate differential1 | 5.2 | 1.3 | −1.2 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 3.9 | 7.7 | 5.0 | 5.3 | 3.7 | 5.5 | 4.8 | |||
Lending/deposit spread | 6.0 | 7.3 | 5.5 | 5.5 | 5.5 | 4.3 | 5.3 | 8.7 | 7.0 | 5.9 | … | … | |||
Official exchange rate per U.S. dollar (end of period) | 26.6 | 26.1 | 25.1 | 25.2 | 25.7 | 25.3 | 25.3 | 25.5 | 25.5 | 25.1 | 25.2 | 25.6 | |||
Real effective exchange rate index (1990=100) | 119.9 | 106.9 | 100.5 | 98.2 | 100.8 | 100.0 | 100.7 | 99.2 | 101.0 | 100.9 | 99.0 | 105.8 | |||
Balance of payments | |||||||||||||||
Current account, n.i.e. | −1,537 | 247 | −366 | −1,654 | −2,498 | −7,281 | −7,571 | −6,303 | −6,364 | −8,085 | −13,554 | −14,692 | |||
Financial account, n.i.e | 1,538 | −131 | 1,062 | 3,840 | 6,599 | 9,098 | 11,759 | 9,475 | 10,500 | 12,167 | 21,909 | 19,486 | |||
Direct investment abroad | −1 | −1 | −170 | −24 | −50 | −140 | −167 | −147 | −233 | −493 | −886 | −931 | |||
Direct investment in reporting economy, n.i.e. | 163 | 263 | 352 | 1,105 | 1,775 | 2,444 | 2,014 | 2,113 | 1,804 | 1,366 | 2,068 | 2,336 | |||
Net direct investment | 162 | 261 | 182 | 1,081 | 1,726 | 2,303 | 1,847 | 1,966 | 1,571 | 873 | 1,182 | 1,405 | |||
Portfolio investment assets | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | … | 0 | −5 | −2 | −41 | |||
Portfolio investment liabilities | 895 | −29 | 346 | 530 | 1,486 | −38 | −81 | 924 | 5,455 | 2,486 | 4,083 | 3,585 | |||
Net portfolio investment | 895 | −29 | 346 | 530 | 1,486 | −38 | −81 | 924 | 5,455 | 2,482 | 4,081 | 3,544 | |||
Other investment assets | −242 | −150 | 141 | 269 | −313 | −164 | 352 | 104 | −3,265 | −1,027 | −2,738 | 2,661 | |||
Other investment liabilities | 722 | −213 | 393 | 1,960 | 3,700 | 6,996 | 9,642 | 6,479 | 6,739 | 9,839 | 19,383 | 11,876 | |||
Net other investments | 481 | −363 | 534 | 2,228 | 3,387 | 6,833 | 9,993 | 6,584 | 3,474 | 8,812 | 16,645 | 14,537 | |||
Of which, official capital | 807 | −419 | 196 | 121 | −834 | −1,938 | 255 | −313 | −165 | −34 | 292 | 542 | |||
Net errors and omissions | 103 | 598 | 248 | 411 | 928 | 1,419 | 431 | −142 | −230 | 87 | −1,196 | −2,627 | |||
Overall balance2 | 104 | 713 | 943 | 2,596 | 5,030 | 3,236 | 4,618 | 3,029 | 3,907 | 4,169 | 7,159 | 2,167 | |||
Memorandum: | |||||||||||||||
Net private capital3 | 568 | 783 | 1,737 | 4,476 | 9,338 | 14,162 | 13,243 | 11,209 | 12,924 | 17,061 | 28,098 | 18,625 |
Interest differential = deposit rate − London interbank offer rate on three-Month U.S. deposits.
The overall balance includes: current account, financial account, capital account, and net errors and omissions. Capital account figures are not shown because they are zero throughout the period.
Total capital = direct investment + portfolio investment + other investment − official capital + net errors and omissions + misinvoicing.
Note: This chapter was first issued as IMF Working Paper 97/157, “Sequencing Capital Account Liberalization: Lessons from the Experiences in Chile, Indonesia, Korea, and Thailand,” in November 1997. It has been expanded here to include a section examining the relationship between the nature of capital account liberalization and the events leading up to the Asian currency crisis.
For a discussion of the sources of such market failures and the need for supporting reforms, see Johnston (1997).
For an early discussion of stock-flow portfolio analysis as applied to international capital movements, see Mundell (1963). See also McKinnon and Oates (1966), and Branson (1974).
For a discussion of the effectiveness of capital controls, see Johnston and Ryan (1994), Cardoso and Goldfajn (1997), and Dooley (1996).
Whether a capital control measure would mainly affect capital inflows or capital outflows may not be evident. For example, a control on the liquidation and repatriation of foreign-held capital, while strictly a control of capital outflows, has often been maintained for the purpose of discouraging capital inflows. Moreover, there is overlap between certain measures classified as exchange system measures and measures classified as changes in the capital control regime.
For a discussion of the banking crisis and official responses, see Velasco (1991). In 1986, the General Banking Law and the Organic Law of Superintendence of Bank and Financial Institutions were substantially modified to give banks a broader scope of transactions in recognition of new types of financial services and to reduce the risks of another banking crisis. In October 1989, Congress enacted a constitutional law establishing legal autonomy for the central bank, which gave it the mandate to ensure the stability of the financial system.
A 15 percent import surcharge was introduced on July 18, 1984, in addition to the existing 20 percent uniform import duty for products under 248 customs categories, partly replacing existing surcharges. The general tariff level was increased from 20 percent to 35 percent on September 22, 1984.
The main legal framework for foreign investment in Chile was the Decree-Law No. 600, or Foreign Investment Statute, of 1974 as amended several times, and the Compendium of Foreign Exchange Regulations of the Central Bank of Chile, in particular Chapters XII, XIV, XVIII, XIX, XXVI, and XXVIII. For legal interpretations of the Regulations, see Mayorga and Montt (1995).
Under the new mechanism, small external investors were able to participate in debt/ equity conversions without having to go through the case-by-case conditions normally applied to such operations.
Under the crawling exchange rate parity, the peso was devalued daily on the basis of the difference between domestic inflation in the previous month and expected external inflation. The exchange rate had also been widened in 1985 and 1988; see Table 6.1.
Sterilization policies were used throughout the entire period but more heavily during 1990-92 (see Lee, 1996). The main instrument used was that of open market operations in central bank paper (one-year promissory notes). Longer-term promissory notes (four- and six-year) were used in 1992. Also in 1992, the central bank raised the real annual interest rate posted by the central bank on auction of its 90-day indexed promissory notes, and in 1993 a more active use of repurchase agreements was introduced.
Regulations on the surrender and repatriation of foreign exchange earnings were also relaxed, and authorized exchange houses were permitted to conduct forward and swap operations in the official exchange market.
The total net private capital account is defined as net direct portfolio and other investment minus net official capital plus net errors and omissions in the balance of payments plus an estimate of misinvoicing. For a discussion of this measure, see Johnston and Ryan (1994).
For example, new banking law was issued in 1992 that provided guidelines consistent with accepted international banking.
In July the central bank imposed limits on bank loans to real estate developers who wanted to purchase land, and restrictions were made on banks such that they were not permitted to buy commercial paper from developers raising finance to buy land.
In the first half of 1997, several measures were taken to ease investment inflows. For example, a capital increase of about $200 million was authorized for the Korea Fund; the limit on foreign ownership of Korean equities was raised from 20 percent to 23 percent; foreign investors were allowed to purchase nonguaranteed bonds of small- and mediumsized companies with maturities of three years and above and up to 50 percent of the issue; and restrictions on the usage of long-term loans with maturities of over five years brought into the country by foreign manufacturers were abolished.
Certain limitations on foreign ownership were retained on non-export orientated industries and on the maximum foreign ownership of companies listed on the stock exchange.
one explanation that has been offered for the maintenance of controls on longer term external borrowing by banks is that the Ministry of Finance and Economy was seeking to prevent a loss of control over financial institutions through possible debt/equity swaps.
Indeed, on joining the OECD in 1996, the authorities expressed their reluctance to ease capital controls further and explicitly stressed that they wished to maintain controls over short-term capital inflows that may “hamper macroeconomic and financial market stability.” For this reason the authorities resisted the liberalization of access by nonresidents to domestic money market instruments during the accession to the OECD. Frequently the law established detailed quantitative limits on the amount of the transaction or on the size of the firms that were allowed to trade on international markets.
By comparison, the bond market accounts for 110 percent of GDP in the United States, 90 percent in Germany, and 75 percent in Japan.
The nature of the Basle capital adequacy requirements for OECD creditor banks might also have played some role here. While lending to other OECD banks is given a risk weight of 20 percent for capital adequacy purposes, irrespective of the term of the loan, lending to non-OECD banks carries this weight only for loans of less than one year, while loans longer than that carry the full 100 percent risk weight. Since all lending to corporations also carries the same 100 percent weight, there is also an incentive to favor (short-term) loans to banks, rather than nonbanks in non-OECD countries.
Though it is clear that relatively new and innovative instruments such as credit derivatives and options can be used to achieve this effect, it can also be done in much more basic ways. For example, a “synthetic sale” of direct investments can be created relatively quickly and cheaply by obtaining a bank loan in domestic currency.
Overall, currency mismatches (open foreign exchange positions) were not a very significant issue in Asian banks, but liquidity mismatches (arising from excessive maturity transformation) and inadequate credit assessment were.
Outside the three main crisis countries, the Philippines took a number of successive measures to tighten certain capital controls from mid-1997, while Malaysia took one measure to tighten nonresident access to swap transactions.
Bibliography
Agarwala, R.K., 1983, “Price Distortions and Growth in Developing Countries,” World Bank Working Paper No. 575 (Washington: World Bank).
Alexander, William, Tomás J.T. Baliño, and Charles Enoch, 1995, The Adoption of Indirect Instruments of Monetary Policy, IMF Occasional Paper No. 126 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
“All Countries Share in Effects of Globalization,” 1996, IMF Survey, July 15, pp. 235–37.
Anderson, D., 1987, Economic Growth and the Returns to Investment, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 12 (Washington: World Bank).
Arellano, José P., 1983, “De La Liberalización a la Interventión: El Mercado de Capitales en Chile, 1974-1983,” Colección Estudios CIEPLAN No. 14, (Santiago, Chile: Corporation de Investigaciones Economicas Para Latinoamerica).
Baliño, Tomás J.T., 1987, “The Argentine Banking Crisis of 1980,” IMF Working Paper No. 87/77 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Baliño, Tomás J.T., Omotunde E.G. Johnson, and V Sundararajan, 1996, “Payment System Reforms and Monetary Policy,” Finance and Development, Vol. 33 (March), pp. 2–5.
Bank Indonesia, Report for the Financial Year, (Jakarta: Bank Indonesia) various issues.
Bank Indonesia, National Financial Statistics (Jakarta, Indonesia).
Bank for International Settlements, 1989, “Changes in Central Bank Money Market Operating Procedures in the 1980’s,” BIS Economic Papers No 23 (Basle, Bank for International Settlements, January).
Bank of Korea, Annual Report (Seoul, Korea), various issues.
Bank of Korea, Financial System in Korea (Seoul, Korea), various issues.
Bank of Korea, Monthly Statistical Bulletin (Seoul, Korea), various issues.
Bank Negara Malaysia, 1984, Money and Banking in Malaysia (Kuala Lumpur).
Bank of Thailand, Annual Report (Bangkok), various issues.
Barro, R., 1991, “Economic Growth in a Cross Section of Countries,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 104, pp. 407–33.
Barth, Richard, Alan R. Roe, and Chorng-Huey Wong, eds, 1994, “Coordinating Stabilization and Structural Reform,” IMF Institute (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Basle Committee on Banking Supervision, 1996, Amendment to the Capital Accord to Incorporate Market Risks (Basle: Bank for International Settlements, January).
Beattie, V, P. Casson, R. Dale, G. McKenzie, C. Sutcliffe, and M. Turner, 1995, Banks and Bad Debts (New York: John Wiley and Sons).
Bencivenga, V., and B. Smith, 1991, “Financial Intermediation and Endogenous Growth,” The Review of Economic Studies, Vol. 58, No. 2, pp. 195–209.
“Benefits of Capital Flows Tied to Strong Risk Management,” 1995, IMF Survey, June 19, pp. 185–88.
Berggren, Arne, 1996, “Asset Valuation and the Appropriate Structure of Support—An Illustrative Example,” paper prepared for workshop on systemic restructuring (unpublished; Washington: International Monetary Fund, Monetary and Exchange Affairs Department).
Bernanke, Ben S., 1983, “Non-Monetary Effects of the Financial Crisis in the Propagation of the Great Depression,” NBER Working Paper No. 1054 (Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research).
Bernanke, Ben S., and Mark Gertler, 1987, “Banking and Macroeconomic Equilibrium,” in New Approaches to Monetary Economics, ed. by William A. Barnett and Kenneth J. Singleton (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), pp. 89–111.
Bernanke, Ben S., and Alan S. Blinder, 1988, “Credit, Money, and Aggregate Demand,” American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings Vol. 78, No. 2, pp. 435–45.
Blejer, Mario, 1982, “Interest Rate Differentials and Exchange Risk: Recent Argentine Experience,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 29 (June), pp. 270–79.
Borio, Claudio E.V., 1990, “Leverage and Financing of Non-Financial Companies: An International Perspective,” BIS Economic Papers No. 27 (Basle: Bank for International Settlements, May).
Borio, Claudio E.V., 1995, “The Structure of Credit to the Non-Government Sector and the Transmission Mechanism of Monetary Policy: A Cross-Country Comparison,” BIS Working Paper No. 24 (Basle: Bank for International Settlements, April).
Borish, Michael S., Millard F. Long, and Michel Noël, 1995, Restructuring Banks and Enterprises, Recent Lessons from Transition Countries, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 279 (Washington: World Bank).
Brainard, Larry, 1990, “Reform in Eastern Europe: Creating a Capital Market,” The AMEXBANK Review, Vol. 17, No. 9 (November), pp. 2–3.
Branson, William H., 1974, “Stocks and Flows in International Monetary Analysis,” in International Aspects of Stabilization Policies, ed. by Albert Ando, Richard Herring, and Richard C. Marston, (Boston: Federal Reserve Bank of Boston).
Calvo, Guillermo A., 1983, “Trying to Stabilize: Some Theoretical Reflections Based on the Case of Argentina” in Financial Policies and the World Capital Market: The Problem of Latin American Countries, ed. by P. Aspe-Aramella, R. Dornbush, and M. Obsfeld (Chicago: University of Chicago Press).
Calvo, Guillermo A., 1988, “Servicing the Public Dept: The Role of Expectations,” American Economic Review, Vol. 78, pp. 647–61.
Calvo, Guillermo, and Pablo E, Guidotti, 1991, “Speculative Attacks,” IMF Working Paper 91/10 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Calvo G., L. Leiderman, and C. Reinhart, 1993, “The Capital Inflows Problem: Concepts and Issues,” LMF Paper on Policy Analysis and Assessment 93/10 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, July).
Cameron, R., 1967, Banking in the Early Stages of Industrialization (New York: Oxford University Press).
Cardoso, Eliana, and Ilan Goldfajn, 1997, “Capital Flows to Brazil: The Endogeneity of Capital Controls,” IMF Working Paper 97/115 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Cardoso, J., and B. Laurens, forthcoming, The Effectiveness of Capital Controls on Inflows: The Case of Chile, IMF Working Paper (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Central Bank of Argentina, Memoria Anual (Buenos Aires: Central Bank of Argentina), several issues.
Central Bank of Chile, Annual Report (Santiago: Chile), various issues.
Central Bank of the Philippines, Annual Report (Manila, Philippines), various issues.
Cheng, Hang-Sheng, ed., 1986, Financial Policy and Reform in Pacific Basin Countries, (Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books).
Chile, Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros, Revista de Valores (Santiago, Chile), various issues.
Chile, Superintendencia de Valores The Securities Market in Chile: 1980-1989 (Santiago, Chile).
Cho, Yoon Je, 1986, “Inefficiencies from Financial Liberalization in the Absence of a Well Developed Equity Market,” Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, Vol. 18 (May), pp. 191–99.
Cho, Yoon Je, and David Cole, 1986, “The Role of the Financial Sector in Korea’s Structural Adjustment,” Harvard Institute for International Development Studies, Discussion Paper No. 230 (Cambridge, Mass. May).
Choi, Chang-Nak, 1984, “Putting the Nation’s Finances in Order,” Business Korea (Seoul, Korea, September), pp. 28–29.
Cole, David, and Betty Slade, 1996, Building a Modern Financial System: The Indonesian Experience, Trade and Development series (New York: Cambridge University Press).
Connolly, Michael, and Claudio Gonzalez-Vega, eds., 1987, Economic Reform and Stabilization in Latin America (New York: Praeger).
Coopers and Lybrand, International Tax Summaries: A Guide for Planning and Decisions, various issues.
Corbo, Vittorio, 1985, “Reforms and Macroeconomic Adjustments in Chile During 1974-84,” World Development, Vol. 1 (August), pp. 893–916.
Corbo, Vittorio, and Jamie De Melo, 1985, “Overview and Summary,” World Development, Vol. 13 (August), pp. 863–66.
Corbo, Vittorio, and Jamie De Melo, James Tybout, 1986, “What Went Wrong with the Recent Reforms in the Southern Cone,” Economic Development and Cultural Change, Vol. 34 (April), pp. 607–40.
De Gregorio, J., and P. Guidotti, 1992, “Financial Development and Economic Growth,” LMF Working Paper 92/101 (Washington; International Monetary Fund).
de Juan, Aristóbulo, 1995, “Building Sound Banking in Transition Economies” paper presented at the seminar held during Annual Meetings of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (London).
Demirgüç-Kunt, Asli, and Ross Levine, 1994, “The Financial System and Public Enterprise Reform—Concept and Cases,” Policy Research Working Paper No. 1319, Policy and Research Department (Washington: World Bank, July).
Diaz-Alejandro, Carlos, 1985, “Good-Bye Financial Repression, Hello Financial Crash,” Journal of Development Economics, Vol. 19 (September-October), pp. 1–24.
Ditrus, Peter, 1994, “Corporate Governance in Central Europe; The Role of Banks,” BIS Economic Papers No. 42 (Basle; Bank for International Set-dements, August).
Diwatripont, Mathias, and Jean Tirole, 1994, “The Prudential Regulation of Banks,” The Walras-Pareto Lectures (Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press).
Dooley, Michael, 1996, “A Survey of Academic Literature on Controls over International Capital Transactions,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 43, No. 4 (December), pp. 639–87.
Dooley, Michael, 1997, “A Model of Crises in Emerging Markets,” NBER Working Paper No. 6300 (Cambridge: National Bureau of Economic Research, December).
Dooley, Michael, Jeffrey Frankel, and Donald J. Mathieson, 1987, “International Capital Mobility: What Do Savings-Investment Correlations Tell Us?” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 34 (September).
Drees, B., and C. Pazarbaşioğlu, 1995, “The Nordic Banking Crises: Pitfalls in Financial Liberalization?,” IMF Working Paper 95/61 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, July).
Dziobek, Claudia, Olivier Frécaut, and Maria Nieto, 1995, “Non-G-10 Countries and the Basle Capital Rules: How Tough a Challenge is it to Join the Basle Club?” IMF Paper on Policy Analysis and Assessment 95/5 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, March).
Ealdama, E., Jr., 1986, “The Auction Market for Treasury Bills,” Philippine Central Bank Review, Vol. 38 (December), pp. 15–38.
Edwards, Sebastian, 1984, “The Order of Liberalization of the External Sector in Developing Countries,” Essays in International Finance, No. 156 (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University, December), pp. 59–68.
Eichengreen, B., James Tobin, and Charles Wyplosz, 1995, “Two Cases for Sand in the Wheels of International Finance,” The Economic Journal, Vol. 105, No. 428, pp. 162–72.
European Central Bank, 1998, “The Single Monetary Policy in Stage Three,” General Documentation on ESCB Monetary Policy Instruments and Procedures (September).
Feldstein, M., and C. Horioka, 1980, “Domestic Saving and International Capital Flows,” Economic Journal, Vol. 90, No. 357 (June).
Fernández, Roque, 1985, “The Expectations Management Approach to Stabilization in Argentina During 1976-82,” World Development, Vol. 13, No. 8 (August), pp. 871–92.
Foreign Tax Publishers, 1989, Tax Laws of the World (Ormond Beach, Florida).
Frenkel, Jacob, 1982, “The Order of Economic Liberalization: A Comment,” in Economic Policy in a World of Change, ed. by K. Brunner and A. Meltzer (Amsterdam: North-Holland).
Friedman, B., 1975, “Targets, Instruments and Indicators of Monetary Policy,” Journal of Monetary Economics, Vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 443–73.
Fry, Maxwell, 1988, Money, Interest, and Banking in Economic Development (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press).
Galbis, V., 1994, “Sequencing of Financial Sector Reforms: A Review,” IMF Working Paper 94/101 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, September).
Gallagher, M., 1991, Rent-Seeking and Economic Growth in Africa (Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press).
Garber, P., 1996, “Managing Risks to Financial Markets from Volatile Capital Flows: The Role of Prudential Regulations,” International Journal of Finance and Economics, Vol. 1 (July), pp. 183–95.
Garcia, Gillian, 1995, “Comparing and Confronting Recent Banking Problems in Foreign Countries: Applying a Framework for Analysis,” paper presented at the Annual Conference of the Western Economic Association at the Sheraton Harbor Island, San Diego, July 5-9.
Gelb, Alan H., 1989, Financial Policies, Growth, and Efficiency (Washington: World Bank, June).
Gertler, Mark, 1988, “Financial Structure and Aggregate Economic Activity: An Overview,” Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, Vol. 20 (August), pp. 559–88.
Gertler, Mark, A. Rose, 1991, “Finance, Growth and Public Policy,” World Bank Working Paper Series No. 814 (Washington: World Bank, December).
Goldsmith, R., 1969, Financial Structure and Development (New Haven: Yale University Press).
Gray, Cheryl W., and Arnold Holle, 1996, “Bank-Led Restructuring in Poland—An Empirical Look at the Bank Conciliation Process,” World Bank Policy Research Working Paper No. 1680, Policy Research Department (Washington: World Bank, September).
Greenwood, J., and B. Jovanovic, 1989, “Financial Development, Growth, and the Distribution of Income,” Journal of Political Economy, Vol. 98, No. 4, pp. 1076–107.
Grilli, Vittorio, and Gian Maria Milesi-Ferretti, 1995, “Economic Effects and Structural Determinants of Capital Controls,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 42, No. 3 (September), pp. 517 —51.
Guitián, Manuel, 1998, “The Challenge of Managing Global Capital Flows,” Finance and Development, Vol. 35, No. 2 (June), pp. 14 —17.
Guide, Anne Marie, and Lorena Zamalloa, 1997, “Liquid Asset Ratios and Financial Sector Reforms,” IMF Working Paper 97/144 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Gurley, John G., and Edward S. Shaw, 1960, Money in a Theory of Finance (Washington: Brookings Institution).
Hanson, James, 1992, “Opening the Capital Account: A Survey of Issues and Results,” World Bank Staff Working Paper No. 901 (Washington: World Bank, May).
Hanson, James, 1994, “An Open Capital Account: A Brief Survey of the Issues and the Results” in Financial Reform: Theory and Experience, ed. by G. Caprio, Jr., I. Atiyas, and J. Hanson (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press).
Hsiao, C., 1986, Analysis of Panel Data” (Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press).
International Finance Corporation, 1989, Emerging Stock Markets Factbook (Washington: International Finance Corporation, April).
International Monetary Fund, 1983, Interest Rate Policies in Developing Countries, IMF Occasional Paper No. 27 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, October).
International Monetary Fund, 1991, “Determinants and Systemic Consequences of International Capital Flows,” IMF Occasional Paper No. 77 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, March).
International Monetary Fund, Annual Report of Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions, various editions.
International Monetary Fund, Directions of Trade Statistics, various issues.
International Monetary Fund, International Financial Statistics (Washington: International Monetary Fund), various issues.
International Monetary Fund, World Economic Outlook, various issues.
International Monetary Fund, and the World Bank, 1980, The Philippines: Aspects of the Financial Sector (Washington: IMF/IBRD).
Jao, Y.C., 1976, “Financial Deepening and Economic Growth: A Cross-Section Analysis,” Malayan Economic Review, Vol. 21, No. 1 (April), pp. 47–58.
Jappelli, T., and M. Pagano, 1992, “Saving, Growth and Liquidity Constraints,” CEPR Discussion Paper No. 662 (London: Centre for Economic Policy Research, May).
Johnston, R. Barry, 1983, The Economies of the Euromarket (London: MacMiilan).
Johnston, R. Barry, 1991a, “Sequencing Financial Reform,” in The Evolving Role of Central Banks, ed. by Patrick Downes and Reza Vaez-Zadeh (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Johnston, R. Barry, 1991b, “Distressed Financial Institutions in Thailand: Structural Weaknesses, Support Operations, and Economic Consequences,” in Banking Crisis: Cases and Issues, ed. by V. Sundararajan and T. Baliño (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Johnston, R. Barry, 1993, “Aspects of the Design of Financial Programs with the Adoption of Indirect Monetary Controls,” IMF Paper on Policy Analysis and Assessment 93/16 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, October).
Johnston, R. Barry, 1997, “The Speed of Financial Sector Reform: Risks and Strategies,” in Sequencing? Financial Strategies for Developing Countries, ed. by A. Harwood and B.L.R. Smith (Washington: Brookings Institution Press).
Johnston, R. Barry, 1998, “Sequencing Capital Account Liberalization and Financial Sector Reform,” IMF Paper on Policy Analysis and Assessment 98/8 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Johnston, R. Barry, C. Ryan, 1994, “The Impact of Controls on Capital Movements on the Private Capital Accounts of Countries’ Balance of Payments: Empirical Estimates and Policy Implications,” IMF Working Paper 94/78 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, July).
Kane, Edward, 1987, “No Room for Weak Links in the Chain of Deposit Insurance Reform,” Journal of Financial Services Research, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 77–111.
Kane, Edward, 1992, “How Incentive-Incompatible Deposit Insurance Funds Fail” in Research in Financial Services: Private and Public Policy (Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press), Vol. 4, pp. 51–91.
Kane, Edward, 1995, “Difficulties of Transferring Risk-Based Capital Requirements to Developing Countries,” Pacific Basin Finance Journal, Vol. 3, pp. 193–216.
Kashyap, Anil K., and Jeremy C. Stein, 1994, “Monetary Policy and Bank Lending,” in Monetary Policy, ed. by Gregory N. Mankiw (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), pp. 221–62.
Khatekhate, D.R., 1988, “Assessing the Impact of Interest Rates in Less Developed Countries,” World Development, Vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 577–88.
King, R.G., and R. Levine, 1992, “Financial Indicators and Growth in a Cross Section of Countries,” World Bank Working Paper No. 819 (Washington; World Bank, January).
King, R.G., and R. Levine, 1993a, “Finance and Growth: Schumpeter Might be Right,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 108, pp. 717–37.
King, R.G., and R. Levine, 1993b, “Finance, Entrepreneurship, and Growth: Theory and Evidence,” Journal of Monetary Economics, Vol. 32, pp. 513–42.
Kneeshaw, J.T., 1995, “A Survey of Nonfinancial Sector Balance Sheets in Industrialized Countries: Implications for the Monetary Policy Transmission Mechanism,” Working Paper No. 25 (Basle: Bank for International Settlements, April).
Korea Securities Dealers Association, 1992, Securities Market in Korea (Seoul).
Krueger, Anne, 1984, “Problems of Liberalization” in World Economic Growth, ed. by A. Harberger (San Francisco: ICS Press).
Krugman, Paul, 1998, “What Happened in Asia?” Available via the Internet at http://web.mit.edu/krugman/www/disi nter.html.
Kwack, S.Y., and U.C. Chung, 1986, “The Role of Financial Policies in Korea’s Economic Development Process” in Financial Policy and Reform in Pacific Basin Countries, ed. by Hang-Sheng Cheng (Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books).
Lee, C.K., 1986, “Financial Reform Experiences in Korea,” in Financial Policy and Reform in Pacific Basin Countries, ed. By Hang-Sheng Cheng (Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books).
Lee, Jan-Yung, 1996, “Implications of a Surge in Capital Inflows: Available Tools and Consequences for the Conduct of Monetary Policy,” IMF Working Paper No. 53 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Leite, S.P., 1985, “Notes on Open Market Operations in Mexico,” (unpublished; Washington: International Monetary Fund, July).
Leite, S.P., and V. Sundararajan, 1988, “Issues in Interest Rate Management and Liberalization” (unpublished; Washington: International Monetary Fund, April).
Leite, S.P., and V. Sundararajan, 1990, “Issues in Interest Rate Management and Liberalization,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 37 (December), pp. 735–52.
Levine, R., 1992, “Financial Structure and Economic Development,” World Bank Working Paper No. 849 (Washington: World Bank, February).
Levine, R., and D. Renelt, 1992, “A Sensitivity Analysis of Cross-Country Growth Regression,” American Economic Review, Vol. 84, pp. 942–63.
Lindgren, Carl, Gillian Garcia, and Matthew Saal, 1996, Bank Soundness and Macroeconomic Policy (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Little, Ian, Tibor Scitovsky, and Maurice Scott, 1970, Industry and Trade in Some Developing Countries: A Comparative Study (London: Oxford University Press).
Long, Millard, and Izabela Rutkowska, 1995, “The Role of Commercial Banks in Enterprise Restructuring in Central and Eastern Europe,” Policy Research Working Paper No. 1423 (Washington: World Bank, February).
Marketew, Victoria, 1995, Cash, Crisis, and Corporate Governance—The Role of National Financial Systems in Industrial Restructuring (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press).
Mathieson, D.J., and Richard Haas, 1994, “Establishing Monetary Control in Financial Systems with Insolvent Institutions,” IMF Paper on Policy Analysis and Assessment 94/10 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, June).
Mayorga, Roberto, and Luis Montt, 1995, Foreign Investment in Chile (Boston: M. Nijhoff).
McKinnon, Ronald, 1973, Money and Capital in Economic Development (Washington: Brookings Institution).
McKinnon, Ronald, 1982, “The Order of Economic Liberalization: Lessons from Chile and Argentina,” Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Vol. 17 (Autumn), pp. 159–86.
McKinnon, Ronald, 1989, “Financial Liberalization and Economic Development: A Reassessment of Interest Rate Policies in Asia and Latin America,” Oxford Review of Economic Policy, Vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 29–54.
McKinnon, Ronald, 1991, The Order of Economic Liberalization: Financial Control in the Transition to a Market Economy (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press.).
McKinnon, Ronald, Wallace E. Oates, 1966, The Implications of International Economic Integration for Monetary, Fiscal, and Exchange-Rate Policy, Princeton Studies in International Finance No. 16, (Princeton, N.J.: International Finance Section, Department of Economics, Princeton University).
Michaely, Michael, 1986, “The Timing and Sequence of a Trade Liberalization Policy” in Economic Liberalization in Developing Countries, ed. by A. Choksi and D. Papageorgiou (London: Basil Blackwell).
Mishkin, Frederic, 1978, “The Household Balance Sheet and the Great Depression” Journal of Economic History, Vol. 38 (December), pp. 45–88.
Moody’s Investors Service, 1998, “Indonesia—Recapitalization Required,” Banking System Outlook (June).
Mundell, Robert A., 1963, “Capital Mobility and Stabilization Policy Under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates,” Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, Vol. 29.
Nascimento, Jean-Claude, 1990, “The Crisis in the Financial Sector and the Authorities’ Reaction: The Case of the Philippines,” IMF Working Paper 90/26 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Odedokun, M., 1992, “Multi-Country Evidence on the Effects of Macroeconomic, Financial and Trade Policies on Efficiency of Resource Utilization in the Developing Countries,” IMF Working Paper 92/53 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, July).
Pagano, Marco, 1993, “Financial Markets and Growth: An Overview,” European Economic Review, Vol. 37 (April), pp. 613 -22.
Park, Daekeun, 1994, “Foreign Exchange Liberalization and the Viability of a Fixed Exchange Regime,” Journal of International Economics, Vol. 36.
Park, Yung Chul, 1998, “Gradual Approach to Capital Account Liberalization: the Korean Experience,” a paper prepared for IMF Seminar on Capital Account Liberalization (unpublished; Washington: International Monetary Fund, March).
Patrick, H.T., 1966, “Financial Development and Economic Growth in Under-developed Countries,” Economic Development and Cultural Change, Vol. 14, pp. 174–89.
Price Waterhouse, 1995, Doing Business in Chile (New York).
Price Waterhouse, 1992, Doing Business in Thailand (New York).
Price Waterhouse, Doing Business in Indonesia (New York), various issues.
Price Waterhouse, Doing Business in Korea, (New York), various issues.
Persson, Torsten, and Guido Enrico, 1990, “Macroeconomic Policy, Credibility, and Politics,” in Fundamentals of Pure and Applied Economics (New York: Harwood Academic Publishers).
Petrie, A. Humberto, and James R. Tybout, 1985, “Microeconomic Adjustments in Argentina During 1976-81: The Importance of Changing Levels of Financial Subsidies,” World Development, Vol. 13 (August), pp. 949–67.
Quintyn, Mark, 1994, “Government Securities Versus Central Bank Securities in Developing Open Market Operations—Evaluation and Need for Coordinating Arrangements,” IMF Working Paper 94/62 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Roubini, N., and X. Sala-i-Martin, 1992, “Financial Repression and Economic Growth,” Journal of Development Economics, Vol. 39, pp. 5–30.
Saal, Matthew I., and Lorena M. Zamalloa, 1994, “Use of Central Bank Credit Auctions in Economies in Transition,” IMF Paper on Policy Analysis and Assessment 94/11 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, June).
Schadler, S., M. Carkovic, A. Bennett, and R. Khan, 1993, Recent Experiences with Surges in Capital Inflows, IMF Occasional Paper No. 108 (Washington: International Monetary Fund, December).
Shaw, E., 1973, Financial Deepening in Economic Development (New York: Oxford University Press).
Sheng, Andrew, 1991, “The Art of Bank Restructuring: Issues and Techniques,” (unpublished; Washington: Economic Development Institute of the World Bank, June).
Soto, Claudio G. 1997, “Control of Capital Flows: An Empirical Assessment of the Case of Chile,” Central Bank of Chile (October).
Sprenlde, C.M., and M.H. Miller, 1980, “The Precautionary Demand for Narrow and Broad Money,” Economica, Vol. 47, (November).
Sundararajan, V., 1985, “Debt-Equity Ratios of Firms and Interest Rate Policy: Macroeconomic Effects of High Leverage in Developing Countries,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 32 (September), pp. 533–14.
Sundararajan, V., 1987, “The Debt-Equity Ratios of Firms and the Effectiveness of Interest Rate Policy: Analysis with a Dynamic Model of Savings, Investment, and Growth in Korea,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 34 (June), pp. 260–310.
Sundararajan, V., 1991, “Financial Sector Reform and Central Banking in Centrally Planned Economies,” in The Evolving Role of Central Banks, ed, by Downes and Vaez-Zadeh (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Sundararajan, V., 1992, “Financial Sector Reforms and Their Appropriate Sequencing,” in the 19th Southeast Asia, New Zealand, and Australia Central Banking Course (unpublished; Tokyo: Bank of Japan, October-November), pp. 177–203.
Sundararajan, V., 1994, “Interaction Between Monetary Control and Financial Sector Reform,” in Coordinating Stabilization and Structural Reform, ed. by Richard Barth, Alan R. Roe, and Chorng-Huey Wong, (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Sundararajan, V., Tomás J.T. Baliño, 1990, “Issues in Recent Banking Crises,” IMF Working Paper 90/19 (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Sundararajan, V., Tomás J.T. Baliño, eds., 1991, Banking Crises: Cases and Issues (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Sundararajan, V., Peter Dattels, and Hans J. Blommestein, eds., 1997, Coordinating Public Debt and Monetary Management (Washington: International Monetary Fund).
Tobin, James, 1965, “The Theory of Portfolio Selection” in The Theory of Interest Rates, ed. by F. Hahn and F. P. R. Brechling (London: MacMillan).
Veiasco, Andrés, 1991, “Liberalization, Crisis, Intervention: The Chilean Financial System, 1975-1985,” in Banking Crises: Cases and Issues, ed. by V. Sundararajan and T Baliño (Washington: International Monetary Fund), pp. 113–74.
Villanueva, Delano, and Abbas Mirakhor, 1990, “Strategies for Financial Reform: Interest Rate Policies, Stabilization, and Bank Supervision in Developing Countries,” Staff Papers, International Monetary Fund, Vol. 37 (September), pp. 509–36.
World Bank, 1984, Economic Memorandum on Argentina (Washington: World Bank).
World Bank, 1986, Philippines, Financial Sector Study (Washington: World Bank).
World Bank, 1988, Philippines: Financial Sector Study, The World Bank Report No. 177-PH (Washington: World Bank, August).
World Bank, 1989, Financial Systems and Development, World Development Report 1989 (New York: Oxford University Press), pp. 70–83.